openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

September 2015

20 participants
429 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92892 - trunk/yast/nl/po
by fdekruijf＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: fdekruijf Date: 2015-09-29 19:25:29 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92892 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po Log: update Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2015-09-29 16:18:47 UTC (rev 92891) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 12:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -31,7 +31,8 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." msgstr "" -"Automatische installatiescripts worden in de installatieomgeving uitgevoerd..." +"Automatische installatiescripts worden in de installatieomgeving " +"uitgevoerd..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -43,7 +44,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Dit kan enige tijd duren" @@ -64,12 +65,12 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. We will have to set default entries which are defined -#. in the import call of ServicesManager +#. Import users configuration from the profile +#. #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 #: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" @@ -141,7 +142,8 @@ msgid "" "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "" -"Cliënt voor het aanmaken van AutoYast-profiel op het huidige draaiende systeem" +"Cliënt voor het aanmaken van AutoYast-profiel op het huidige draaiende " +"systeem" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -191,10 +193,10 @@ "pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Om gekopieerde bestanden te beveiligen moeten de eigenaar en de permissies " -"van de\n" -"bestanden worden ingesteld. De eigenaar is met de syntaxis userid:groupid<" -"/i> in te stellen.\n" +"Om gekopieerde bestanden te beveiligen moeten de eigenaar en de " +"permissies van de\n" +"bestanden worden ingesteld. De eigenaar is met de syntaxis userid:" +"groupid in te stellen.\n" "Permissies kunnen een symbolische representatie zijn van de te maken " "wijzigingen of bestaan uit\n" "een octaal nummer dat het bitpatroon van de nieuwe permissies weergeeft." @@ -314,8 +316,8 @@ #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" msgstr "" -"Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd volgens de automatische " -"installatie-instellingen" +"Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd volgens de automatische installatie-" +"instellingen" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unsupported sections of the profile @@ -351,8 +353,8 @@ "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Misschien zijn ze fout gespeld of uw profiel bevat niet alle benodigde " -"YaST-pakketten in de sectie <software/>." +"Misschien zijn ze fout gespeld of uw profiel bevat niet alle benodigde YaST-" +"pakketten in de sectie <software/>." #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); @@ -569,107 +571,121 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." msgstr "" "Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische " "installatie." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Gebruikersscripts voor pre-installatie uitvoeren" # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Algemene instellingen instellen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:99 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Taal instellen" # < fuzzy -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Schijfindeling aanmaken" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "Bootloader instellen" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registratie" # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Softwareselecties instellen" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "Standaard target van systemd instellen" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure Volume Groups" +msgid "Configure users and groups" +msgstr "Volumegroepen instellen" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "De gebruikersscripts voor pre-installatie worden gestart..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "De algemene instellingen worden geconfigureerd..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:99 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Taal instellen..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Schijfindeling wordt aangemaakt..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_ask_config.ycp:100 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "De bootloader wordt geconfigureerd..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:79 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Bezig het systeem te registreren..." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "De softwareselecties worden geconfigureerd..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Bezig met instellen van standaard target van systemd..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 +msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie" -#. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 +#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a +#. network configuration is available. So this will be written +#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the +#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc +#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "Behandeling van add-on producten..." #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "De taal wordt geconfigureerd..." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -680,7 +696,7 @@ # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -740,7 +756,8 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" +"out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" "Afhankelijk van uw ervaring, kunt u installatiemeldingen overslaan, " @@ -754,8 +771,8 @@ msgstr "" "Het wordt aanbevolen alle meldingen te bekijken met een " "tijdslimiet.\n" -"Waarschuwingen kunnen in sommige gevallen worden overgeslagen maar mogen niet " -"genegeerd worden.\n" +"Waarschuwingen kunnen in sommige gevallen worden overgeslagen maar mogen " +"niet genegeerd worden.\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -778,8 +795,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Kies één van de volgende basisselecties en klik op gedetailleerd" -" om\n" +"Kies één van de volgende basisselecties en klik op gedetailleerd</" +"i> om\n" "uitgebreide selecties en pakketten toe te voegen.\n" "\n" @@ -1017,8 +1034,8 @@ msgid "" "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." msgstr "" -"Grootte \"auto\" is alleen geldig als het aankoppelpunt \"/boot\" of \"swap\" " -"is geselecteerd." +"Grootte \"auto\" is alleen geldig als het aankoppelpunt \"/boot\" of \"swap" +"\" is geselecteerd." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1289,8 +1306,8 @@ "creating the classes.\n" msgstr "" "Wanneer u categorieën gedefinieerd en aangemaakt heeft,\n" -"kunt u ze met behulp van deze interface samenvoegen tot een nieuw profiel<" -"/i>.\n" +"kunt u ze met behulp van deze interface samenvoegen tot een nieuw " +"profiel.\n" "Dit profiel bevat dan informatie van iedere categorie afhankelijk\n" "van de prioriteit (volgorde) die is ingesteld bij het aanmaken van\n" "de categorieën.\n" @@ -1557,8 +1574,8 @@ "the Repository field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Geef in het depotveld de map op, waarin u alle " -"besturingsbestanden\n" +"Geef in het depotveld de map op, waarin u alle " +"besturingsbestanden\n" "wilt opslaan." #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 @@ -1702,7 +1719,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "XML wordt met RNG-validatie gecontroleerd..." @@ -1712,7 +1729,7 @@ msgstr "Sectie %1: " #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "XML wordt met RNC-validatie gecontroleerd..." @@ -1802,8 +1819,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De optie 'Installatie bevestigen' is standaard geselecteerd om een ongewenste " -"installatie\n" +"De optie 'Installatie bevestigen' is standaard geselecteerd om een " +"ongewenste installatie\n" "te voorkomen. Het stopt het systeem tijdens de installatie en laat een " "overzicht zien van de\n" "gewenste handelingen in het gebruikelijke voorstelvenster. Om de installatie " @@ -1975,8 +1992,8 @@ "de hand van DTD en het\n" "controleert op ontbrekende gegevens. Bepaalde gegevens kunnen opzettelijk " "weggelaten zijn en de hierdoor\n" -"veroorzaakte foutmeldingen kunnen in dat geval genegeerd worden, bijvoorbeeld " -"tijdens de aanmaak van categorieën.\n" +"veroorzaakte foutmeldingen kunnen in dat geval genegeerd worden, " +"bijvoorbeeld tijdens de aanmaak van categorieën.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 msgid "" @@ -2011,9 +2028,10 @@ msgstr "" "Dit hulpmiddel maakt een referentieprofiel aan door informatie van dit " "systeem\n" -"te lezen. Selecteer de van dit systeem te lezen bronnen als aanvulling op de\n" -"standaardbronnen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de schijfindeling en de " -"pakketselecties.\n" +"te lezen. Selecteer de van dit systeem te lezen bronnen als aanvulling op " +"de\n" +"standaardbronnen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de schijfindeling en de pakketselecties." +"\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 msgid " Partition your hard disks... " @@ -2079,8 +2097,8 @@ " <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\n" "Sizes are calculated automatically.\n" msgstr "" -" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt> (voor het wisselgeheugen) en een hoofdpartitie " -"<tt>/</tt>.\n" +" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt> (voor het wisselgeheugen) en een " +"hoofdpartitie <tt>/</tt>.\n" "De groottes worden automatisch berekend.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:61 @@ -2131,8 +2149,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." msgstr "" -"Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code %" -"2." +"Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code " +"%2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 @@ -2218,15 +2236,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Pre-installatiescripts</h3>\n" -"Voeg de commando's toe die uitgevoerd moeten worden voordat de installatie " -"begint. \n" +"Voeg de commando's toe die uitgevoerd moeten worden voordat de " +"installatie begint. \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " +"installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2245,8 +2264,8 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed " -"\n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " +"installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2268,8 +2287,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag " -"\"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" +"\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2313,8 +2332,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Pre-installatiescripts kunnen alleen shellscripts zijn. Gebruik geen " -"Perl of \n" +"Pre-installatiescripts kunnen alleen shellscripts zijn. Gebruik geen " +"Perl of \n" "Python als pre-installatiescripts.\n" "\n" @@ -2336,8 +2355,8 @@ "<H3>Netwerktoegang:</H3>\n" " Tijdens het uitvoeren van scripts na de installatie is het netwerk " "uitgeschakeld en\n" -" is initialisatie in de scripts vereist om het netwerk toegankelijk te maken. " -"Een\n" +" is initialisatie in de scripts vereist om het netwerk toegankelijk te " +"maken. Een\n" " alternatief voor post-installatiescripts met een netwerk is het gebruik van " "init-scripts, die\n" " een volledig geconfigureerd systeem waarborgen wanneer de scripts worden " @@ -2350,16 +2369,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box " -"as feedback.\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " +"box as feedback.\n" "If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " "might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback en foutopsporing:</H3>\n" -" Bij alle scripts behalve de init-scripts kunnen STDOUT+STDERR in een " -"pop-upvak worden weergegeven als feedback.\n" +" Bij alle scripts behalve de init-scripts kunnen STDOUT+STDERR in een pop-" +"upvak worden weergegeven als feedback.\n" " Als u foutopsporing inschakelt, ontvangt u meer uitvoer in het " "feedbackvenster, die u mogelijk kan helpen\n" " bij het opsporen van fouten in uw script.\n" @@ -2449,13 +2468,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation " -"for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " +"installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Door het toevoegen van scripts aan het automatische installatieproces, kunt u " -"de installatie naar behoefte\n" +"Door het toevoegen van scripts aan het automatische installatieproces, kunt " +"u de installatie naar behoefte\n" "aanpassen en de controle bij de verschillende stappen van de installatie " "overnemen.\n" @@ -2483,13 +2502,13 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 msgid "" "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " "error message is:\n" msgstr "" -"De XML-ontleder rapporteerde een fout tijdens het ontleden van het " -"autoyast-profiel. Het foutbericht is:\n" +"De XML-ontleder rapporteerde een fout tijdens het ontleden van het autoyast-" +"profiel. Het foutbericht is:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2578,8 +2597,8 @@ "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"De meeste modules, die gebruikt zijn om de configuratie op te zetten, zijn " -"identiek aan\n" +"De meeste modules, die gebruikt zijn om de configuratie op te zetten, " +"zijn identiek aan\n" "die welke via het YaST Configuratiecentrum beschikbaar zijn. In plaats van " "het instellen van\n" "dit systeem, worden de opgegeven data verzameld en geëxporteerd naar het " @@ -2597,8 +2616,8 @@ msgstr "" "Als aanvulling op bestaande en bekende modules zijn er nieuwe\n" "interfaces voor speciale en complexe configuraties gemaakt, zoals\n" -"bijvoorbeeld voor de schijfindeling, de algemene opties en voor software." -"\n" +"bijvoorbeeld voor de schijfindeling, de algemene opties en voor software.</" +"p>\n" #. Construct node name for display in tree. #. @@ -2814,11 +2833,11 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" +"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" msgstr "" -"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met patroon. Gaarne " -"/tmp/ay_image.log controleren" +"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met patroon. Gaarne /tmp/" +"ay_image.log controleren" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" @@ -2826,11 +2845,11 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" +"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" msgstr "" -"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met pakketten. Gaarne " -"/tmp/ay_image.log controleren" +"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met pakketten. Gaarne /tmp/" +"ay_image.log controleren" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 @@ -2842,8 +2861,8 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed " -"anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " +"changed anymore." msgstr "" "U kunt nu wijzigingen in de image aanbrengen in %1/\n" "Als u op de OK-knop drukt zal de image gecomprimeerd worden en is niet meer " @@ -2997,14 +3016,14 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "De configuratiegegevens worden verzameld..." #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "Versleuteld AutoYaST-profiel. Geef het wachtwoord twee keer." @@ -3012,14 +3031,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "Kan de sectie %1 niet naar bestand %2 schrijven." #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "Versleuteld AutoYaST-profiel. Geef het juiste wachtwoord." @@ -3060,18 +3079,28 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " +#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " +#~ "no size.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " +#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " +#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " +#~ "AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Geef de partitie-informatie op overeenkomstig uw\n" -#~ " behoeften. Als u een bestaande partitie opnieuw wilt gebruiken, geeft u het partitienummer van deze bestaande partitie op (telling begint met partitienummer 1) en geen grootte.\n" +#~ " behoeften. Als u een bestaande partitie opnieuw wilt gebruiken, geeft u " +#~ "het partitienummer van deze bestaande partitie op (telling begint met " +#~ "partitienummer 1) en geen grootte.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ " Voor partities die deel uitmaken van een volumegroep (niet de logische partities binnen een volumegroep), stelt u de partitie-ID in op 0x8e en kiest u vervolgens de volumegroep. De volumegroep moet al zijn ingesteld met AutoYaST.\n" +#~ " Voor partities die deel uitmaken van een volumegroep (niet de logische " +#~ "partities binnen een volumegroep), stelt u de partitie-ID in op 0x8e en " +#~ "kiest u vervolgens de volumegroep. De volumegroep moet al zijn ingesteld " +#~ "met AutoYaST.\n" #~ " \n" #~ " Raadpleeg de online documentatie voor meer informatie.\n" #~ " \n" @@ -3130,17 +3159,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical " +#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical " +#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " Maak en bewerk uw volumegroepen hier. Wijs daarna fysieke partities toe aan deze volumegroep in het partitiedialoogvenster van een fysieke vaste schijf. Stel de partitie-ID in op 0x8e voor die partities.\n" +#~ " Maak en bewerk uw volumegroepen hier. Wijs daarna fysieke partities toe " +#~ "aan deze volumegroep in het partitiedialoogvenster van een fysieke vaste " +#~ "schijf. Stel de partitie-ID in op 0x8e voor die partities.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ msgid "Configure Volume Groups" -#~ msgstr "Volumegroepen instellen" - #~ msgid "&Volume Group" #~ msgstr "&Volumegroep" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2015-09-29 16:18:47 UTC (rev 92891) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-06 15:18+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -102,13 +102,17 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " +"code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " +"even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie \n" -"Activeert de partitie die de bootloader bevat. De algemene MBR-code start vervolgens\n" -"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, zelfs\n" +"Activeert de partitie die de bootloader bevat. De algemene MBR-code start " +"vervolgens\n" +"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, " +"zelfs\n" "als de bootloader is geïnstalleerd in de MBR." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -129,10 +133,12 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " +"loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Wachttijd in seconden \n" -"De tijd die de bootloader wacht alvorens de standaard-kernel wordt geladen.\n" +"De tijd die de bootloader wacht alvorens de standaard-kernel wordt geladen.</" +"p>\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -143,110 +149,155 @@ "boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -" Door op Instellen als standaard te klikken markeert u de geselecteerde \n" -"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een opstartmenu\n" -"weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een ander \n" -"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt\n" -"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem opgestart.\n" -"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden gewijzigd met de toetsen Omhoog en Omlaag.\n" +" Door op Instellen als standaard te klikken markeert u de " +"geselecteerde \n" +"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een " +"opstartmenu\n" +"weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een " +"ander \n" +"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de wachttijd niet op een toets " +"wordt\n" +"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem " +"opgestart.\n" +"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden " +"gewijzigd met de toetsen Omhoog en Omlaag.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " +"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR Vervang de MBR van uw schijf door generieke code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n" +"Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR Vervang de MBR van uw " +"schijf door generieke code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n" "de actieve partitie opstart)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " +"other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is een van de aanbevolen opties, de andere is \n" +"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is een van de aanbevolen opties, de " +"andere is \n" "Opstarten van hoofdpartitie." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " +"another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"Opstarten van het hoofdopstartrecord (MBR) wordt afgeraden als u een ander\n" +"Opstarten van het hoofdopstartrecord (MBR) wordt afgeraden als u " +"een ander\n" "besturingssysteem hebt geïnstalleerd op de computer" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " +"is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " +"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " +"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is de aanbevolen optie wanneer een geschikte partitie\n" -"aanwezig is. Selecteer Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie en Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR\n" -" in Opties voor bootloader om de MBR bij te werken als dat nodig is of uw andere opstartmanager in te stellen voor het \n" +"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is de aanbevolen optie wanneer een " +"geschikte partitie\n" +"aanwezig is. Selecteer Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor " +"opstartpartitie en Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR\n" +" in Opties voor bootloader om de MBR bij te werken als dat nodig is " +"of uw andere opstartmanager in te stellen voor het \n" "starten van deze sectie." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " +"partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"Opstarten van uitgebreide partitie moet geselecteerd worden als uw root-partitie zich op \n" +"Opstarten van uitgebreide partitie moet geselecteerd worden als uw " +"root-partitie zich op \n" "een logische partitie bevindt en de partitie /boot ontbreekt" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "Aangepaste opstartpartitie laat u een partitie kiezen waarvan wordt opgestart." +msgid "" +"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "" +"Aangepaste opstartpartitie laat u een partitie kiezen waarvan " +"wordt opgestart." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -"MD-array is opgebouwd vanaf 2 schijven. Redundantie voor MD-array inschakelen\n" +"MD-array is opgebouwd vanaf 2 schijven. Redundantie voor MD-array " +"inschakelen\n" "inschakelen om GRUB naar MBR van beide schijven te schrijven." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</" +"code>) for details." msgstr "" "Gebruik seriële console definieert de te gebruiken parameters \n" -"voor een seriële console. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie (<code>info grub2</code>) voor details." +"voor een seriële console. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie (<code>info grub2</" +"code>) voor details." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a " +"serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" +"code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " +"you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Terminaldefinitie \n" -"Definieert het type terminal dat u gebruikt. Voor een seriële terminal (bijvoorbeeld een seriële console)\n" -"geeft u <code>serial</code> op. U kunt tevens <code>console</code> aan de opdracht \n" -"toevoegen: <code>serial console</code>. In dat geval wordt de terminal waarop u een \n" +"Definieert het type terminal dat u gebruikt. Voor een seriële terminal " +"(bijvoorbeeld een seriële console)\n" +"geeft u <code>serial</code> op. U kunt tevens <code>console</code> aan de " +"opdracht \n" +"toevoegen: <code>serial console</code>. In dat geval wordt de terminal " +"waarop u een \n" "willekeurige toets indrukt, geselecteerd als GRUB-terminal." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " +"numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt bevat een lijst met sectienummers die worden gebruikt voor\n" +"Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt bevat een lijst " +"met sectienummers die worden gebruikt voor\n" "het opstarten als de standaardsectie niet kan worden opgestart." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "Selecteer Menu verbergen bij opstarten om het opstartmenu te verbergen" +msgstr "" +"Selecteer Menu verbergen bij opstarten om het opstartmenu te " +"verbergen" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " +"If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry " +"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " +"way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it " +"in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Bescherm de bootloader met een wachtwoord \n" -"Bij opstarten van het systeem een item wijzigen of zelfs opstarten via een item in de lijst vereist een wachtwoord. Als Alleen wijziging van item beschermen</> is geactiveerd dan zal opstarten vanaf een item niet beperkt zijn maar wijzigen vereist een wachtwoord (wat de manier is waarop GRUB 1 zich gedroeg). YaST accepteert het wachtwoord uitsluitend als u het herhaalt in Typ het wachtwoord opnieuw." +"Bij opstarten van het systeem een item wijzigen of zelfs opstarten via een " +"item in de lijst vereist een wachtwoord. Als Alleen wijziging van item " +"beschermen</> is geactiveerd dan zal opstarten vanaf een item niet beperkt " +"zijn maar wijzigen vereist een wachtwoord (wat de manier is waarop GRUB 1 " +"zich gedroeg). YaST accepteert het wachtwoord uitsluitend als u het herhaalt " +"in Typ het wachtwoord opnieuw." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 @@ -258,9 +309,12 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" "<big>Schijfvolgorde</big> \n" -"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de BIOS,\n" -"gebruik de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag om de schijven op volgorde te zetten.\n" -"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op Toevoegen. Om een schijf te verwijderen, druk op Verwijderen." +"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de " +"BIOS,\n" +"gebruik de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag om de schijven op volgorde " +"te zetten.\n" +"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op Toevoegen. Om een schijf te " +"verwijderen, druk op Verwijderen." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" @@ -383,7 +437,7 @@ msgstr "Red&undantie voor MD-array inschakelen" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Bootcode-opties" @@ -435,42 +489,52 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Optionele parameter voor de kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven parameters." +msgid "" +"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Optionele parameter voor de kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee " +"definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven parameters." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." -msgstr "VGA-modus definieert de bij het opstarten door de kernel in te stellen VGA-modus voor de console." +msgid "" +"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " +"console to when booting." +msgstr "" +"VGA-modus definieert de bij het opstarten door de kernel in te " +"stellen VGA-modus voor de console." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "Vreemd OS detecteren door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met andere vreemde distributie " +msgid "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " +"foreign distribution " +msgstr "" +"Vreemd OS detecteren door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met " +"andere vreemde distributie " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "Protective MBR-vlag is een instelling alleen voor experts, die alleen nodig is op exotische hardware. Voor details zie Protective MBR in GPT schijven. Niet aankomen als u niet zeker bent." +msgid "" +"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " +"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " +"touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" +"Protective MBR-vlag is een instelling alleen voor experts, die " +"alleen nodig is op exotische hardware. Voor details zie Protective MBR in " +"GPT schijven. Niet aankomen als u niet zeker bent." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " -msgstr "Distributeur specificeert de naam van de distributeur van de kernel gebruikt om de naam van het boot-item aan te maken. " - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "O&ptionele kernelparameter voor op de commandoregel" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42 -msgid "D&istributor" -msgstr "D&istributeur" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "&VGA-modus" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "Vreemd OS detecteren" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgstr "Protective MBR-vlag" @@ -546,7 +610,9 @@ #. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now #: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "Niet ondersteunde bootloader '%s'. Pas uw AutoYaST-profiel overeenkomstig aan." +msgstr "" +"Niet ondersteunde bootloader '%s'. Pas uw AutoYaST-profiel overeenkomstig " +"aan." #. file open popup caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 @@ -556,9 +622,11 @@ #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "De boot-partitie is van het type NFS. De bootloader niet worden geïnstalleerd." +msgstr "" +"De boot-partitie is van het type NFS. De bootloader niet worden " +"geïnstalleerd." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. dialog caption @@ -676,8 +744,10 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " +"current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " +"reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Via de knop Overig\n" @@ -722,11 +792,16 @@ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." msgstr "" -" Door op Als standaard instellen te klikken wordt de geselecteerde \n" -"sectie als de standaard gemarkeerd. Tijdens het opstarten zal de bootloader een \n" -"opstartmenu tonen en op de gebruiker wachten zodat deze een kernel of een ander besturingssysteem \n" -"kan selecteren dat opgestart moet worden. De standaardkernel (of besturingssysteem) zal \n" -"worden opgestart wanneer er binnen de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt gedrukt.\n" +" Door op Als standaard instellen te klikken wordt de " +"geselecteerde \n" +"sectie als de standaard gemarkeerd. Tijdens het opstarten zal de bootloader " +"een \n" +"opstartmenu tonen en op de gebruiker wachten zodat deze een kernel of een " +"ander besturingssysteem \n" +"kan selecteren dat opgestart moet worden. De standaardkernel (of " +"besturingssysteem) zal \n" +"worden opgestart wanneer er binnen de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt " +"gedrukt.\n" "De sectievolgorde in het bootloadermenu kan worden gewijzigd met behulp van\n" "de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag." @@ -768,18 +843,22 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" +"b>\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- In de bootsector van de partitie <tt>/boot</tt> of <tt>/</tt> (hoofdpartitie). \n" +"- In de bootsector van de partitie <tt>/boot</tt> of <tt>/</tt> " +"(hoofdpartitie). \n" "Dit is de aanbevolen optie als er een geschikte partitie aanwezig is.\n" "Selecteer Bootloaderpartitie activeren of\n" -"MBR door generieke code vervangen bij Details bootloaderinstallatie\n" +"MBR door generieke code vervangen bij Details " +"bootloaderinstallatie\n" "om de master boot record bij te werken wanneer\n" -"het nodig is of om uw bootloader in te stellen voor het starten van &product;." +"het nodig is of om uw bootloader in te stellen voor het starten van " +"&product;." #. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 @@ -801,8 +880,10 @@ "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." msgstr "" "Bijvoorbeeld, de meeste PC's hebben een BIOS-limiet\n" -"dat het opstarten naar de harde schijf beperkt tot cilinders beneden de 1024.\n" -"Afhankelijk van de bootmanager die u gebruikt bent u wel of niet in staat om vanaf een logische partitie op te starten." +"dat het opstarten naar de harde schijf beperkt tot cilinders beneden de " +"1024.\n" +"Afhankelijk van de bootmanager die u gebruikt bent u wel of niet in staat om " +"vanaf een logische partitie op te starten." #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 @@ -824,7 +905,8 @@ msgstr "" "Details bootloaderinstallatie \n" "Om de geavanceerde opties van de bootloaderinstallatie aan te passen\n" -" (bijvoorbeeld de apparaatindeling), klik op Details bootloaderinstallatie." +" (bijvoorbeeld de apparaatindeling), klik op Details " +"bootloaderinstallatie." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 @@ -857,13 +939,15 @@ msgstr "" "Handmatige configuratie \n" "Hier kunt u de bootloaderconfiguratie handmatig wijzigen.\n" -"Opmerking: het definitieve configuratiebestand kan een andere insprong hebben." +"Opmerking: het definitieve configuratiebestand kan een andere insprong " +"hebben." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " +"section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "Sectienaam \n" @@ -886,8 +970,10 @@ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" "selected section." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Geselecteerde sectie klonen om de momenteel geselecteerde\n" -"sectie te klonen. Verander daarna de opties die anders moeten zijn dan in de\n" +"Selecteer Geselecteerde sectie klonen om de momenteel " +"geselecteerde\n" +"sectie te klonen. Verander daarna de opties die anders moeten zijn dan in " +"de\n" "geselecteerde sectie." #. help text 3/5 @@ -896,7 +982,8 @@ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Image-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of andere image toe te voegen\n" +"Selecteer Image-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of andere image " +"toe te voegen\n" "om te laden en te starten." #. help text 4/5 @@ -905,7 +992,8 @@ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Xen-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe te voegen, \n" +"Selecteer Xen-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe " +"te voegen, \n" "maar die te starten in een XEN-omgeving." #. help text 5/5 @@ -916,21 +1004,24 @@ "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Selecteer Ander systeem (Chainloader) om een sectie toe te voegen\n" -"die een bootsector van een partitie van de schijf laadt en start. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" +"die een bootsector van een partitie van de schijf laadt en start. Dit wordt " +"gebruikt\n" "voor het opstarten van andere besturingssystemen." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " +"disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Selecteer Menu-sectie om een sectie toe te voegen \n" -"die configuratiebestand laadt (de lijst met boot-secties) van een partitie van de schijf. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" +"die configuratiebestand laadt (de lijst met boot-secties) van een partitie " +"van de schijf. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" "voor het opstarten van andere besturingssystemen." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "Volgorde van harde schijven: %1" @@ -1052,8 +1143,10 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd." +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "" +"Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd." #. Represents dialog for modification of device map #: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 @@ -1124,49 +1217,81 @@ msgstr "&Opstarten" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar." +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " +"bootable." +msgstr "" +"Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien " +"niet opstartbaar." #. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd" +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "" +"Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">niet installeren</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">niet installeren</" +"a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode niet installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">installeren</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode niet installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">installeren</" +"a>" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">niet installeren</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">niet " +"installeren</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode niet in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">installeren</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode niet in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot" +"\">installeren</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">niet installeren</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">niet " +"installeren</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode niet in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">installeren</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode niet in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot" +"\">installeren</a>" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Waarschuwing: geen locatie voor bootloader stage1 geselecteerd. Tenzij u weet wat u doet, selecteer de bovenstaande locatie." +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " +"are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" +"Waarschuwing: geen locatie voor bootloader stage1 geselecteerd. Tenzij u " +"weet wat u doet, selecteer de bovenstaande locatie." #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Wijzig locatie: %s" @@ -1174,22 +1299,22 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Type bootloader: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:263 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (extended)" #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:271 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:278 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Status locatie: %1" @@ -1209,98 +1334,140 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met bestandssysteem btrfs en GPT schijflabel zonder bios_grub partitie. Om dit probleem te repareren, maak de bios_grub partitie of gebruik een van de ext-bestandssystemen als boot-partitie of installeer geen stage 1 op MBR." +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " +"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " +"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " +"stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met bestandssysteem btrfs en GPT " +"schijflabel zonder bios_grub partitie. Om dit probleem te repareren, maak de " +"bios_grub partitie of gebruik een van de ext-bestandssystemen als boot-" +"partitie of installeer geen stage 1 op MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten." +msgstr "" +"Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record" +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " +"Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie " +"voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "Partitie met ext voor booting ontbreekt. Kan boot-code niet installeren." +msgstr "" +"Partitie met ext voor booting ontbreekt. Kan boot-code niet installeren." +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 +msgid "" +"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " +"could refuse to boot." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 +msgid "" +"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " +"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgstr "" + #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Bootloader controleren" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Partitionering lezen" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Bootloaderinstellingen laden" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Bootloader wordt gecontroleerd..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "De partitionering wordt gelezen..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Bootloaderinstellingen worden geladen..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Bootloaderconfiguratie initialiseren" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Initrd aanmaken" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Configuratiebestanden van bootloader opslaan" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Bootloader installeren" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Initrd wordt aangemaakt..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "De configuratiebestanden van de bootloader worden opgeslagen..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "De bootloader wordt geïnstalleerd..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Bootloaderconfiguratie opslaan" -#~ msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." -#~ msgstr "Parameter voor de failsafe kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven failsafe parameters." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to " +#~ "create boot entry name. " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Distributeur specificeert de naam van de distributeur van de " +#~ "kernel gebruikt om de naam van het boot-item aan te maken. " +#~ msgid "D&istributor" +#~ msgstr "D&istributeur" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " +#~ "parameters to pass to the kernel." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Parameter voor de failsafe kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee " +#~ "definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven failsafe parameters." +#~ "" + #~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" #~ msgstr "&Failsafe kernelparameter voor de commandoregel" @@ -1320,7 +1487,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Sectie %1 is niet gevonden." #~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -#~ msgstr "De optie toevoegen is alleen beschikbaar in de interactieve commandoregelmodus" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De optie toevoegen is alleen beschikbaar in de interactieve " +#~ "commandoregelmodus" #~ msgid "Section name must be specified." #~ msgstr "Sectienaam moet gespecificeerd zijn." @@ -1332,14 +1501,21 @@ #~ msgstr "Opstartmenu" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " +#~ "Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" #~ "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Gebruik de vertrouwde grub betekent installeer de vertrouwde grub en gebruik deze. De optie Grafisch menubestand wordt genegeerd.\n" +#~ "Gebruik de vertrouwde grub betekent installeer de vertrouwde " +#~ "grub en gebruik deze. De optie Grafisch menubestand wordt " +#~ "genegeerd.\n" #~ "Het is aanbevolen grub in de MBR te installeren" -#~ msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." -#~ msgstr "Grafisch menubestand definieert het voor het grafisch opstartmenu te gebruiken bestand." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical " +#~ "boot menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Grafisch menubestand definieert het voor het grafisch " +#~ "opstartmenu te gebruiken bestand." #~ msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." #~ msgstr "Geluidssignalen schakel geluidssignalen aan/uit." @@ -1507,7 +1683,8 @@ #~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "De schijfinstellingen zijn gewijzigd en u heeft de configuratiebestanden\n" -#~ "van de bootloader handmatig bewerkt. Controleer de bootloaderinstellingen.\n" +#~ "van de bootloader handmatig bewerkt. Controleer de " +#~ "bootloaderinstellingen.\n" #~ msgid "Do Not Create a File System" #~ msgstr "Geen bestandssysteem aanmaken" @@ -1545,50 +1722,87 @@ #~ msgid "Image Section" #~ msgstr "Image-sectie" -#~ msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." -#~ msgstr "Kernel-image definieert de op te starten kernel. Voer de naam rechtstreeks in of kies via Bladeren" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " +#~ "directly or choose via Browse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kernel-image definieert de op te starten kernel. Voer de naam " +#~ "rechtstreeks in of kies via Bladeren" -#~ msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." -#~ msgstr "Hoofdapparaat stelt het apparaat in dat aan de kernel moet worden doorgegeven als opstartapparaat." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root " +#~ "device." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hoofdapparaat stelt het apparaat in dat aan de kernel moet " +#~ "worden doorgegeven als opstartapparaat." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " +#~ "use. Either enter the path and file name\n" #~ "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Allereerste RAM-schijf, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam \n" +#~ "Allereerste RAM-schijf, mits niet leeg, definieert de " +#~ "aanvankelijk te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam \n" #~ "rechtstreeks in of kies door te Bladeren.\n" -#~ msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." -#~ msgstr "Selecteer Chainloader-sectie als u een sectie wilt definiëren voor het opstarten van een ander besturingssysteem dan Linux." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " +#~ "booting an OS other than Linux." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer Chainloader-sectie als u een sectie wilt definiëren " +#~ "voor het opstarten van een ander besturingssysteem dan Linux." -#~ msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." -#~ msgstr "Schakel Wachtwoordbeveiliging gebruiken in om het selecteren van deze sectie met een wachtwoord te beveiligen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to " +#~ "select this section." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Schakel Wachtwoordbeveiliging gebruiken in om het selecteren " +#~ "van deze sectie met een wachtwoord te beveiligen." -#~ msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." -#~ msgstr "Met Ander systeem kunt u een ander op de computer geïnstalleerd niet-Linux besturingssysteem kiezen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating " +#~ "systems found on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Met Ander systeem kunt u een ander op de computer geïnstalleerd " +#~ "niet-Linux besturingssysteem kiezen." -#~ msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" -#~ msgstr "Selecteer Deze partitie activeren indien geselecteerd voor opstarten als de BIOS verlangt dat deze vlag is ingesteld om de partitie te kunnen opstarten" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your " +#~ "BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer Deze partitie activeren indien geselecteerd voor " +#~ "opstarten als de BIOS verlangt dat deze vlag is ingesteld om de " +#~ "partitie te kunnen opstarten" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" -#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" +#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of " +#~ "blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see " +#~ "the grub documentation.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Met Blok-offset voor chainloading geeft u de lijst op te starten blokken op. In de meeste gevallen \n" -#~ "geeft u hier <code>+1</code> op. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie voor meer bijzonderheden over de notatie voor de blokkenlijst.\n" +#~ "Met Blok-offset voor chainloading geeft u de lijst op te " +#~ "starten blokken op. In de meeste gevallen \n" +#~ "geeft u hier <code>+1</code> op. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie voor meer " +#~ "bijzonderheden over de notatie voor de blokkenlijst.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" +#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or " +#~ "other image \n" #~ "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer XEN-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe te voegen, \n" +#~ "Selecteer XEN-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image " +#~ "toe te voegen, \n" #~ "maar die te starten in een XEN-omgeving.\n" #~ msgid "Hypervisor specifies the Hypervisor to use." #~ msgstr "Hypervisor specificeert de te gebruiken Hypervisor." -#~ msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." -#~ msgstr "Extra parameters voor de Xen Hypervisor; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de xen hypervisor door te geven parameters." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " +#~ "parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Extra parameters voor de Xen Hypervisor; hiermee definieert u " +#~ "aanvullende aan de xen hypervisor door te geven parameters." #~ msgid "Menu Section" #~ msgstr "Menusectie" @@ -1596,17 +1810,27 @@ #~ msgid "Partition of Menu File" #~ msgstr "Partitie van menubestand" -#~ msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." -#~ msgstr "Beschrijvingsbestand van het menu specificeert het pad op het root-apparaat waar vanaf het menubestand wordt geladen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which " +#~ "is loaded menu file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Beschrijvingsbestand van het menu specificeert het pad op het " +#~ "root-apparaat waar vanaf het menubestand wordt geladen." -#~ msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." -#~ msgstr "Verwijs de Sectie naar de eerste schijf in de apparaatmap Windows moet gewoonlijk op de eerste schijf staan." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually " +#~ "need to be on the first disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Verwijs de Sectie naar de eerste schijf in de apparaatmap " +#~ "Windows moet gewoonlijk op de eerste schijf staan." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" +#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " +#~ "possible via buttons: Add , \n" #~ "Edit and Delete" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" +#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " +#~ "possible via buttons: Add , \n" #~ "Edit and Delete" #~ msgid "" @@ -1620,30 +1844,39 @@ #~ "Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \n" #~ "Usually specified in global section" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Forceren dat hoofdbestandssysteem als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld \n" +#~ "Forceren dat hoofdbestandssysteem als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld</" +#~ "b> \n" #~ "Wordt meestal opgegeven in de algemene sectie" #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Dump Section to add a section that specifies how to\n" -#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" +#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to " +#~ "a\n" #~ "file on a SCSI disk partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer Dumpsectie om een sectie toe te voegen waarin wordt opgegeven hoe\n" -#~ "een systeemdump moet worden gemaakt op een DASD-schijfpartitie of tapeapparaat of om een\n" +#~ "Selecteer Dumpsectie om een sectie toe te voegen waarin wordt " +#~ "opgegeven hoe\n" +#~ "een systeemdump moet worden gemaakt op een DASD-schijfpartitie of " +#~ "tapeapparaat of om een\n" #~ " bestand toe te voegen aan een SCSI-schijfpartitie." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" #~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer Menusectie om een nieuw menu toe te voegen aan de configuratie.\n" -#~ "Menusecties vertegenwoordigen een lijst met taken die samen worden gegroepeerd\n" +#~ "Selecteer Menusectie om een nieuw menu toe te voegen aan de " +#~ "configuratie.\n" +#~ "Menusecties vertegenwoordigen een lijst met taken die samen worden " +#~ "gegroepeerd\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters " +#~ "to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" #~ "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer SELinux inschakelen om de noodzakelijke kernel-boot-parameters toe te voegen om het SELinux beveiligingsframework in te schakelen. \n" +#~ "Selecteer SELinux inschakelen om de noodzakelijke kernel-boot-" +#~ "parameters toe te voegen om het SELinux beveiligingsframework in te " +#~ "schakelen. \n" #~ "Let erop dat dit ook AppArmor zal uitschakelen." #~ msgid "Image Section" @@ -1778,16 +2011,26 @@ #~ msgstr "Secties: %1" #~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" -#~ msgstr "Bootloader niet installeren, alleen de configuratiebestanden aanmaken" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bootloader niet installeren, alleen de configuratiebestanden aanmaken" #~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" #~ msgstr "Voorstellen en &samenvoegen met bestaande GRUB-menu's" -#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -#~ msgstr "Partitienummer > 3 wordt gebruikt voor het opstarten met de GPT-partitietabel" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Partitienummer > 3 wordt gebruikt voor het opstarten met de GPT-" +#~ "partitietabel" -#~ msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "YaST kon niet de exacte volgorde van de schijven voor het opstarten (booten) voor de apparaatindeling bepalen. Bekijk de volgorde en pas deze zo nodig aan in \"Details bootloaderinstallatie\"" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the " +#~ "device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot " +#~ "Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "YaST kon niet de exacte volgorde van de schijven voor het opstarten " +#~ "(booten) voor de apparaatindeling bepalen. Bekijk de volgorde en pas deze " +#~ "zo nodig aan in \"Details bootloaderinstallatie\"" #~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" #~ msgstr "Toegevoegde kernelparameters: %1" @@ -1838,39 +2081,64 @@ #~ msgstr "Diagnostiek leverancier" #~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een iSCSI-schijf: %1. Systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het opstartapparaat is op een iSCSI-schijf: %1. Systeem zou niet kunnen " +#~ "opstarten." -#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." -#~ msgstr "De bootloader is geïnstalleerd in een partitie die niet geheel onder %1 GB ligt. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten als de BIOS alleen lba24 ondersteund (resultaat is fout 18 bij installatie van MBR van grub)." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely " +#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result " +#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De bootloader is geïnstalleerd in een partitie die niet geheel onder %1 " +#~ "GB ligt. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten als de BIOS alleen lba24 " +#~ "ondersteund (resultaat is fout 18 bij installatie van MBR van grub)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" -#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" +#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of " +#~ "range.\n" +#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot " +#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader " +#~ "configuration)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat. \n" -#~ "De apparaatmap bevat meer dan 8 apparaten en het bootapparaat is buiten bereik.\n" -#~ "Het bereik is gelimiteerd door de BIOS tot de eerste 8 apparaten Pas de BIOS boot-volgorde aan ( of als deze al is ingesteld, corrigeer deze on de configuratie van de bootloader)." +#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat.<br/" +#~ ">\n" +#~ "De apparaatmap bevat meer dan 8 apparaten en het bootapparaat is buiten " +#~ "bereik.\n" +#~ "Het bereik is gelimiteerd door de BIOS tot de eerste 8 apparaten Pas de " +#~ "BIOS boot-volgorde aan ( of als deze al is ingesteld, corrigeer deze on " +#~ "de configuratie van de bootloader)." #~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." #~ msgstr "De LILO is nu niet ondersteund." -#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." -#~ msgstr "Het opgegeven opstartpad zal niet worden geactiveerd voor uw installatie. U systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your " +#~ "system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het opgegeven opstartpad zal niet worden geactiveerd voor uw installatie. " +#~ "U systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " +#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat. \n" -#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een kleine primaire Apple HFS-partitie aanmaakt." +#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat." +#~ " \n" +#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een kleine " +#~ "primaire Apple HFS-partitie aanmaakt." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " +#~ "PReP Boot partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat. \n" -#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een PreP-Boot-partitie aanmaakt." +#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat." +#~ " \n" +#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een PreP-" +#~ "Boot-partitie aanmaakt." #~ msgid "Stay &LILO" #~ msgstr "Bij &LILO blijven" @@ -1878,8 +2146,12 @@ #~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" #~ msgstr "Instellingen converteren en &GRUB installeren" -#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB" -#~ msgstr "LILO wordt niet ondersteund. De aanbevolen optie is om converteren van LILO naar GRUB te selecteren" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to " +#~ "GRUB" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "LILO wordt niet ondersteund. De aanbevolen optie is om converteren van " +#~ "LILO naar GRUB te selecteren" #~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options" #~ msgstr "&ELILO Algemene opties" @@ -1912,53 +2184,70 @@ #~ "Set level of verbosity [0-5] Increase verbosity of ELILO\n" #~ "in case of boot problems." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Uitgebreidheid [0-5] Geef aan hoe uitgebreid de ELILO-meldingen zijn \n" +#~ "Uitgebreidheid [0-5] Geef aan hoe uitgebreid de ELILO-" +#~ "meldingen zijn \n" #~ "wanneer zich problemen voordoen bij het opstarten." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" +#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</" +#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " +#~ "are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op kernel-opdrachtregel \n" -#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan de kernel.\n" -#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.\n" +#~ "Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op kernel-" +#~ "opdrachtregel \n" +#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan " +#~ "de kernel.\n" +#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the " +#~ "initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk\n" -#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n" +#~ "Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand, mits niet leeg, " +#~ "definieert de aanvankelijk\n" +#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in " +#~ "of kies door te\n" #~ "Bladeren\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Naam van het imagebestand, mits niet leeg, definieert het te gebruiken\n" -#~ "imagebestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n" +#~ "Naam van het imagebestand, mits niet leeg, definieert het te " +#~ "gebruiken\n" +#~ "imagebestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies " +#~ "door te\n" #~ "Bladeren" #~ msgid "" #~ "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') \n" #~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu') \n" +#~ "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of " +#~ "'tekstmenu') \n" #~ "Let op: 'tekstmenu' heeft op sommige machines problemen veroorzaakt." #~ msgid "" #~ "Prevent EDD30 mode \n" -#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" +#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to " +#~ "TRUE.\n" #~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" #~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" #~ "avoid forcing the variable.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "EDD30-modus blokkeren \n" -#~ "Als EDD30 is uitgeschakeld, probeert ELILO standaard de variabele in te stellen op TRUE.\n" -#~ "Sommige controllers ondersteunen EDD30 echter niet en het forceren van de variabele\n" +#~ "Als EDD30 is uitgeschakeld, probeert ELILO standaard de variabele in te " +#~ "stellen op TRUE.\n" +#~ "Sommige controllers ondersteunen EDD30 echter niet en het forceren van de " +#~ "variabele\n" #~ "kan dan problemen veroorzaken. Daarom hebt u vanaf ELILO-3.2 de optie \n" #~ "het forceren van de variabele te blokkeren.\n" @@ -1969,8 +2258,10 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Poging tot verplaatsing toestaan \n" -#~ "Als een fout optreedt bij het toewijzen van geheugen tijdens het aanvankelijk laden van de \n" -#~ " kernel, is een poging tot verplaatsing toegestaan (waarbij wordt verondersteld dat de kernel kan worden verplaatst).\n" +#~ "Als een fout optreedt bij het toewijzen van geheugen tijdens het " +#~ "aanvankelijk laden van de \n" +#~ " kernel, is een poging tot verplaatsing toegestaan (waarbij wordt " +#~ "verondersteld dat de kernel kan worden verplaatst).\n" #~ " " #~ msgid "" @@ -1992,7 +2283,8 @@ #~ "Specify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Stel het gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO\n" -#~ "Specificeer het te gebruiken kernelkeuzesysteem: \"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu\"" +#~ "Specificeer het te gebruiken kernelkeuzesysteem: \"eenvoudig\" of " +#~ "\"tekstmenu\"" #~ msgid "" #~ "Display the Content of a File by Function Keys\n" @@ -2014,7 +2306,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Specificeer de bestandsnaam voor een specifieke te laden FPSWA\n" #~ "Specificeer de bestandsnaam voor een specifieke te laden FPSWA.\n" -#~ "Als deze optie wordt gebruikt dan zal geen ander bestand geprobeerd worden." +#~ "Als deze optie wordt gebruikt dan zal geen ander bestand geprobeerd " +#~ "worden." #~ msgid "" #~ "Message Printed on Main Screen (If Supported)\n" @@ -2022,7 +2315,8 @@ #~ "the chooser." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bericht getoond op het hoofdscherm (Indien ondersteund)\n" -#~ "Een bericht dat getoond wordt op het hoofdscherm als dat ondersteund wordt\n" +#~ "Een bericht dat getoond wordt op het hoofdscherm als dat ondersteund " +#~ "wordt\n" #~ "door het keuzeprogramma." #~ msgid "" @@ -2031,7 +2325,8 @@ #~ "auto booting when not in interactive mode.\n" #~ "Default is 0" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten\n" +#~ "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch " +#~ "opstarten\n" #~ "Het aantal tienden van seconden dat moet worden gewacht alvorens\n" #~ "automatisch op te starten in niet-interactieve modus.\n" #~ "Standaard is 0" @@ -2039,8 +2334,12 @@ #~ msgid "Boot Image Location" #~ msgstr "Locatie opstart-image" -#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" -#~ msgstr "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten (wordt gebruikt wanneer niet in interactieve modus)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive " +#~ "mode)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch " +#~ "opstarten (wordt gebruikt wanneer niet in interactieve modus)" #~ msgid "Force interactive mode" #~ msgstr "Interactieve modus forceren" @@ -2064,7 +2363,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Naam van standaard image-bestand" #~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')" -#~ msgstr "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu')" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu')" #~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)" #~ msgstr "Bericht dat verschijnt op hoofdscherm (indien ondersteund)" @@ -2077,13 +2377,15 @@ #~ msgstr "EDD30-modus blokkeren" #~ msgid "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load" -#~ msgstr "De bestandsnaam opgeven voor een specifieke FPSWA die moet worden geladen" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De bestandsnaam opgeven voor een specifieke FPSWA die moet worden geladen" #~ msgid "Allow attempt to relocate" #~ msgstr "Poging tot verplaatsing toestaan" #~ msgid "Global Append &String of Options to Kernel Command Line" -#~ msgstr "Algemene tekenreek&s met opties toe te voegen aan de kernel-opdrachtregel" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Algemene tekenreek&s met opties toe te voegen aan de kernel-opdrachtregel" #~ msgid "&Name of Default Image File" #~ msgstr "&Naam van standaard image-bestand" @@ -2105,10 +2407,16 @@ #~ msgstr "Forceren dat rootfs als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld" #~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" -#~ msgstr "&Stel de gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO (\"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu\")" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "&Stel de gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO (\"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu" +#~ "\")" -#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" -#~ msgstr "&Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten (wordt gebruikt in niet-interactieve modus)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive " +#~ "Mode)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "&Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch " +#~ "opstarten (wordt gebruikt in niet-interactieve modus)" #~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" #~ msgstr "De inhoud van een bestand weergeven door functie&toetsen" @@ -2163,7 +2471,8 @@ #~ "Dit is het partitienummer van uw opstartpartitie. Op een\n" #~ "PowerMac moet het in HFS-formaat zijn omdat we de hfsutils gebruiken om\n" #~ "de bestanden naar die partitie te kopiëren. Op CHRP hebt u een 41 PReP\n" -#~ "opstartpartitie nodig, /boot/second uit het quik-pakket is daar opgeslagen." +#~ "opstartpartitie nodig, /boot/second uit het quik-pakket is daar " +#~ "opgeslagen." #~ msgid "" #~ "Boot Folder Path\n" @@ -2175,30 +2484,42 @@ #~ "map wordt gemarkeerd als op te starten." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" +#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</" +#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " +#~ "are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op de kernel-opdrachtregel \n" -#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan de kernel.\n" -#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.\n" +#~ "Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op de kernel-" +#~ "opdrachtregel \n" +#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan " +#~ "de kernel.\n" +#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the " +#~ "initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk\n" -#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n" +#~ "Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand, mits niet leeg, " +#~ "definieert de aanvankelijk\n" +#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in " +#~ "of kies door te\n" #~ "Bladeren\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Naam van het standaard image-bestand, mits niet leeg, definieert het aanvankelijk \n" -#~ "te gebruiken bestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n" +#~ "Naam van het standaard image-bestand, mits niet leeg, " +#~ "definieert het aanvankelijk \n" +#~ "te gebruiken bestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of " +#~ "kies door te\n" #~ "Bladeren" #~ msgid "" @@ -2212,65 +2533,84 @@ #~ "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\n" #~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n" #~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n" -#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system." +#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a " +#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Partitie voor bootloaderduplicatie\n" -#~ "specificeert andere Linux apparaatnodes waar de bootinformatie opgeslagen zou moeten worden.\n" +#~ "specificeert andere Linux apparaatnodes waar de bootinformatie opgeslagen " +#~ "zou moeten worden.\n" #~ "Met deze optie wordt de bootpartitie geconverteerd naar FAT. \n" -#~ "De bedoeling van deze optie is om bootbestanden naar alle leden van een RAID1- of RAID5-systeem te schrijven." +#~ "De bedoeling van deze optie is om bootbestanden naar alle leden van een " +#~ "RAID1- of RAID5-systeem te schrijven." #~ msgid "" #~ "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\n" #~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n" +#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified " +#~ "in\n" #~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Opstartapparaat veranderen in NV-RAM\n" #~ "deze optie vertelt lilo om de OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variabele bij te werken met het volledige OpenFirmware-pad dat wijst naar het apparaat gespecificeerd in\n" -#~ "\"boot=\". Als deze optie ontbreekt, dan zou het systeem niet kunnen opstarten." +#~ "variabele bij te werken met het volledige OpenFirmware-pad dat wijst naar " +#~ "het apparaat gespecificeerd in\n" +#~ "\"boot=\". Als deze optie ontbreekt, dan zou het systeem niet kunnen " +#~ "opstarten." #~ msgid "" #~ "Do not Use OS-chooser\n" -#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n" +#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script " +#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple " +#~ "G5 systems \n" #~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geen besturingssysteemkiezer gebruiken\n" -#~ " vertelt lilo om yaboot te gebruiken als opstartbestand in plaats van een Forth-script genaamd \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "De OpenFirmware-driver in de nVidia grafische kaart zoals meegeleverd met Apple G5 systemen \n" +#~ " vertelt lilo om yaboot te gebruiken als opstartbestand in plaats van een " +#~ "Forth-script genaamd \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "De OpenFirmware-driver in de nVidia grafische kaart zoals meegeleverd met " +#~ "Apple G5 systemen \n" #~ "breekt af als er geen monitor is aagekoppeld." #~ msgid "" #~ "Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n" +#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots " +#~ "automatically \n" #~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wachttijd in seconden voor MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "Bevat de vertaging tussen MacOS/Linux in seconden totdat Linux automatisch opstart \n" +#~ "Bevat de vertaging tussen MacOS/Linux in seconden totdat Linux " +#~ "automatisch opstart \n" #~ "als er geen toets wordt ingedrukt om MacOS op te starten" #~ msgid "" #~ "Always Boot from FAT Partition\n" -#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n" -#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n" +#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition " +#~ "format\n" +#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for " +#~ "more\n" #~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n" #~ "the FAT formatted file system" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Altijd vanaf FAT-partitie opstarten\n" -#~ "Normaal zal het lilo-script automagisch het boot-partitieformaat selecteren\n" -#~ "als ofwel een PReP-bootpartitie of een FAT geformatteerd bestandssysteem voor meer\n" +#~ "Normaal zal het lilo-script automagisch het boot-partitieformaat " +#~ "selecteren\n" +#~ "als ofwel een PReP-bootpartitie of een FAT geformatteerd bestandssysteem " +#~ "voor meer\n" #~ "complexe instellingen. Deze optie forceert het lilo-script om het\n" #~ "FAT geformatteerde bestandssysteem te gebruiken" #~ msgid "" #~ "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\n" #~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n" -#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." +#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bootloader zelfs bij foutmeldingen installeren\n" -#~ "Installeer de bootloader zelfs als het onzeker is of de firmware buggy is\n" -#~ "zodat de volgend boot zal mislukken. Dit resulteert in een niet ondersteunde setup." +#~ "Installeer de bootloader zelfs als het onzeker is of de firmware buggy " +#~ "is\n" +#~ "zodat de volgend boot zal mislukken. Dit resulteert in een niet " +#~ "ondersteunde setup." #~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location" #~ msgstr "Locatie PPC-bootloader" @@ -2478,10 +2818,13 @@ #~ msgstr "De LILO opstartlader is niet ondersteund" #~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "De /boot-map is op een XFS-bestandssysteem. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De /boot-map is op een XFS-bestandssysteem. Het systeem zou niet kunnen " +#~ "opstarten." #~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed." -#~ msgstr "Het kopiëren van de sjabloon voor de hardwareconfiguratie is mislukt." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het kopiëren van de sjabloon voor de hardwareconfiguratie is mislukt." #~ msgid "Install S390 Boot Loader" #~ msgstr "S390-bootloader installeren" @@ -2538,11 +2881,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "You chose to install the boot loader to the hard disk.\n" -#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard disk.\n" +#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard " +#~ "disk.\n" #~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the floppy?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "U wilt de bootloader op de harddisk installeren.\n" -#~ "Het bootloader-menu bevat een opgave om van de harddisk te kunnen booten.\n" +#~ "Het bootloader-menu bevat een opgave om van de harddisk te kunnen " +#~ "booten.\n" #~ "Wilt u deze vervangen zodat u van diskette kan booten?" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po 2015-09-29 16:18:47 UTC (rev 92891) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 12:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -50,30 +50,19 @@ msgstr "&Locatie van installatiebronnen" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109 -#| msgid "" -#| "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" -#| "\n" -#| "<ul>\n" -#| "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -#| "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought " -"to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's " +"enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" " to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also " "possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " "for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle" -"s11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" +"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" @@ -81,18 +70,17 @@ "Hier kunt u de locatie van uw Installatiebronnen voor bijwerken " "bewerken.\n" "\n" -"Als installatiebronnen opgeslagen zijn op de SMT-server of SUSE " -"Manager-server, is het genoeg om de URL van de server in te voeren en de " -"paden\n" -" naar de installatiebronnen zullen automatisch ingevuld worden.<" -"/p>Het is ook mogelijkeigen paden te gebruiken. Enige voorbeelden van hoe de " -"URL er uit zou kunnen zien:\n" +"Als installatiebronnen opgeslagen zijn op de SMT-server of SUSE Manager-" +"server, is het genoeg om de URL van de server in te voeren en de paden\n" +" naar de installatiebronnen zullen automatisch ingevuld worden." +"Het is ook mogelijkeigen paden te gebruiken. Enige voorbeelden van hoe " +"de URL er uit zou kunnen zien:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " "voor SMT-server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle" -"s11-sp3-x86_64/ voor SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" +"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ voor SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "Voor een gedetailleerde beschrijving, kijk in de Deployment Guide.\n" "" @@ -116,8 +104,8 @@ #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy." -"\n" +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.</" +"p>\n" "You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as " "space-separated list." msgstr "" @@ -458,8 +446,14 @@ #. popup message %1 is FQDN #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" +#| "currently not supported.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" msgid "" -"The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" +"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" @@ -505,9 +499,15 @@ #. Ovreview dialog help #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "See the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\n" +#| "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" +#| "" msgid "" "\n" -"See the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\n" +"See the product deployment guide for details on the network\n" "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" "" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2015-09-29 16:18:47 UTC (rev 92891) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 12:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " "line string." msgstr "" -"Stel deze variabele in als u waarden wilt toevoegen aan de " -"standaard-commandoregeltekst." +"Stel deze variabele in als u waarden wilt toevoegen aan de standaard-" +"commandoregeltekst." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 @@ -163,7 +163,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -#| msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" msgid "" "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " "sftp, nfs, cifs" @@ -211,11 +210,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only " -"\"kernel_string\"." +"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " +"only \"kernel_string\"." msgstr "" -"Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz] kernel betekent alleen " -"\"kernel_tekst\"." +"Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz] kernel betekent " +"alleen \"kernel_tekst\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 @@ -360,11 +359,11 @@ msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "Kdump onmiddellijke herstarts: %1" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" @@ -409,15 +408,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 -msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." +msgid "" +"Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" +"It will be rewritten." msgstr "" "Kernel-optie \"crashkernel\" inclusief reeksen. Deze worden geschreven." +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. Popup::Message(crash_value); -#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#. start kdump at boot +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Om deze wijziging toe te passen dient u de computer te herstarten." @@ -436,41 +441,42 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "Onjuiste opties werden gebruikt." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "Dumpniveau was ingesteld." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde voor optie." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "Dump-opmaak was ingesteld." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 msgid "" "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "" -"Optie kan alleen waarde \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" of \"lzo\" bevatten." +"Optie kan alleen waarde \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" of \"lzo\" " +"bevatten." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Bestand %1 bestaat niet." @@ -478,8 +484,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "Waarde voor \"dir\" ontbreekt." @@ -487,48 +493,48 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "Waarde voor \"server\" ontbreekt." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "Waarde voor \"share\" ontbreekt." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde voor doel." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde voor optie \"no\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde van optie \"server\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde van optie \"gebruiker\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde van optie \"email\"." -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "Door firmware geassisteerde dump: %(status}" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "Er is geen optie gedefinieerd." @@ -549,111 +555,98 @@ msgstr "&Kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" msgstr "Kdump inschakelen/uitschakelen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Enable Kd&ump" msgstr "Kd&ump inschakelen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:59 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Disable Kdump" msgstr "K&dump uitschakelen" -#. "handle" : HandleEnableDisalbeKdump, -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:79 -msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "Het totale systeemgeheugen [MB]:" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" -msgstr " Bruikbaar geheugen [MB]:" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:95 -msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" -msgstr "Kdump-ge&heugen [MB]" - #. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Include in Dumping" msgstr "Insluiten in dump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:141 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" msgstr "&Pagina's gevuld met nullen" #. `VStretch () -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Cach&e Pages" msgstr "Cach&e Pagina's" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" msgstr "Persoonlijke &pagina's cachen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "&User Data Pages" msgstr "Gebr&uikersdata-pagina's" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Free Pages" msgstr "&Vrije pagina's" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "&Dump Format" msgstr "&Dump-formaat" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "Gee&n dump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:195 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&ELF Format" msgstr "&ELF-formaat" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgstr "Gec&omprimeerd formaat" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" msgstr "&LZO gecomprimeerd formaat" #. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Select Target" msgstr "Doel &selecteren" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Lokale map" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:222 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" msgstr "SFTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "CIFS (SMB)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "&SMTP-server" @@ -663,7 +656,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Gebruikersnaam" @@ -672,123 +665,153 @@ #. password entry #. password entry #. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "Melding &naar" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "Melding-&CC" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "Aangepaste Kdump-&kernel" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "Kdump-co&mmandoregel" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "Kdump-commandorege&l-toevoeging" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "Onmiddellijke herstart na het opslaan van de kern activ&eren" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "Activeer het kopiëren van de ke&rnel naar de dumpmap" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "Verwij&deren van oude dump-images activeren" #. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "Aantal o&ude dumps" #. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "Kdump-geheugen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "Kdump-opstart" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Opstarten" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "Kdump -dumpfiltering" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "Dumpfiltering" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "Doel voor Kdump-image opslaan" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "Dump-doel" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "SMTP-server" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "E-mailadres voor melding" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "Melding per e-mail" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "Aangepaste kernel voor Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "Commandoregel" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "Dump-instellingen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen voor Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen" +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" +msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "Kdump-ge&heugen [MB]" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" +msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" +msgstr "Kdump-ge&heugen [MB]" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" +msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "Het totale systeemgeheugen [MB]:" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" +msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr " Bruikbaar geheugen [MB]:" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" +msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "Kdump-ge&heugen [MB]" + #. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is " -"added/removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" +"removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Kdump activeren/deactiveren \n" @@ -811,11 +834,11 @@ msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" " Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a " -"firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition " -"rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump " -"data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when " -"the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." +"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" +"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " +"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " +"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " +"more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "Door-firmware-geassisteerde-dump \n" " Dumps worden niet gegenereerd voordat de partitie opnieuw is " @@ -845,10 +868,10 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. " -"\n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. " -"\n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." +" \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." +" \n" "" msgstr "" "Dump-format \n" @@ -876,14 +899,14 @@ msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " +"Browse\n" " " msgstr "" "Lokaal bestandssysteem - Sla de Kdump-image op in het lokale " "bestandssysteem.\n" -" Map voor opslaan van dumps - het pad voor het opslaan van " -"Kdump-images.\n" +" Map voor opslaan van dumps - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-" +"images.\n" " U kunt bladeren naar de map voor het opslaan van Kdump-images door te " "klikken op Bladeren\n" " " @@ -896,8 +919,8 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection.<" -"br>" +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." +" " msgstr "" "FTP - Kdump-image via FTP opslaan.\n" " Servernaam - de naam van de FTP-server.\n" @@ -905,18 +928,11 @@ " Map op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n" " Anonieme FTP activeren - activeert anonieme verbinding met de " "server.\n" -"....Gebruikersnaam voor FTP-verbinding. Wachtwoord voor " -"FTP-verbinding. " +"....Gebruikersnaam voor FTP-verbinding. Wachtwoord voor FTP-" +"verbinding. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 -#| msgid "" -#| "SSH - Save kdump image via SSH.\n" -#| " Server Name - The name of server.\n" -#| " Port - The port number for connection.\n" -#| " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -#| " User Name for SSH connection. \n" -#| " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgid "" "SSH - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" @@ -934,13 +950,6 @@ #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 -#| msgid "" -#| "SSH - Save kdump image via SSH.\n" -#| " Server Name - The name of server.\n" -#| " Port - The port number for connection.\n" -#| " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -#| " User Name for SSH connection. \n" -#| " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgid "" "SFTP - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" @@ -975,8 +984,8 @@ msgstr "" "NFS - sla Kdump-image op via NFS.\n" " Servernaam - de naam van de NFS-server.\n" -" Map op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images. <" -"/p>" +" Map op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images." +" " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 @@ -994,8 +1003,8 @@ " Map op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n" " Authenticatie gebruiken - activeert geauthenticeerde verbinding " "met de server.\n" -" Gebruikersnaam voor verbinding. Wachtwoord voor " -"verbinding. " +" Gebruikersnaam voor verbinding. Wachtwoord voor verbinding." +" " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 @@ -1047,8 +1056,8 @@ msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<" -"br>" +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." +" " msgstr "" "Verwijderen van oude dump-images activeren - \n" " Activeer het verwijderen van oude dump-images. Als het \n" @@ -1094,8 +1103,8 @@ msgid "" "Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " "This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will " -"be used.\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " +"will be used.\n" msgstr "" "Wachtwoord voor de SMTP-authenticatie wanneer een\n" " SMTP-server is ingesteld.\n" @@ -1116,11 +1125,11 @@ msgid "" "Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " "to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved." -"\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"Melding-CC Specificeer een lijst met spatie-gescheiden " -"e-mailadressen\n" +"Melding-CC Specificeer een lijst met spatie-gescheiden e-" +"mailadressen\n" " waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden via Cc als er een dump " "is opgeslagen.\n" @@ -1133,8 +1142,8 @@ msgstr "" "Aantal oude dumps specificeert hoeveel oude dumps worden bewaard. " "Als het aantal \n" -"dump-bestanden dit aantal overschrijdt, dan worden oudere dumps verwijderd.<" -"/p>" +"dump-bestanden dit aantal overschrijdt, dan worden oudere dumps verwijderd.</" +"p>" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 @@ -1240,8 +1249,8 @@ msgstr "" "<BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG> \n" "Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen kdump.\n" -"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.<" -"/P>\n" +"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.</" +"P>\n" #. definition UI terms for saveing dump target #. @@ -1326,19 +1335,21 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1439 -msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" +msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "De kernel-optie bevat verschillende reeksen. Opnieuw schrijven?" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1467 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "&Firmware geassisteerde dump gebruiken" #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1348,131 +1359,139 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump-configuratie initialiseren" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Configuratiebestand wordt gelezen..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Opstartopties van kernel lezen..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 -msgid "Reading available memory..." -msgstr "Beschikbaar geheugen wordt gelezen..." +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +msgid "Calculating memory limits..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Partitionering wordt gelezen..." +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading available memory..." +msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." +msgstr "Beschikbaar geheugen wordt gelezen..." + #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Kan configuratiebestand /etc/sysconfig/kdump niet lezen" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Kan opstartopties van kernel niet lezen." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Kan beschikbaar geheugen niet lezen." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump-configuratie opslaan" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Opstartopties bijwerken" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Instellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Opstartopties worden bijgewerkt..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Fout bij toevoegen van crash-kernel-parameter aan bootloader." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump-status: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ingeschakeld" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "disabled" msgstr "uitgeschakeld" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 -msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" +msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Waarde van crashkernel-optie: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Dump-opmaak: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Doel van dumps: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Aantal dumps: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 msgid "" -"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only " -"%{available} are available." +"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " +"only %{available} are available." msgstr "" -"Waarschiwing! Er kan niet genoeg vrije ruimte zijn. %{required} vereist, maar " -"slechts %{available} is beschikbaar." +"Waarschiwing! Er kan niet genoeg vrije ruimte zijn. %{required} vereist, " +"maar slechts %{available} is beschikbaar." #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." @@ -1495,8 +1514,10 @@ #~ " ELF Format - Create dumpfile in the ELF format " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dumpformaat \n" -#~ " Gecomprimeerd formaat - comprimeert de dumpgegevens pagina voor pagina.\n" -#~ " ELF-formaat - maakt het dumpbestand aan in het ELF-formaat. " +#~ " Gecomprimeerd formaat - comprimeert de dumpgegevens pagina " +#~ "voor pagina.\n" +#~ " ELF-formaat - maakt het dumpbestand aan in het ELF-formaat." +#~ " " #~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added" #~ msgstr "Niet-ondersteunde architectuur, \"crashkernel\" is niet toegevoegd" @@ -1509,12 +1530,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Kdump Command Line Append\n" -#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" +#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command " +#~ "line string. \n" #~ " The string will be appended if the Kdump Command Line\n" #~ " is set. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kdump-commandoregel-toevoeging\n" -#~ " Wanneer deze optie geactiveerd is betekent dit dat de opgegeven waarden\n" +#~ " Wanneer deze optie geactiveerd is betekent dit dat de opgegeven " +#~ "waarden\n" #~ " worden toegevoegd aan de standaard-commandoregel.\n" #~ " De tekst wordt toegevoegd als de Kdump-commandoregel\n" #~ " is geactiveerd. \n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po 2015-09-29 16:18:47 UTC (rev 92891) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-06 15:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -61,8 +61,11 @@ msgstr "pakketten gewijzigd om de afhankelijkheden op te lossen:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "U kunt er voor kiezen toch te installeren, maar u loopt het risico een corrupt systeem te krijgen." +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "" +"U kunt er voor kiezen toch te installeren, maar u loopt het risico een " +"corrupt systeem te krijgen." #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" @@ -92,14 +95,14 @@ #. add the Cancel button #. begin: the label of the Cancel button #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Annuleren" #. add the OK button #. the label of an Accept button #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Accepteren" @@ -125,20 +128,37 @@ msgstr "Niet noodzakelijk" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." -msgstr "Dit is een lijst met nuttige pakketten. Ze zullen extra geïnstalleerd worden indien aanbevolen door een nieuw geïnstalleerd pakket." +msgid "" +"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +"recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "" +"Dit is een lijst met nuttige pakketten. Ze zullen extra geïnstalleerd worden " +"indien aanbevolen door een nieuw geïnstalleerd pakket." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "Het is gesuggereerd om deze pakketten te installeren omdat ze passen bij reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten. De beslissing om te installeren is aan de gebruiker." +msgid "" +"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " +"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "" +"Het is gesuggereerd om deze pakketten te installeren omdat ze passen bij " +"reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten. De beslissing om te installeren is aan de " +"gebruiker." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." -msgstr "De oplosser heeft gedetecteerd dat deze pakketten geen installatiebron hebben, d.w.z. bijwerken is niet mogelijk." +msgid "" +"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " +"updates aren't possible." +msgstr "" +"De oplosser heeft gedetecteerd dat deze pakketten geen installatiebron " +"hebben, d.w.z. bijwerken is niet mogelijk." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." -msgstr "Deze pakketten zouden niet meer nodig kunnen zijn omdat vroegere afhankelijkheden niet langer van toepassing zijn." +msgid "" +"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " +"longer." +msgstr "" +"Deze pakketten zouden niet meer nodig kunnen zijn omdat vroegere " +"afhankelijkheden niet langer van toepassing zijn." #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -171,8 +191,12 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" -msgstr "Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor taalregio %s" +msgid "" +"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " +"locale" +msgstr "" +"Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor " +"taalregio %s" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 @@ -385,7 +409,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" -msgstr "Aanbevolen pakketten voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten nu installeren" +msgstr "" +"Aanbevolen pakketten voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten nu installeren" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" @@ -406,7 +431,8 @@ #. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following" -msgstr "Vanwege aanbevelingen door reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten, zijn de volgende" +msgstr "" +"Vanwege aanbevelingen door reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten, zijn de volgende" #. part 2 of the text #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 @@ -415,12 +441,14 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " -msgstr "Testcasus van herkenningsprogramma voor afhankelijkheid geschreven naar" +msgstr "" +"Testcasus van herkenningsprogramma voor afhankelijkheid geschreven naar" #. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" -msgstr "Om afhankelijkheden te vervullen van reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten volgens" +msgstr "" +"Om afhankelijkheden te vervullen van reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten volgens" #. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 @@ -556,7 +584,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "This information is available for installed packages only." -msgstr "Deze informatie is alleen beschikbaar voor geïnstalleerde pakketten." +msgstr "" +"Deze informatie is alleen beschikbaar voor geïnstalleerde pakketten." #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 msgid "References: " @@ -669,33 +698,98 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." -msgstr "Welkom bij de pakketselectieDit hulpmiddel zal u helpen bij het beheren van de software op uw systeem. U kunt losse pakketten installeren, bijwerken of verwijderen, evenals patronen (sets van pakketten voor een bepaald doel) of talen. Over het algemeen behoeft u zich geen zorgen te maken over pakketafhankelijkheden bij het installeren of verwijderen van iets, de oplosser doet dat voor u. Het kiezen van pakketten bestaat uit drie hoofddelen : filters, pakkettabel en menu." +msgid "" +"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " +"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " +"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " +"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " +"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " +"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " +"and menu." +msgstr "" +"Welkom bij de pakketselectieDit hulpmiddel zal u helpen bij " +"het beheren van de software op uw systeem. U kunt losse pakketten " +"installeren, bijwerken of verwijderen, evenals patronen (sets van pakketten " +"voor een bepaald doel) of talen. Over het algemeen behoeft u zich geen " +"zorgen te maken over pakketafhankelijkheden bij het installeren of " +"verwijderen van iets, de oplosser doet dat voor u. Het kiezen van pakketten " +"bestaat uit drie hoofddelen : filters, pakkettabel en menu</" +"b>." #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "Filters op het linker paneel zijn ontworpen om het oriënteren in een groot aantal pakketten gemakkelijker te maken. Zij kunnen bijv. alleen pakketten laten zien uit een bepaalde installatiebronnen of in een geselecteerd patroon (bijvoorbeeld, Spellen of C/C++ ontwikkeling), alsook zoeken naar een bepaalde zoekterm. Meer informatie over filters is te vinden in Hoe filters te gebruiken." +msgid "" +"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " +"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " +"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " +"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " +"filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "" +"Filters op het linker paneel zijn ontworpen om het oriënteren in " +"een groot aantal pakketten gemakkelijker te maken. Zij kunnen bijv. alleen " +"pakketten laten zien uit een bepaalde installatiebronnen of in een " +"geselecteerd patroon (bijvoorbeeld, Spellen of C/C++ ontwikkeling), alsook " +"zoeken naar een bepaalde zoekterm. Meer informatie over filters is te vinden " +"in Hoe filters te gebruiken." #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" -msgstr "Pakkettabel is de hoofdcomponent van de pakketkeuze. U wilt een lijst zien van pakketten die met het huidige filter overeenkomen (bijvoorbeeld, de geselecteerde RPM-groep of zoekresultaten). Elke regel van de pakkettabel heeft verschillende kolommen:" +msgid "" +"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " +"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " +"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " +"several columns:" +msgstr "" +"Pakkettabel is de hoofdcomponent van de pakketkeuze. U wilt een " +"lijst zien van pakketten die met het huidige filter overeenkomen " +"(bijvoorbeeld, de geselecteerde RPM-groep of zoekresultaten). Elke regel van " +"de pakkettabel heeft verschillende kolommen:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "<ol><li>Pakketstatus (voor meer informatie kijk op Pakketstatus en symbolen)</li> <li>Pakketnaam</li><li>Pakketsamenvatting</li><li>Beschikbare versie ( in sommige van de geconfigureerde installatiebronnen)</li> <li>Geïnstalleerde versie (leeg voor een nog niet geïnstalleerd pakket)</li> <li>Pakketgrootte</li></ol>" +msgid "" +"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " +"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " +"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " +"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "" +"<ol><li>Pakketstatus (voor meer informatie kijk op Pakketstatus en " +"symbolen)</li> <li>Pakketnaam</li><li>Pakketsamenvatting</" +"li><li>Beschikbare versie ( in sommige van de geconfigureerde " +"installatiebronnen)</li> <li>Geïnstalleerde versie (leeg voor een nog niet " +"geïnstalleerd pakket)</li> <li>Pakketgrootte</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "Het menu Acties direct onder de tabel stelt u in staat om de status van een geselecteerde pakket (of van alle pakketten in de lijst) te veranderen, zoals bijvoorbeeld om een pakket te verwijderen of om een extra te installeren pakket te selecteren. De status kan ook veranderd worden door direct op de sneltoets van de bijhorende menuoptie te drukken (voor gedetaileerde informatie over de pakketstatus, zie Pakketstatus en symbolen)." +msgid "" +"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " +"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " +"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " +"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " +"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " +"Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "" +"Het menu Acties direct onder de tabel stelt u in staat om de " +"status van een geselecteerde pakket (of van alle pakketten in de lijst) te " +"veranderen, zoals bijvoorbeeld om een pakket te verwijderen of om een extra " +"te installeren pakket te selecteren. De status kan ook veranderd worden door " +"direct op de sneltoets van de bijhorende menuoptie te drukken (voor " +"gedetaileerde informatie over de pakketstatus, zie Pakketstatus en " +"symbolen)." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." -msgstr "Menu biedt functies gerelateerd aan het afhandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Toont relevante informatie over pakketten of voert verschillende acties uit, zoals het openen van de bewerker van installatiebronnen. Voor meer informatie, kijk op Bruikbare functies in het menu." +msgid "" +"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " +"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " +"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " +"Functions in Menu." +msgstr "" +"Menu biedt functies gerelateerd aan het afhandelen van " +"pakketafhankelijkheden. Toont relevante informatie over pakketten of voert " +"verschillende acties uit, zoals het openen van de bewerker van " +"installatiebronnen. Voor meer informatie, kijk op Bruikbare functies in " +"het menu." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -704,13 +798,31 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "De pakketstatus kan worden veranderd met behulp van menu Acties of met de bij de menuoptie opgegeven sneltoetsen. Gebruik bijvoorbeeld '+' om een extra pakket te installeren. De status \"Taboe\" heeft de betekenis dat het pakket nooit moet worden geïnstalleerd. Daarentegen betekent de status \"Geblokkeerd\" dat de geïnstalleerde versie altijd moet worden behouden." +msgid "" +"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " +"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " +"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " +"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " +"installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "" +"De pakketstatus kan worden veranderd met behulp van menu Acties of " +"met de bij de menuoptie opgegeven sneltoetsen. Gebruik bijvoorbeeld '+' om " +"een extra pakket te installeren. De status \"Taboe\" heeft de " +"betekenis dat het pakket nooit moet worden geïnstalleerd. Daarentegen " +"betekent de status \"Geblokkeerd\" dat de geïnstalleerde versie altijd moet " +"worden behouden." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "U kunt RET of SPATIE gebruiken om de pakketstatus om te schakelen. Het menu Acties stelt u tevens in staat om de status van alle in de lijst staande pakketten te wijzigen (selecteer 'Alle pakketten in de lijst')." +msgid "" +"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " +"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " +"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "" +"U kunt RET of SPATIE gebruiken om de pakketstatus om te " +"schakelen. Het menu Acties stelt u tevens in staat om de status van " +"alle in de lijst staande pakketten te wijzigen (selecteer 'Alle pakketten in " +"de lijst')." #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -719,13 +831,30 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr " + : dit pakket zal worden geïnstalleeerda+ : pakket wordt automatisch geïnstalleerd > : pakket wordt opgewaardeerda> : pakket wordt automatisch opgewaardeerd i : pakket is geïnstalleerd - : pakket wordt verwijderd---: pakket nooit installeren (taboo)" +msgid "" +" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " +"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" +"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " +"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" +": never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr "" +" + : dit pakket zal worden geïnstalleeerda+ : pakket " +"wordt automatisch geïnstalleerd > : pakket wordt " +"opgewaardeerda> : pakket wordt automatisch opgewaardeerd</" +"p> i : pakket is geïnstalleerd - : pakket wordt " +"verwijderd---: pakket nooit installeren (taboo)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "-i-: behoud de geïnstalleerde versie en werk niet bij of verwijder het nooit ( pakket geblokkeerd )Statusinformatie voor patronen en talen: i : Aan alle vereisten van dit patroon/taal is voldaan" +msgid "" +"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " +"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" +"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "" +"-i-: behoud de geïnstalleerde versie en werk niet bij of verwijder " +"het nooit ( pakket geblokkeerd )Statusinformatie voor patronen en " +"talen: i : Aan alle vereisten van dit patroon/taal is voldaan</" +"p>" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -734,28 +863,88 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "Filter stelt u in staat om alleen die pakketten waarin u bent geïnteresseerd uit te filteren. Pakketfilters zijn gebaseerd op pakketeigenschappen (installatiebron, RPM-groep), pakket-\"containers\" (patronen, talen), pakketclassificatie of zoekresultaten. Selecteer het gewenste filter uit het keuzemenu. Specifieke filters zijn hieronder beschreven." +msgid "" +"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " +"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " +"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " +"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " +"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "" +"Filter stelt u in staat om alleen die pakketten waarin u bent " +"geïnteresseerd uit te filteren. Pakketfilters zijn gebaseerd op " +"pakketeigenschappen (installatiebron, RPM-groep), pakket-\"containers" +"\" (patronen, talen), pakketclassificatie of zoekresultaten. Selecteer het " +"gewenste filter uit het keuzemenu. Specifieke filters zijn hieronder " +"beschreven." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." -msgstr "Patronen beschrijven de mogelijkheden en functies die systemen zouden moeten hebben (bijvoorbeeld: X-server of console hulpmiddelen). Elk patroon bevat een set pakketten die nodig zijn (moet), aanbevolen zijn (zou moeten) en suggesties zijn (mag). Als u patronen aan of uit zet, voor installatie, bijwerken of verwijderen, zal de oplosser gaan draaien en de status van ondergeschikte pakketten overeenkomstig wijzigen." +msgid "" +"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " +"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " +"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " +"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " +"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Patronen beschrijven de mogelijkheden en functies die systemen " +"zouden moeten hebben (bijvoorbeeld: X-server of console hulpmiddelen). Elk " +"patroon bevat een set pakketten die nodig zijn (moet), aanbevolen zijn (zou " +"moeten) en suggesties zijn (mag). Als u patronen aan of uit zet, voor " +"installatie, bijwerken of verwijderen, zal de oplosser gaan draaien en de " +"status van ondergeschikte pakketten overeenkomstig wijzigen." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " -msgstr "Talen zijn pakket-containers die erg lijken op patronen. Zij bevatten pakketten met vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere taalspecifieke bestanden voor de geselecteerde taal. RPM-Groepen zijn echter geen pakket-containers die geïnstalleerd kunnen worden. Het lidmaatschap van een bepaalde RPM-groep is een eigenschap van het pakket zelf. Deze hebben een hiërarchische (boom)structuur. Het filter Installatiebronnen laat pakketten zien uit een specifieke installatiebron." +msgid "" +"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " +"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " +"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " +"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " +"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " +"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " +"repository. " +msgstr "" +"Talen zijn pakket-containers die erg lijken op patronen. Zij " +"bevatten pakketten met vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere taalspecifieke " +"bestanden voor de geselecteerde taal. RPM-Groepen zijn echter geen " +"pakket-containers die geïnstalleerd kunnen worden. Het lidmaatschap van een " +"bepaalde RPM-groep is een eigenschap van het pakket zelf. Deze hebben een " +"hiërarchische (boom)structuur. Het filter Installatiebronnen laat " +"pakketten zien uit een specifieke installatiebron." #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -msgstr "Om het filter Zoeken te gebruiken, voer een zoekterm (of deel van een zoekterm) voor de pakketzoekactie in. Zoek bijvoorbeeld naar alle 3D-pakketten met behulp van de uitdrukking \"3d\". Het is ook mogelijk te zoeken in de pakketbeschrijving, de RPM-levert of -vereist. Klik dan op het bijhorende keuzevakje. Start het zoeken door op de knop 'Zoeken' te drukken." +msgid "" +"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " +"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " +"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " +"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +"" +msgstr "" +"Om het filter Zoeken te gebruiken, voer een zoekterm (of deel van " +"een zoekterm) voor de pakketzoekactie in. Zoek bijvoorbeeld naar alle 3D-" +"pakketten met behulp van de uitdrukking \"3d\". Het is ook mogelijk te " +"zoeken in de pakketbeschrijving, de RPM-levert of -vereist. Klik dan op het " +"bijhorende keuzevakje. Start het zoeken door op de knop 'Zoeken' te drukken." +"" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "De Installatiesamenvatting laat de samenvatting zien van de pakketten waarvan de status is veranderd in deze sessie (zij zijn bijvoorbeeld gemarkeerd voor installatie of verwijdering), ofwel door de gebruiker of automatisch door de oplosser. Het filter Pakketclassificatie biedt informatie over pakketten die zijn Aanbevolen, Gesuggereerd, Verweest of Niet nodig." +msgid "" +"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " +"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " +"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " +"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " +"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "" +"De Installatiesamenvatting laat de samenvatting zien van de " +"pakketten waarvan de status is veranderd in deze sessie (zij zijn " +"bijvoorbeeld gemarkeerd voor installatie of verwijdering), ofwel door de " +"gebruiker of automatisch door de oplosser. Het filter " +"Pakketclassificatie biedt informatie over pakketten die zijn " +"Aanbevolen, Gesuggereerd, Verweest of Niet nodig." +"" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -763,32 +952,133 @@ msgstr "Bruikbare functies in het menu" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." -msgstr "Afhankelijkheden: Dit menu biedt verschillende acties in verband met het behandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Standaard wordt er bij elke statuswijziging op pakketafhankelijkheden gecontroleerd.U zult bij pakketconflicten geïnformeerd worden in een dialoog waarin voorstellen voor het mogelijk oplossen van het conflict zitten. Om het conflict op te lossen selecteer een van de aangeboden oplossingen en klik op 'OK -- opnieuw proberen'." +msgid "" +"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " +"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " +"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " +"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " +"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " +"Again'." +msgstr "" +"Afhankelijkheden: Dit menu biedt verschillende acties in verband " +"met het behandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Standaard wordt er bij elke " +"statuswijziging op pakketafhankelijkheden gecontroleerd.U zult bij " +"pakketconflicten geïnformeerd worden in een dialoog waarin voorstellen voor " +"het mogelijk oplossen van het conflict zitten. Om het conflict op te lossen " +"selecteer een van de aangeboden oplossingen en klik op 'OK -- opnieuw " +"proberen'." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "Om afhankelijkheidscontrole bij elke verandering van de status uit te schakelen zet u Automatische afhankelijkheidscontrole uit. U kunt handmatig afhankelijkheden controleren door op Afhankelijkheden nu controleren te drukken. Het element Systeem controleren zal de pakketafhankelijkheden controleren en conflicten niet-interactief oplossen en, indien noodzakelijk, ontbrekende pakketten markeren voor automatische installatie. Voor het zoeken van fouten kunt u Testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossingen genereren gebruiken. Dit dumpt pakketafhankelijkheden in de map <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Dit is wat gewoonlijk nodig is als er gevraagd wordt om de \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgid "" +"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " +"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " +"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " +"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " +"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " +"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " +"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " +"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " +"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "" +"Om afhankelijkheidscontrole bij elke verandering van de status uit te " +"schakelen zet u Automatische afhankelijkheidscontrole uit. U kunt " +"handmatig afhankelijkheden controleren door op Afhankelijkheden nu " +"controleren te drukken. Het element Systeem controleren zal de " +"pakketafhankelijkheden controleren en conflicten niet-interactief oplossen " +"en, indien noodzakelijk, ontbrekende pakketten markeren voor automatische " +"installatie. Voor het zoeken van fouten kunt u Testgeval voor " +"afhankelijkheidsoplossingen genereren gebruiken. Dit dumpt " +"pakketafhankelijkheden in de map <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Dit " +"is wat gewoonlijk nodig is als er gevraagd wordt om de \"solver testcase\" " +"in Bugzilla." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "Beschikbare opties voor afhankelijkheidscontrole zijn: Automatische controle op afhankelijkheden (zie boven), Aanbevolen pakketten installeren: indien ingeschakeld, zullen zwakke afhankelijkheden worden gehonoreerd, Systeemverificatiemodus: repareer afhankelijkheden van geïnstalleerde pakketten en los deze onmiddellijk op. Opmerking: na controle van het systeem met Systeem nu verifiëren is de optie Systeemverificatiemodus geactiveerd (indien gewenst de optie deactiveren). Deze opties worden opgeslagen in het instellingenbestand van YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "" +"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " +"Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak " +"dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair " +"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " +"checking the system with Verify System Now the option System " +"Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " +"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Beschikbare opties voor afhankelijkheidscontrole zijn: Automatische " +"controle op afhankelijkheden (zie boven), Aanbevolen pakketten " +"installeren: indien ingeschakeld, zullen zwakke afhankelijkheden worden " +"gehonoreerd, Systeemverificatiemodus: repareer afhankelijkheden van " +"geïnstalleerde pakketten en los deze onmiddellijk op. Opmerking: na controle " +"van het systeem met Systeem nu verifiëren is de optie " +"Systeemverificatiemodus geactiveerd (indien gewenst de optie " +"deactiveren). Deze opties worden opgeslagen in het instellingenbestand van " +"YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "Geavanceerde opties: Opschonen bij verwijderen van pakketten: verwijder afhankelijke ongebruikte pakketten. Wijziging van leverancier toestaan: pakketleverancier mag verschillen van de leverancier van het geïnstalleerde pakket. Deze opties zullen niet opgeslagen worden, ze kunnen alleen ingesteld worden in het instellingenbestand van de pakketbibliotheek <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "" +"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " +"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " +"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " +"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" +"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Geavanceerde opties: Opschonen bij verwijderen van pakketten: " +"verwijder afhankelijke ongebruikte pakketten. Wijziging van leverancier " +"toestaan: pakketleverancier mag verschillen van de leverancier van het " +"geïnstalleerde pakket. Deze opties zullen niet opgeslagen worden, ze kunnen " +"alleen ingesteld worden in het instellingenbestand van de pakketbibliotheek " +"<tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "Beeld: Kies welke informatie over het geselecteerde pakket getoond wordt in het venster onder de pakkettabel. Beschikbare opties zijn: pakketbeschrijving (standaard), technische gegevens (versie, grootte, licentie etc.) pakketversies (alle beschikbare), bestandenlijst (alle bestanden in het pakket) en afhankelijkheden (levert, vereist etc.)." +msgid "" +"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " +"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " +"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " +"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " +"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Beeld: Kies welke informatie over het geselecteerde pakket getoond " +"wordt in het venster onder de pakkettabel. Beschikbare opties zijn: " +"pakketbeschrijving (standaard), technische gegevens (versie, grootte, " +"licentie etc.) pakketversies (alle beschikbare), bestandenlijst (alle " +"bestanden in het pakket) en afhankelijkheden (levert, vereist etc.)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." -msgstr "Configuratie: Dit menu integreert de pakketkiezer met de rest van de pakketbeheerhulpmiddelen. Vanaf hier kunt u Installatiebronnebeheer starten en geconfigureerde installatiebronnen bewerken of periodieke downloads voor bijwerken doen van installatiebronnen (Online Update Configuratie starten). U kunt ook een van de drie mogelijke gedragingen van de pakketkiezer bij het verlaten kiezen - in het menu Actie na pakketinstallatie." +msgid "" +"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " +"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " +"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " +"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " +"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " +"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " +"Installation menu." +msgstr "" +"Configuratie: Dit menu integreert de pakketkiezer met de rest " +"van de pakketbeheerhulpmiddelen. Vanaf hier kunt u " +"Installatiebronnebeheer starten en geconfigureerde installatiebronnen " +"bewerken of periodieke downloads voor bijwerken doen van installatiebronnen " +"(Online Update Configuratie starten). U kunt ook een van de drie " +"mogelijke gedragingen van de pakketkiezer bij het verlaten kiezen - in het " +"menu Actie na pakketinstallatie." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." -msgstr "Extra's: Hieronder zitten verschillende functies. Exporteer de pakketlijst naar een bestand schrijft de gegevens over de geïnstalleerde pakketten, patronen en talen naar het gespecificeerde XML-bestand. Dit bestand kan later gelezen worden door de optie Importeer pakketlijst uit bestand b.v. op een andere computer. Dit zal de set pakketten op de doelcomputer in dezelfde staat brengen als beschreven in het geleverde XML-bestand. Toon beschikbare schijfruimte laat in een extra venster een tabel zien met het schijfgebruik en de vrije schijfruimte op de huidige aangekoppelde partities." +msgid "" +"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " +"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " +"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " +"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " +"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " +"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " +"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"Extra's: Hieronder zitten verschillende functies. Exporteer " +"de pakketlijst naar een bestand schrijft de gegevens over de " +"geïnstalleerde pakketten, patronen en talen naar het gespecificeerde XML-" +"bestand. Dit bestand kan later gelezen worden door de optie Importeer " +"pakketlijst uit bestand b.v. op een andere computer. Dit zal de set " +"pakketten op de doelcomputer in dezelfde staat brengen als beschreven in het " +"geleverde XML-bestand. Toon beschikbare schijfruimte laat in een " +"extra venster een tabel zien met het schijfgebruik en de vrije schijfruimte " +"op de huidige aangekoppelde partities." #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 @@ -975,7 +1265,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " -msgstr "Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor " +msgstr "" +"Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor " #. the headline of the help popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 @@ -985,28 +1276,92 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." -msgstr "Algemene informatie over patches:De soorten patches, beveiliging lossen problemen over beveiliging op en we bevelen ten zeerste aan om ze te installeren. U zou ook aanbevolen patches moeten installeren, ze bevatten gewoonlijk belangrijke reparaties van bugs. Installeer patches voor functies als u geïnteresseerd bent in de functie." +msgid "" +"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" +"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " +"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " +"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " +"the feature." +msgstr "" +"Algemene informatie over patches:De soorten patches, " +"beveiliging lossen problemen over beveiliging op en we bevelen ten " +"zeerste aan om ze te installeren. U zou ook aanbevolen patches moeten " +"installeren, ze bevatten gewoonlijk belangrijke reparaties van bugs. " +"Installeer patches voor functies als u geïnteresseerd bent in de " +"functie." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." -msgstr "Patches voor \"libzypp\" (pakket, patch, patroon en productbeheer) zullen altijd als eerste geïnstalleerd worden. De andere patches moeten tijdens een tweede uitvoering geïnstalleerd worden." +msgid "" +"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " +"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " +"run." +msgstr "" +"Patches voor \"libzypp\" (pakket, patch, patroon en productbeheer) zullen " +"altijd als eerste geïnstalleerd worden. De andere patches moeten tijdens een " +"tweede uitvoering geïnstalleerd worden." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "Betekenis van de statusvlaggen:a+ : Patches die betrekking hebben op uw installatie zijn voorgeselecteerd. Ze zullen gedownload en op uw systeem geïnstalleerd worden. Wanneer u een bepaalde patch niet wilt hebben, dan kunt u deze met '-' deselecteren. i : Aan alle vereisten van deze patch is voldaan. + : U hebt deze patch geselecteerd voor installatie." +msgid "" +"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " +"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " +"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " +"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " +"have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "" +"Betekenis van de statusvlaggen:a+ : Patches die betrekking " +"hebben op uw installatie zijn voorgeselecteerd. Ze zullen gedownload en op " +"uw systeem geïnstalleerd worden. Wanneer u een bepaalde patch niet wilt " +"hebben, dan kunt u deze met '-' deselecteren. i : Aan alle " +"vereisten van deze patch is voldaan. + : U hebt deze patch " +"geselecteerd voor installatie." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." -msgstr "Meer details over de status: Als er verschillende patches voor een pakket zijn (of een set pakketten), die nog niet toegepast zijn in het system, zijn ze allemaal voorgeselecteerd en hebben de status a+. Als een van de patches is gedeactiveerd met '-' kan het daarna de status i tonen. Dit is omdat een van de andere patches voor de(het)zelfde pakket(ten) nog steeds is geselecteerd. De nieuwere versies van het/de pakket(ten) zal/zullen worden geïnstalleerd en met deze patch worden bevredigd. Deactiveren van alle patches is vereist als de patches ongewenst zijn" +msgid "" +"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " +"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " +"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " +"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " +"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " +"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " +"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " +"patches are not wanted." +msgstr "" +"Meer details over de status: Als er verschillende patches voor een " +"pakket zijn (of een set pakketten), die nog niet toegepast zijn in het " +"system, zijn ze allemaal voorgeselecteerd en hebben de status a+. Als " +"een van de patches is gedeactiveerd met '-' kan het daarna de status i</" +"b> tonen. Dit is omdat een van de andere patches voor de(het)zelfde " +"pakket(ten) nog steeds is geselecteerd. De nieuwere versies van het/de " +"pakket(ten) zal/zullen worden geïnstalleerd en met deze patch worden " +"bevredigd. Deactiveren van alle patches is vereist als de patches ongewenst " +"zijn" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "De menu's:Het menu Filter stelt u in staat om de patches te filteren, bijv. toon de 'Geïnstalleerden' of geef een lijst met patches voor 'Beveiliging'. Het biedt ook het zoeken naar patches. Gebruik het menu Acties om de status van een patch te wijzigingen. Het menu Beeld biedt de mogelijkheid om te zien welke pakketten betrokken zijn bij de patch. Merk op: als het filter is 'Alle patches' dan kan de lijst met pakketten voor sommige patches leeg zijn. Dit betekent dat er geen pakketten betrokken zijn omdat geen van de patchpakketten is geïnstalleerd op het systeem. Het menu Afhankelijkheden bevat controles op afhankelijkheden en het item 'Testgeval voor oplosser genereren' entry." +msgid "" +"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." +"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " +"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " +"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " +"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " +"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " +"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." +" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " +"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "" +"De menu's:Het menu Filter stelt u in staat om de patches te " +"filteren, bijv. toon de 'Geïnstalleerden' of geef een lijst met patches voor " +"'Beveiliging'. Het biedt ook het zoeken naar patches. Gebruik het menu " +"Acties om de status van een patch te wijzigingen. Het menu " +"Beeld biedt de mogelijkheid om te zien welke pakketten betrokken zijn " +"bij de patch. Merk op: als het filter is 'Alle patches' dan kan de lijst met " +"pakketten voor sommige patches leeg zijn. Dit betekent dat er geen pakketten " +"betrokken zijn omdat geen van de patchpakketten is geïnstalleerd op het " +"systeem. Het menu Afhankelijkheden bevat controles op " +"afhankelijkheden en het item 'Testgeval voor oplosser genereren' entry." #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 @@ -1028,34 +1383,45 @@ msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" +#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Continue anyway" +msgid "C&ontinue" +msgstr "Toch &doorgaan" + #. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Ja" #. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 msgid "&No" msgstr "&Nee" #. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user #. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "&OK -- opnieuw proberen" #. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721 -msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" -msgstr "Al uw gemaakte wijzigingen in de pakket-, patch- of patroonselectie zullen verloren gaan wanneer u annuleert. Wilt u stoppen?" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 +msgid "" +"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." +" Really exit?" +msgstr "" +"Al uw gemaakte wijzigingen in de pakket-, patch- of patroonselectie " +"zullen verloren gaan wanneer u annuleert. Wilt u stoppen?" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "Beschikbare talen" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "Beschikbare installatiebronnen" @@ -1063,73 +1429,127 @@ #. (the list shows all patches which are needed) #. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); #. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "Noodzakelijke patches" #. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! #. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde patches" #. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "Opwaardeerpatches" #. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "Opwaardeerprobleem -- zie help" #. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "Zoekresultaten" #. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "Pakketafhankelijkheden" #. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 -msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." -msgstr "Opwaardeer-probleemlijst De pakketten in deze lijst kunnen niet automatisch worden bijgewerkt.Mogelijke redenen:Ze zijn vanwege andere pakketten in onbruik geraakt.Op geen enkel installatiemedium zijn voor nieuwe versies voor opwaardering beschikbaar.Het zijn pakketten afkomstig van een derde partijBepaal handmatig wat u met ze wilt doen. De veiligste actie is ze te verwijderen." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +msgid "" +"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " +"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " +"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " +"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " +"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Opwaardeer-probleemlijst De pakketten in deze lijst kunnen niet " +"automatisch worden bijgewerkt.Mogelijke redenen:Ze zijn " +"vanwege andere pakketten in onbruik geraakt.Op geen enkel " +"installatiemedium zijn voor nieuwe versies voor opwaardering beschikbaar.</" +"p>Het zijn pakketten afkomstig van een derde partijBepaal " +"handmatig wat u met ze wilt doen. De veiligste actie is ze te verwijderen.</" +"p>" #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 msgid "Source" msgstr "Bron" #. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "&Opwaardeerlijst" #. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Patch: " #. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "Geen patches beschikbaar" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 msgid "Script" msgstr "Script" -#~ msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." -#~ msgstr "Dit is een lijst met nuttige pakketten. Ze zullen extra geïnstalleerd worden indien aanbevolen door een nieuw geïnstalleerd pakket. Om pakketten aanbevolen door al geïnstalleerde pakketten moet de optie Installeer aanbevolen pakketten voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten uit het menu Afhankelijkheden worden geactiveerd." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Versions" +msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" +msgstr "Pakketversies" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 +msgid "" +"You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-" +"capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 +msgid "" +"This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install " +"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" " +"to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 +msgid "" +"This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to " +"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " +"unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +#~ "recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by " +#~ "already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for " +#~ "Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be " +#~ "set." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dit is een lijst met nuttige pakketten. Ze zullen extra geïnstalleerd " +#~ "worden indien aanbevolen door een nieuw geïnstalleerd pakket. Om " +#~ "pakketten aanbevolen door al geïnstalleerde pakketten moet de optie " +#~ "Installeer aanbevolen pakketten voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten</" +#~ "b> uit het menu Afhankelijkheden worden geactiveerd." + #~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----" #~ msgstr "----- deze patch is defect!!! -----" -#~ msgid "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." -#~ msgstr "De soort \"aanbevolen\" betekent dat u de patch zou moeten installeren. \"beveiliging\" is een beveiligingspatch waarvan het zeer aan te bevelen is om het te installeren." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" " +#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De soort \"aanbevolen\" betekent dat u de patch zou moeten " +#~ "installeren. \"beveiliging\" is een beveiligingspatch waarvan het zeer " +#~ "aan te bevelen is om het te installeren." #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web" #~ msgstr "Zoek pakketten op het &web " Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po 2015-09-29 16:18:47 UTC (rev 92891) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-06 15:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ msgstr "Zo&eken" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:114 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "&Trefwoorden" @@ -95,8 +95,8 @@ #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:429 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:249 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:413 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "Ann&uleren" @@ -316,12 +316,20 @@ msgstr "&Annuleren" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 -msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" -msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Annuleer omschakeling</a> van systeempakketten naar versies in installatiebron %2" +msgid "" +"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " +"packages to versions in repository %2" +msgstr "" +"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Annuleer omschakeling</a> van " +"systeempakketten naar versies in installatiebron %2" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 -msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" -msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Schakel systeempakketten</a> naar de versies in deze installatiebron (%2)" +msgid "" +"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " +"versions in this repository (%2)" +msgstr "" +"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Schakel systeempakketten</a> naar de " +"versies in deze installatiebron (%2)" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726 msgid "Added Subpackages:" @@ -353,8 +361,17 @@ msgstr "Fout: onvoldoende schijfruimte!" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and deselect some packages." -msgstr "Als u weet wat u doet kunt u er voor kiezen om toch te installeren. U loopt echter het risico dat u een corrupt systeem krijgt dat alleen handmatig kan worden gerepareerd. Als u niet zeker weet hoe u in zo'n situatie moet handelen, klik dan op Annuleren en deselecteer enkele pakketten." +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " +"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " +"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and " +"deselect some packages." +msgstr "" +"Als u weet wat u doet kunt u er voor kiezen om toch te installeren. U " +"loopt echter het risico dat u een corrupt systeem krijgt dat alleen " +"handmatig kan worden gerepareerd. Als u niet zeker weet hoe u in zo'n " +"situatie moet handelen, klik dan op Annuleren en deselecteer enkele " +"pakketten." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -379,11 +396,15 @@ msgstr "Automatische wijzigingen" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "Ter aanvulling van uw handmatige selecties zijn de volgende pakketten gewijzigd om de afhankelijkheden op te lossen:" +msgid "" +"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " +"changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "" +"Ter aanvulling van uw handmatige selecties zijn de volgende pakketten " +"gewijzigd om de afhankelijkheden op te lossen:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "&Doorgaan" @@ -393,8 +414,12 @@ msgstr "Niet ondersteunde pakketten" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "Let er op dat de volgende geselecteerde software niet ondersteund wordt of een extra klantcontract voor ondersteuning vereist." +msgid "" +"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " +"requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "" +"Let er op dat de volgende geselecteerde software niet ondersteund wordt of " +"een extra klantcontract voor ondersteuning vereist." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." @@ -407,101 +432,220 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." -msgstr "Opmerking: Dit is maar een kort overzicht. Raadpleeg de handleiding voor de details." +msgid "" +"Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Opmerking: Dit is maar een kort overzicht. Raadpleeg de handleiding " +"voor de details." #. Help specific to online update mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install." -msgstr "In dit dialoogvenster selecteert u patches die u wilt downloaden en installeren." +msgstr "" +"In dit dialoogvenster selecteert u patches die u wilt downloaden en " +"installeren." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." -msgstr "De lijst links bevat de beschikbare patches samen met de respectievelijke patch-type (beveiliging, aanbevolen of optioneel) en de (geschatte) downloadgrootte." +msgid "" +"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " +"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " +"(estimated) download size." +msgstr "" +"De lijst links bevat de beschikbare patches samen met de respectievelijke " +"patch-type (beveiliging, aanbevolen of optioneel) en de (geschatte) " +"downloadgrootte." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches check box below the list." -msgstr "Normaal gesproken bevat deze lijst alleen de patches die nog niet op uw systeem geïnstalleerd zijn. U kunt dit met behulp van het keuzevakje Inclusief geïnstalleerde patches onderaan de lijst wijzigen." +msgid "" +"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " +"your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches</" +"b> check box below the list." +msgstr "" +"Normaal gesproken bevat deze lijst alleen de patches die nog niet op uw " +"systeem geïnstalleerd zijn. U kunt dit met behulp van het keuzevakje " +"Inclusief geïnstalleerde patches onderaan de lijst wijzigen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." -msgstr "Het veld Patch-beschrijving veld bevat een uitgebreidere uitleg over de geselecteerde patch. Klik in de lijst op een patch om de beschrijving ervan hier te bekijken." +msgid "" +"The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the " +"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " +"here." +msgstr "" +"Het veld Patch-beschrijving veld bevat een uitgebreidere uitleg over " +"de geselecteerde patch. Klik in de lijst op een patch om de beschrijving " +"ervan hier te bekijken." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "De pakketlijst aan de rechterkant toont u de inhoud van de huidige geselecteerde patch, zoals bijvoorbeeld de pakketten die het bevat.. Van een patch kunt u geen individuele pakketten installeren of verwijderen, alleen de patch in zijn geheel. Dit is gedaan om systeeminconsistenties te voorkomen." +msgid "" +"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " +"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " +"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " +"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "" +"De pakketlijst aan de rechterkant toont u de inhoud van de huidige " +"geselecteerde patch, zoals bijvoorbeeld de pakketten die het bevat.. Van een " +"patch kunt u geen individuele pakketten installeren of verwijderen, alleen " +"de patch in zijn geheel. Dit is gedaan om systeeminconsistenties te " +"voorkomen." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter views from Filter at the upper left:" -msgstr "Naast Patches kunt u ook een van de andere filterweergaven selecteren bij Filter linksboven:" +msgid "" +"In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter " +"views from Filter at the upper left:" +msgstr "" +"Naast Patches kunt u ook een van de andere filterweergaven selecteren " +"bij Filter linksboven:" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "In dit dialoog kunt u de pakketten selecteren die u wilt installeren, opwaarderen, of verwijderen. U kunt zowel individuele pakketten als gehele pakket\"selecties\" selecteren." +msgid "" +"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " +"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "" +"In dit dialoog kunt u de pakketten selecteren die u wilt installeren, " +"opwaarderen, of verwijderen. U kunt zowel individuele pakketten als gehele " +"pakket\"selecties\" selecteren." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "Klik om de status te wijzigen op het statuspictogram van een pakket of van een selectie, rechtsklik om een contextmenu te openen." +msgid "" +"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " +"right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "" +"Klik om de status te wijzigen op het statuspictogram van een pakket of van " +"een selectie, rechtsklik om een contextmenu te openen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "Gebruik de knop Afhankelijkheden controleren voor het oplossen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Sommige pakketten vereisen de installatie van andere pakketten. Ook zijn er pakketten die alleen geïnstalleerd kunnen worden wanneer bepaalde andere pakketten niet geïnstalleerd zijn. Deze controle zal automatisch aangeven welke pakketten er voor de installatie nodig zijn en het zal u waarschuwen in het geval dat er afhankelijkheidsconflicten optreden." +msgid "" +"Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. " +"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " +"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " +"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " +"you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik de knop Afhankelijkheden controleren voor het oplossen van " +"pakketafhankelijkheden. Sommige pakketten vereisen de installatie van andere " +"pakketten. Ook zijn er pakketten die alleen geïnstalleerd kunnen worden " +"wanneer bepaalde andere pakketten niet geïnstalleerd zijn. Deze controle zal " +"automatisch aangeven welke pakketten er voor de installatie nodig zijn en " +"het zal u waarschuwen in het geval dat er afhankelijkheidsconflicten " +"optreden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically be performed." -msgstr "Wanneer u dit dialoog met behulp van Accepteren verlaat, dan zal deze controle automatisch worden uitgevoerd." +msgid "" +"When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically " +"be performed." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u dit dialoog met behulp van Accepteren verlaat, dan zal deze " +"controle automatisch worden uitgevoerd." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" -msgstr "Selecteer één van de beschikbare filteroverzichten in het Filtervenster linksboven:" +msgid "" +"Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at " +"the upper left:" +msgstr "" +"Selecteer één van de beschikbare filteroverzichten in het Filter</" +"b>venster linksboven:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." -msgstr "Selecties toont enkele voorgedefinieerde pakketselecties die logisch gezien bij elkaar horen." +msgid "" +"Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " +"belong together." +msgstr "" +"Selecties toont enkele voorgedefinieerde pakketselecties die logisch " +"gezien bij elkaar horen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "Gebruik het keuzevakje naast de selectie om het als een geheel te selecteren. Ook kunt u individuele pakketten in de rechter pakketlijst selecteren of de selectie er van juist ongedaan maken." +msgid "" +"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " +"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik het keuzevakje naast de selectie om het als een geheel te " +"selecteren. Ook kunt u individuele pakketten in de rechter pakketlijst " +"selecteren of de selectie er van juist ongedaan maken." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." -msgstr "Pakketgroepen toont de pakketten in categorieën. U kunt de groepen als boomstructuur uitklappen en inklappen om de categorieën daarmee te verfijnen of te generaliseren. Klik op een willekeurige categorie om de pakketten in die categorie in de pakketlijst aan de rechterkant zichtbaar te maken." +msgid "" +"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and " +"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category " +"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right " +"side." +msgstr "" +"Pakketgroepen toont de pakketten in categorieën. U kunt de groepen " +"als boomstructuur uitklappen en inklappen om de categorieën daarmee te " +"verfijnen of te generaliseren. Klik op een willekeurige categorie om de " +"pakketten in die categorie in de pakketlijst aan de rechterkant zichtbaar te " +"maken." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid " Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr " Tip: Helemaal onderaan de lijst ziet u het item \"zzz All\" dat alle pakketten zal laten zien. Bij trage computers kan dit enkele minuten duren." +msgid "" +" Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " +"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr "" +" Tip: Helemaal onderaan de lijst ziet u het item \"zzz All\" dat alle " +"pakketten zal laten zien. Bij trage computers kan dit enkele minuten duren." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "Zoeken biedt u de mogelijkheid te zoeken naar pakketten die aan verschillende criteria tegemoet komen. Dit is meestal de eenvoudigste manier om een pakket te vinden, vooral als u de naam er van weet." +msgid "" +"Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " +"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "" +"Zoeken biedt u de mogelijkheid te zoeken naar pakketten die aan " +"verschillende criteria tegemoet komen. Dit is meestal de eenvoudigste manier " +"om een pakket te vinden, vooral als u de naam er van weet." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." -msgstr "Tip: Ook kunt u dit gebruiken om uit te vinden welk pakket een bepaalde bibliotheek bevat. Zoek in het RPM-veld Zorgt voor." +msgid "" +"Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a " +"certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." +msgstr "" +"Tip: Ook kunt u dit gebruiken om uit te vinden welk pakket een " +"bepaalde bibliotheek bevat. Zoek in het RPM-veld Zorgt voor." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "Installatieoverzicht laat standaard alle wijzigingen op uw systeem zien -- welke pakketten geïnstalleerd, verwijderd, of opgewaardeerd zullen worden." +msgid "" +"Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- " +"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "" +"Installatieoverzicht laat standaard alle wijzigingen op uw systeem " +"zien -- welke pakketten geïnstalleerd, verwijderd, of opgewaardeerd zullen " +"worden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "Over het algemeen is het een goed idee om Afhankelijkheden controleren te gebruiken en dan vervolgens naar Installatieoverzicht te gaan voordat u op Accepteren klikt. Op die manier ziet u alle wijzigingen die op uw systeem gemaakt zullen worden." +msgid "" +"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to " +"Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " +"see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "" +"Over het algemeen is het een goed idee om Afhankelijkheden controleren</" +"b> te gebruiken en dan vervolgens naar Installatieoverzicht te gaan " +"voordat u op Accepteren klikt. Op die manier ziet u alle wijzigingen " +"die op uw systeem gemaakt zullen worden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "Ook kunt u expliciet selecteren welke pakketten met welke status u hier wilt zien; gebruik daarvoor de keuzevakjes aan de linkerkant." +msgid "" +"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " +"use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "" +"Ook kunt u expliciet selecteren welke pakketten met welke status u hier wilt " +"zien; gebruik daarvoor de keuzevakjes aan de linkerkant." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck everything else." -msgstr "Tip: Ook kunt u het effect van dit filter omkeren. U kunt zien welke pakketten op uw systeem ongewijzigd zullen blijven. Gewoon op Behouden klikken en al het andere deselecteren." +msgid "" +"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " +"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and " +"uncheck everything else." +msgstr "" +"Tip: Ook kunt u het effect van dit filter omkeren. U kunt zien welke " +"pakketten op uw systeem ongewijzigd zullen blijven. Gewoon op Behouden</" +"b> klikken en al het andere deselecteren." #. Make sure all images used here are specified in #. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! @@ -518,7 +662,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:168 msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed." -msgstr "Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en het zal ook niet geïnstalleerd worden." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en het zal ook niet geïnstalleerd worden." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:172 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:278 @@ -551,8 +696,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." -msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd. Opwaardeer het of installeer het opnieuw (bij identieke versies)." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " +"versions are the same)." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd. Opwaardeer het of installeer het opnieuw " +"(bij identieke versies)." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 @@ -574,12 +723,22 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en zou in geen geval geïnstalleerd mogen worden, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen." +msgid "" +"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " +"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " +"packages might have or get." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en zou in geen geval geïnstalleerd mogen " +"worden, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden " +"kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." -msgstr "Als \"taboe\" ingestelde pakketten worden behandeld alsof ze op geen enkel installatiemedia bestaan." +msgid "" +"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " +"installation media." +msgstr "" +"Als \"taboe\" ingestelde pakketten worden behandeld alsof ze op geen enkel " +"installatiemedia bestaan." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 @@ -588,12 +747,21 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "Dit pakket is geïnstalleerd en zou niet aangepast mogen worden, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen." +msgid "" +"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " +"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is geïnstalleerd en zou niet aangepast mogen worden, vooral niet " +"omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen " +"krijgen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "Gebruik deze status voor pakketten derden die niet door eventuele, met de distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." +msgid "" +"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " +"newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik deze status voor pakketten derden die niet door eventuele, met de " +"distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 @@ -603,12 +771,19 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." -msgstr "Omdat een ander pakket het nodig heeft, zal dit pakket automatisch geïnstalleerd gaan worden." +msgid "" +"This package will be installed automatically because some other package " +"needs it." +msgstr "" +"Omdat een ander pakket het nodig heeft, zal dit pakket automatisch " +"geïnstalleerd gaan worden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "Tip: U zal waarschijnlijk \"taboe\" moeten gebruiken om zo'n pakket te kunnen verwijderen." +msgid "" +"Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "" +"Tip: U zal waarschijnlijk \"taboe\" moeten gebruiken om zo'n pakket " +"te kunnen verwijderen." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 @@ -618,8 +793,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar sommige ander pakketten hebben een nieuwere versie nodig: het zal daarom automatisch worden bijgewerkt." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " +"version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar sommige ander pakketten hebben een " +"nieuwere versie nodig: het zal daarom automatisch worden bijgewerkt." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 @@ -629,12 +808,18 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." -msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar pakketafhankelijkheden vereisen dat het verwijderd moet worden." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " +"is deleted." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar pakketafhankelijkheden vereisen dat het " +"verwijderd moet worden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." -msgstr "Dit gebeurt bijvoorbeeld als een ander pakket door dit pakket overbodig wordt." +msgstr "" +"Dit gebeurt bijvoorbeeld als een ander pakket door dit pakket overbodig " +"wordt." #. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265 @@ -654,8 +839,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "Neem dit pakket. Installeer het wanneer het nog niet geïnstalleerd is. Opwaardeer het wanneer het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie beschikbaar is." +msgid "" +"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " +"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "" +"Neem dit pakket. Installeer het wanneer het nog niet geïnstalleerd is. " +"Opwaardeer het wanneer het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie " +"beschikbaar is." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 @@ -664,13 +854,21 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "Verwijder dit pakket. Markeer het als \"niet installeren\" indien het nog niet geïnstalleerd is. Verwijder het als het wel geïnstalleerd is." +msgid "" +"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " +"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "" +"Verwijder dit pakket. Markeer het als \"niet installeren\" indien het nog " +"niet geïnstalleerd is. Verwijder het als het wel geïnstalleerd is." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." -msgstr "Opwaardeer dit pakket indien het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie beschikbaar is. Negeer de niet-geïnstalleerde pakketten." +msgid "" +"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " +"packages that are not installed." +msgstr "" +"Opwaardeer dit pakket indien het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie " +"beschikbaar is. Negeer de niet-geïnstalleerde pakketten." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 @@ -679,13 +877,25 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "Het effect van \">\" hierboven ongedaan maken: stel het pakket als \"behouden\" in wanneer het nu op \"opwaarderen\" staat ingesteld. Negeer alle andere pakketten." +msgid "" +"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " +"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "" +"Het effect van \">\" hierboven ongedaan maken: stel het pakket als \"behouden" +"\" in wanneer het nu op \"opwaarderen\" staat ingesteld. Negeer alle andere " +"pakketten." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "Stel dit pakket in als \"taboe\" wanneer het niet geïnstalleerd is: om u ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet geïnstalleerd gaat worden, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten mogelijk onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen. " +msgid "" +"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " +"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " +"that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "" +"Stel dit pakket in als \"taboe\" wanneer het niet geïnstalleerd is: om u " +"ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet geïnstalleerd gaat worden, vooral " +"niet omdat andere pakketten mogelijk onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen " +"hebben of kunnen krijgen. " # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175 #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description @@ -695,12 +905,23 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "Dit pakket als \"beschermd\" instellen wanneer het geïnstalleerd is: om u ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet gewijzigd wordt, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen. " +msgid "" +"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " +"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " +"other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket als \"beschermd\" instellen wanneer het geïnstalleerd is: om u " +"ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet gewijzigd wordt, vooral niet omdat " +"andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen " +"krijgen. " #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "Gebruik dit voor pakketten van derden die niet door eventuele, met de distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." +msgid "" +"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " +"versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik dit voor pakketten van derden die niet door eventuele, met de " +"distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." #: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 #: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208 @@ -760,8 +981,13 @@ msgstr "Testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossing genereren" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "Gebruik dit om uitgebreide logs te genereren die u kunnen helpen bij het opsporen van fouten in de afhankelijkheidsoplosser. De logs zullen worden opgeslagen in de map <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "" +"Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " +"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "" +"Gebruik dit om uitgebreide logs te genereren die u kunnen helpen bij het " +"opsporen van fouten in de afhankelijkheidsoplosser. De logs zullen worden " +"opgeslagen in de map <tt>%1</tt>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -769,8 +995,13 @@ msgstr "Testgeval voor oplossing" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" -msgstr "Het testgeval voor de afhankelijkheidsoplossing zal worden geschreven naar <tt>%1</tt>Wilt u <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> voorbereiden om als bijlage voor bugzilla te gebruiken?" +msgid "" +"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare " +"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +msgstr "" +"Het testgeval voor de afhankelijkheidsoplossing zal worden geschreven " +"naar <tt>%1</tt>Wilt u <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> voorbereiden om " +"als bijlage voor bugzilla te gebruiken?" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -779,8 +1010,12 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "Fout bij aanmaken van testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossingControleer de schijfruimte en toegangsrechten voor <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "" +"Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check " +"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "" +"Fout bij aanmaken van testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossing</" +"p>Controleer de schijfruimte en toegangsrechten voor <tt>%1</tt>" #. startsWith #. filter @@ -1315,15 +1550,11 @@ msgid "Unmaintained Packages" msgstr "Niet-onderhouden pakketten" -#. horizontal -#. vertical -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:180 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:177 msgid "Search" msgstr "Zoeken" -#. horizontal -#. vertical -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:199 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:192 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Installatieoverzicht" @@ -1337,81 +1568,81 @@ msgstr "zzz alles" #. Search button -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:93 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Zoeken" #. #. Where to search #. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:105 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:106 msgid "Search in" msgstr "Zoeken in" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:111 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:112 msgid "Nam&e" msgstr "Naa&m" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:115 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:116 msgid "Su&mmary" msgstr "&Overzicht" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:117 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:118 msgid "Descr&iption" msgstr "&Omschrijving" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:122 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:123 msgid "RPM \"P&rovides\"" msgstr "RPM \"&levert\"" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:124 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:125 msgid "RPM \"Re&quires\"" msgstr "RPM \"be&nodigt\"" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:127 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:128 msgid "File list" msgstr "Bestandslijst" #. #. Search mode #. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:142 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:143 msgid "Search &Mode:" msgstr "Zoek&modus:" #. Caution: combo box items must be inserted in the same order as enum SearchMode! -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:155 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 msgid "Contains" msgstr "Bevat" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 msgid "Begins with" msgstr "Begint met" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 msgid "Exact Match" msgstr "Exacte overeenkomst" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 msgid "Use Wild Cards" msgstr "Jokertekens gebruiken" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:160 msgid "Use Regular Expression" msgstr "Reguliere expressie gebruiken" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:166 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:167 msgid "Case Sensiti&ve" msgstr "&Hoofdlettergevoelig" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:62 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:102 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:184 -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:244 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:248 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Zoeken..." -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:330 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:334 msgid "No Results." msgstr "Geen resultaten." @@ -1420,7 +1651,7 @@ #. if it's a user error (e.g., syntax error in regular expression) or #. an internal error. But there is a "Details" button that will return #. the original (translated) error message. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:345 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:349 msgid "Query Error" msgstr "Opvraagfout" @@ -1532,7 +1763,8 @@ "Mogelijke redenen:\n" "<ul>\n" "<li>Ze zijn vanwege andere pakketten in onbruik geraakt\n" -"<li>Er zijn op geen enkel installatiemedium nieuwe versies beschikbaar voor de opwaardering\n" +"<li>Er zijn op geen enkel installatiemedium nieuwe versies beschikbaar voor " +"de opwaardering\n" "<li>Het zijn pakketten van derde partijen\n" "</ul>\n" "\n" @@ -1546,7 +1778,7 @@ msgstr "%1-%2 van leverancier %3 (geïnstalleerd)" #. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:398 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:382 msgid "" "You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n" "and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n" @@ -1556,7 +1788,7 @@ "installeren die wel multiversie ondersteunen en\n" "versies die dat niet doen." -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:406 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390 msgid "" "This version is multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1570,7 +1802,7 @@ "en deselecteer de versie die deze ondersteuning niet heeft,\n" "\"Annuleer\" om deze versie te deselecteren en behoud de anderen." -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:415 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399 msgid "" "This version is not multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1585,7 +1817,7 @@ "\"Annuleer\" om deze versie te deselecteren en behoud de anderen." #. Dialog heading -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "Incompatibele versies van pakketten" @@ -1598,11 +1830,11 @@ #. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE #. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ #. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:549 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:586 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:533 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5" msgstr "%1-%2 van %3 met prioriteit %4 en leverancier %5" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:554 msgid "This version is installed in your system." msgstr "Deze versie is op uw systeem geïnstalleerd." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2015-09-29 16:18:47 UTC (rev 92891) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-22 10:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:270 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" @@ -109,8 +109,8 @@ #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:277 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Registreren van %s ..." @@ -333,25 +333,37 @@ msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Details: %s" +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +msgid "" +"A certificate has been already imported\n" +"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" +"\n" +"Please fix the certificate issue manually, ensure that the server\n" +"can be connected securely and start the YaST module again." +msgstr "" + # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "Bezig het SSL-certificaat te importeren" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "Bezig '%s'-certificaat te importeren..." #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Fout met beveiligde verbinding: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -401,58 +413,77 @@ #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:233 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "Bezig het systeem te registreren..." #. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:312 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "Bijwerken naar %s ..." +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading Migration Products..." +msgid "Synchronizing Products..." +msgstr "Migratieproducten laden..." + #. load available addons from SCC server #. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the #. installation workflow #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:109 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "Beschikbare extensies en modulen laden..." -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "Migratieproducten laden..." #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Extensies en modulen registreren" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "Extensies en modulen worden geregistreerd." #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" msgstr "De registratieserver biedt installatiebronnen voor bijwerken.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207 -msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" msgstr "Wilt u deze installatiebronnen inschakelen tijdens de installatie\n" #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:211 -msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" msgstr "Wilt u deze installatiebronnen inschakelen tijdens het opwaarderen\n" #. indent size used in summary text @@ -460,42 +491,53 @@ msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "Certificaat:" +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +msgid "" +"Repository '%s'\n" +"cannot be loaded.\n" +"\n" +"Skip the repository or abort?" +msgstr "" + #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:147 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Onbekend product" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:174 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:248 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Configuratie van installatiebronnen opslaan is mislukt." #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:212 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "Bijwerken van service '%s' is mislukt." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:218 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "Toevoegen van service '%s' is mislukt." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:230 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "Opslaan van service '%s' is mislukt." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "Verversen van service '%s' is mislukt." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -550,8 +592,8 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot " -"provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " +"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " "extension or module." msgstr "" "Voer registratiecodes in voor de vereiste extensies of modules.\n" @@ -610,8 +652,8 @@ #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove them manually there." +"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " +"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" "Als een extensie of module wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in " "het SUSE Customer Center en ze daar handmatig verwijderen." @@ -626,8 +668,8 @@ msgid "" "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." msgstr "" -"U kunt hier beschikbare extensies en modulen voor uw systeem selecteren.<" -"/p>" +"U kunt hier beschikbare extensies en modulen voor uw systeem selecteren.</" +"p>" #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 @@ -642,8 +684,8 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 msgid "" -"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered " -"again." +"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +"" msgstr "" "Hier kunt u extensies en modulen selecteren die opnieuw geregistreerd " "zullen worden." @@ -656,8 +698,8 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together " -"with the base product." +"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " +"together with the base product." msgstr "" "Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules geregistreerd zullen " "worden samen met het basisproduct." @@ -741,7 +783,8 @@ msgid "" "If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " "of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " +"Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" "Als uw netwerk een eigen registratie-server bevat, stel dan de juiste URL " @@ -884,8 +927,8 @@ "If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" "installation has completed." msgstr "" -"Als u productregistratie nu overslaat doe het dan nadat de installatie gereed " -"is." +"Als u productregistratie nu overslaat doe het dan nadat de installatie " +"gereed is." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -924,8 +967,8 @@ "authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" "Beveiligde verbinding (HTTPS) gebruikt SSL-certificaten voor verifiëren " -"van de authenticiteit van de server en voor versleuteling van de overgedragen " -"gegevens." +"van de authenticiteit van de server en voor versleuteling van de " +"overgedragen gegevens." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 @@ -960,8 +1003,8 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security " -"risk." +"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " +"security risk." msgstr "" "Een onbekend certificaat zonder verificatie importeren is een groot " "beveiligingsrisico." @@ -976,19 +1019,27 @@ msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "URL van &lokale registratieserver" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 +msgid "Internal error: %s" +msgstr "Interne fout: %s" + #. register the base system if not already registered -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:130 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 msgid "" "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" msgstr "" -"Het basissysteem moet worden geregistreerd om de add-on '%s' te registreren.\n" +"Het basissysteem moet worden geregistreerd om de add-on '%s' te " +"registreren.\n" "Registratie van basissysteem en add-on overslaan?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 -msgid "Migration Repositories" -msgstr "Installatiebronnen voor migratie" +msgid "Repositories used for Migration" +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 @@ -999,13 +1050,15 @@ msgstr "" "In dit dialoogvenster kunt u handmatig selecteren welke opslagruimten " "worden gebruikt voor online migratie. Op de pakketten wordt een upgrade " -"uitgevoerd naar de hoogste versie die in de geselecteerde opslagruimten wordt " -"gevonden." +"uitgevoerd naar de hoogste versie die in de geselecteerde opslagruimten " +"wordt gevonden." #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 -msgid "Select the Migration Repositories" -msgstr "Migratieopslagruimten selecteren" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select the target migration." +msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" +msgstr "Selecteer de doelmigratie." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -1027,57 +1080,41 @@ msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "Prioriteit: %s" -#. a dummy message which will be used later, just make sure we have it -#. before the translation deadline... -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available -#. updates now -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 msgid "" -"Online updates are available for installation.\n" -"It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" -"\n" -"Would you like to install the updates now?" +"The system is not registered,\n" +"to run the online migration you need\n" +"to register the system first." msgstr "" -"Online updates zijn beschikbaar voor installatie.\n" -"Het is aanbevolen alle updates te installeren voordat u verder gaat.\n" -"\n" -"Wilt u de updates nu installeren?" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:86 -msgid "Internal error: %s" -msgstr "Interne fout: %s" - #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:170 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 msgid "No installed product found." msgstr "Geen geïnstalleerd product gevonden" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:199 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 msgid "No migration product found." msgstr "Geen migratieproduct gevonden" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:246 -msgid "Registering Migration Products..." -msgstr "Migratieproducten registreren..." - # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:272 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." msgstr "Migratie-installatiebronnen voorbereiden..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Select the Migration Target" msgstr "Het migratiedoel selecteren" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 msgid "" "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " "may offer several possible migration to new products." @@ -1086,13 +1123,13 @@ "verschillende mogelijke migraties naar nieuwe producten aanbieden." #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Only one migration target from the list can be selected." msgstr "" "Er kan slechts één migratiedoel in de lijst worden geselecteerd." #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 msgid "" "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories " "later." @@ -1100,24 +1137,27 @@ "Gebruik het selectievakje %s om de migratieopslagruimten later " "handmatig te selecteren." -#. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" msgstr "Migratie-installatiebronnen handmatig selecteren" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:96 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 msgid "Select the target migration." msgstr "Selecteer de doelmigratie." +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:151 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "Mogelijke migratiedoelen" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "Samenvatting van migratie" @@ -1127,44 +1167,44 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 msgid "" "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server " "(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "" -"FOUT: Product %{product} is niet beschikbaar op de registratieserver (%" -"{url}). Maak het product beschikbaar voor toestaan met deze migratie." +"FOUT: Product %{product} is niet beschikbaar op de registratieserver " +"(%{url}). Maak het product beschikbaar voor toestaan met deze migratie." #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 msgid "%s will be installed." msgstr "%s wordt geïnstalleerd." #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:240 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 msgid "%s stays unchanged." msgstr "%s blijft ongewijzigd." #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:250 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" "Op %{old_product} wordt een upgrade uitgevoerd naar %{new_product}." #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:255 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" "Op %{old_product} wordt een downgrade uitgevoerd naar %{new_product}." #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1236,6 +1276,26 @@ msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Naar lokale registratieservers zoeken..." +#~ msgid "Migration Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Installatiebronnen voor migratie" + +#~ msgid "Select the Migration Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Migratieopslagruimten selecteren" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Online updates are available for installation.\n" +#~ "It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Would you like to install the updates now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Online updates zijn beschikbaar voor installatie.\n" +#~ "Het is aanbevolen alle updates te installeren voordat u verder gaat.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Wilt u de updates nu installeren?" + +#~ msgid "Registering Migration Products..." +#~ msgstr "Migratieproducten registreren..." + #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Registration added some update repositories.\n" @@ -1323,7 +1383,8 @@ #~ "select repositories which will be used for installation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "U kunt handmatig de status van de installatiebron wijzigen,\n" -#~ "selecteer installatiebronnen die gebruikt zullen worden voor de installatie." +#~ "selecteer installatiebronnen die gebruikt zullen worden voor de " +#~ "installatie." #~ msgid "Repository State" #~ msgstr "Status installatiebron" @@ -1336,20 +1397,26 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " +#~ "select\n" #~ "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" -#~ "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see %s site." +#~ "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see %s " +#~ "site." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, selecteer\n" +#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, " +#~ "selecteer\n" #~ "Addon-producten van aparte media insluiten.\n" -#~ "> Als u specifieke hardware-drivers voor installatie nodig hebt, zie de site %s." +#~ "> Als u specifieke hardware-drivers voor installatie nodig hebt, zie " +#~ "de site %s." #~ msgid "Registering Selected Add-on Products and Extensions" #~ msgstr "Geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies registreren" #~ msgid "Enter Registration Keys for Selected Add-on Products and Extensions" -#~ msgstr "Registratiesleutels voor geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies registreren invoeren" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Registratiesleutels voor geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies " +#~ "registreren invoeren" #~| msgid "Registration &Code" #~ msgid "Registration &Key" @@ -1372,8 +1439,11 @@ #~ msgid "Adding Services" #~ msgstr "bezig met toevoegen van services" -#~ msgid "The repository manager is downloading registered repositories..." -#~ msgstr "Het installatiebronnenbeheer is bezig de geregistreerde installatiebronnen te downloaden..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The repository manager is downloading registered repositories..." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het installatiebronnenbeheer is bezig de geregistreerde " +#~ "installatiebronnen te downloaden..." #~ msgid "Online Update Configuration" #~ msgstr "Configuratie van online-bijwerken" @@ -1430,7 +1500,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Er is een server voor bijwerken toegevoegd aan uw configuratie." #~ msgid "No update server could be added to your configuration." -#~ msgstr "Er kon geen server voor bijwerken worden toegevoegd aan uw configuratie." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er kon geen server voor bijwerken worden toegevoegd aan uw configuratie." #~ msgid "No software repository needed to be changed." #~ msgstr "Geen software installatiebron heeft wijziging nodig." @@ -1528,7 +1599,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " +#~ "Novell.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" @@ -1541,17 +1613,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " +#~ "system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " +#~ "involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " +#~ "Novell\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " +#~ "identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Om het registratieproces te vereenvoudigen, kunt u informatie over uw\n" -#~ "systeem bijsluiten met Optionele informatie en Hardwareprofiel.\n" +#~ "systeem bijsluiten met Optionele informatie en Hardwareprofiel</" +#~ "b>.\n" #~ "Met Details wordt de maximale hoeveelheid informatie getoond die\n" #~ "bij uw registratie zal worden bijgesloten. Om te weten welke informatie\n" #~ "precies nodig is voor uw product, wordt eerst contact opgenomen met de\n" @@ -1561,39 +1638,52 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code\n" +#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code</" +#~ "b>\n" #~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" +#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your " +#~ "product.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Als u uw kopie van dit product hebt gekocht, activeer dan Registratiecode\n" -#~ "en vul uw productcode in. Dit registreert u voor de installatie-ondersteuning\n" +#~ "Als u uw kopie van dit product hebt gekocht, activeer dan " +#~ "Registratiecode\n" +#~ "en vul uw productcode in. Dit registreert u voor de installatie-" +#~ "ondersteuning\n" #~ "waar u voor uw product recht op hebt.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " +#~ "support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " +#~ "View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" +#~ "tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Novell.\n" -#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen te\n" -#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor uw\n" -#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder Details.\n" +#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten " +#~ "Novell.\n" +#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen " +#~ "te\n" +#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor " +#~ "uw\n" +#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder Details</" +#~ "b>.\n" #~ "De verzonden informatie kunt u bekijken in het logbestand\n" #~ "<tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " +#~ "update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " +#~ "such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" @@ -1610,43 +1700,53 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local " +#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Novell-server (of een lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n" +#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Novell-server (of een " +#~ "lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n" #~ "Verzeker u ervan dat de netwerk- en proxy-instellingen juist zijn.\n" -#~ "U kunt terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of te wijzigen.\n" +#~ "U kunt terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of " +#~ "te wijzigen.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " +#~ "Open-SLX.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Configureer uw systeem om online-bijwerken te activeren door het bij\n" -#~ "Open-XSL te registreren. Selecteer Nu instellen om dit nu te doen.\n" +#~ "Open-XSL te registreren. Selecteer Nu instellen om dit nu te " +#~ "doen.\n" #~ "Of stel de registratie uit met Later instellen.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " +#~ "system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " +#~ "involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" +#~ "SLX\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " +#~ "identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Om het registratieproces te vereenvoudigen, kunt u informatie over uw\n" -#~ "systeem bijsluiten met Optionele informatie en Hardwareprofiel.\n" +#~ "systeem bijsluiten met Optionele informatie en Hardwareprofiel</" +#~ "b>.\n" #~ "Met Details wordt de maximale hoeveelheid informatie getoond die\n" #~ "bij uw registratie zal worden bijgesloten. Om te weten welke informatie\n" #~ "precies nodig is voor uw product, wordt eerst contact opgenomen met de\n" @@ -1656,26 +1756,36 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " +#~ "for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " +#~ "support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " +#~ "View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" +#~ "tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Open-SLX.\n" -#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen te\n" -#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor uw\n" -#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder Details.\n" +#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Open-" +#~ "SLX.\n" +#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen " +#~ "te\n" +#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor " +#~ "uw\n" +#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder Details</" +#~ "b>.\n" #~ "De verzonden informatie kunt u bekijken in het logbestand\n" #~ "<tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " +#~ "update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" +#~ "SLX, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" @@ -1684,7 +1794,8 @@ #~ "Met Regelmatig synchroniseren met het Customer Center wordt\n" #~ "gecontroleerd of uw bronnen voor bijwerken nog geldig zijn, en worden\n" #~ "eventuele nieuwe beschikbare bronnen toegevoegd. Daarnaast worden\n" -#~ "eventuele wijzigingen in uw bijgesloten gegevens naar Open-SLX verzonden,\n" +#~ "eventuele wijzigingen in uw bijgesloten gegevens naar Open-SLX " +#~ "verzonden,\n" #~ "bijvoorbeeld hardware-informatie als Hardwareprofiel geactiveerd\n" #~ "is. Met deze optie worden geen opwaarderingsbronnen verwijderd die\n" #~ "handmatig werden toegevoegd.\n" @@ -1692,15 +1803,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local " +#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Please make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Open-SLX-server (of een lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n" +#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Open-SLX-server (of een " +#~ "lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n" #~ "Verzeker u ervan dat het netwerk- en de proxy-instellingen juist zijn.\n" -#~ "U kunt een stap terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of te wijzigen.\n" +#~ "U kunt een stap terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te " +#~ "controleren of te wijzigen.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Error" @@ -1775,7 +1889,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Geavanceerd" #~ msgid "Xen Dom0 detected. The following package needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "Xen Dom0 gedetecteerd. Het is nodig het volgende pakket te installeren." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Xen Dom0 gedetecteerd. Het is nodig het volgende pakket te installeren." #~ msgid "Xen DomU detected." #~ msgstr "Xen DomU gedetecteerd." @@ -1783,8 +1898,11 @@ #~ msgid "The following package needs to be installed." #~ msgstr "Het is nodig om het volgende pakket installeren." -#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "Om deze installatie te kunnen noemen moet het pakket %1 worden geïnstalleerd." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om deze installatie te kunnen noemen moet het pakket %1 worden " +#~ "geïnstalleerd." #~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first." #~ msgstr "Daarom moeten de volgende pakketten eerst verwijderd worden." @@ -1792,8 +1910,12 @@ #~ msgid "The package %1 should have been installed and %2 removed." #~ msgstr "Het pakket %1 zou geïnstalleerd moeten zijn en %2 verwijderd." -#~ msgid "Registration will continue now although the registration server may miscount this installation." -#~ msgstr "Registratie zal nu doorgaan hoewel de registratieserver deze installatie verkeerd telt." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Registration will continue now although the registration server may " +#~ "miscount this installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Registratie zal nu doorgaan hoewel de registratieserver deze installatie " +#~ "verkeerd telt." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #~ msgid "Setting up online update source..." @@ -1827,19 +1949,29 @@ #~ msgid "Key is invalid." #~ msgstr "Sleutel is ongeldig." -#~ msgid "Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." -#~ msgstr "Meer informatie over het registratieproces verkrijgt u met <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Get more information about the registration process with " +#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Meer informatie over het registratieproces verkrijgt u met " +#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." #~ msgid "" #~ "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" -#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" -#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" -#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." +#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter " +#~ "the\n" +#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with " +#~ "<tt>suse_register\n" +#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " +#~ "a\n" +#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " +#~ "Edit." #~ msgstr "" #~ "De overige informatie die voor registratie wordt gebruikt wordt\n" -#~ "weergegeven in Registratiegegevens. Een nieuw sleutel- en waardepaar\n" -#~ "kunt u invoeren door te klikken op Toevoegen en de gewenste gegevens\n" +#~ "weergegeven in Registratiegegevens. Een nieuw sleutel- en " +#~ "waardepaar\n" +#~ "kunt u invoeren door te klikken op Toevoegen en de gewenste " +#~ "gegevens\n" #~ "in te voeren. Deze parameters zijn wat kan worden doorgegeven aan\n" #~ "<tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Meer informatie over deze parameters kunt u\n" #~ "verkrijgen met <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Verwijder een sleutel- en\n" @@ -1956,11 +2088,30 @@ #~ msgid "See the help text for details." #~ msgstr "Voor details, de hulptekst raadplegen." -#~ msgid "To register this installation at a local registration server, configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the Advanced menu." -#~ msgstr "Om deze installatie in een lokale registratieserver te registreren dient u de URL en optioneel het CA-certificaat van de server te configureren via het menu Geavanceerd." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To register this installation at a local registration server, " +#~ "configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the " +#~ "Advanced menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om deze installatie in een lokale registratieserver te registreren " +#~ "dient u de URL en optioneel het CA-certificaat van de server te " +#~ "configureren via het menu Geavanceerd." -#~ msgid "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." -#~ msgstr "De URL van de registratieserver moet beginnen met https:// terwijl de plaats van zijn CA-certificaat een URL mag zijn met http://, https:// of ftp://. Verdere zijn geldige plaatsen /patd/op/lokale/schijf, floppy/patd/op/floppy-disk en het sleutelwoord done. Dat laatste geeft aan dat er geen CA-certificaat behandeling nodig is om de registratieserver te vertrouwen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas " +#~ "the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://</" +#~ "i>, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /" +#~ "path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the " +#~ "keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling " +#~ "needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De URL van de registratieserver moet beginnen met https:// " +#~ "terwijl de plaats van zijn CA-certificaat een URL mag zijn met http://" +#~ ", https:// of ftp://. Verdere zijn geldige plaatsen /" +#~ "patd/op/lokale/schijf, floppy/patd/op/floppy-disk en " +#~ "het sleutelwoord done. Dat laatste geeft aan dat er geen CA-" +#~ "certificaat behandeling nodig is om de registratieserver te vertrouwen.</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgid "Do you want to skip registration?" #~ msgstr "Wilt u registratie overslaan?" @@ -1987,7 +2138,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Overslaan" #~ msgid "The registration server URL could not be validated as URL." -#~ msgstr "De URL van de registratieserver kan niet als een geldige URL worden opgevat." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De URL van de registratieserver kan niet als een geldige URL worden " +#~ "opgevat." #~ msgid "Change the URL and retry." #~ msgstr "De URL wijzigen en het opnieuw proberen." @@ -2025,7 +2178,8 @@ #~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dit certificaat wordt gebruikt om te verbinden met de SMT-server.\n" -#~ "U moet het certificaat vertrouwen om door te kunnen gaan met de registratie.\n" +#~ "U moet het certificaat vertrouwen om door te kunnen gaan met de " +#~ "registratie.\n" #~ msgid "Issued For:" #~ msgstr "Uitgegeven voor:" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2015-09-29 16:18:47 UTC (rev 92891) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-29 00:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -128,7 +128,8 @@ "displayed is proposed for your hard drive." msgstr "" "\n" -"Uw harde schijven zijn gecontroleerd. Het afgebeelde partitioneringsvoorstel\n" +"Uw harde schijven zijn gecontroleerd. Het afgebeelde " +"partitioneringsvoorstel\n" "voor uw harde schijf word voorgesteld." #. help text continued @@ -175,7 +176,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "Niet genoeg ruimte beschikbaar om momentopnamen voor het hoofdvolume voor te stellen." +msgstr "" +"Niet genoeg ruimte beschikbaar om momentopnamen voor het hoofdvolume voor te " +"stellen." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 @@ -414,7 +417,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows gebruik is de grootte van het gebruikte gedeelte van uw Windowspartitie.\n" +"Windows gebruik is de grootte van het gebruikte gedeelte van uw " +"Windowspartitie.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -535,7 +539,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "Uw systeem kan alleen worden geconfigureerd met de optie Aangepaste partitionering." +msgstr "" +"Uw systeem kan alleen worden geconfigureerd met de optie Aangepaste " +"partitionering." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -677,8 +683,11 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "Geen schijven gevonden. Gebruik de opwaardeer-CD - indien beschikbaar - voor installatie." +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "" +"Geen schijven gevonden. Gebruik de opwaardeer-CD - indien beschikbaar - voor " +"installatie." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -693,7 +702,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch in uw systeem zijn gevonden.\n" +"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch in uw systeem zijn " +"gevonden.\n" "Selecteer de harde schijf waar &product; op geïnstalleerd moet worden.\n" "\n" @@ -705,7 +715,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"U kunt later het deel van uw harde schijf selecteren wat voor &product; gebruikt moet worden.\n" +"U kunt later het deel van uw harde schijf selecteren wat voor &product; " +"gebruikt moet worden.\n" "\n" #. help part 3 of 3 @@ -721,8 +732,10 @@ "\n" "\n" "Voor ervaren gebruikers bestaat de optie Aangepaste partitionering\n" -"waarmee volledige controle wordt verkregen over het partitioneren van harde schijven\n" -"en het toewijzen van partities aan aankoppelpunten tijdens de installatie van &product;.\n" +"waarmee volledige controle wordt verkregen over het partitioneren van harde " +"schijven\n" +"en het toewijzen van partities aan aankoppelpunten tijdens de installatie " +"van &product;.\n" "\n" #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning @@ -805,7 +818,8 @@ "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" "De /home partitie zal niet worden geformatteerd. Controleer na installatie,\n" -"dat de eigendomsrechten van persoonlijke mappen op de juiste manier zijn ingesteld." +"dat de eigendomsrechten van persoonlijke mappen op de juiste manier zijn " +"ingesteld." #. label text #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 @@ -905,7 +919,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Gebruik de gehele harde schijf, of één of meer van de aangegeven partities\n" +"Gebruik de gehele harde schijf, of één of meer van de aangegeven " +"partities\n" "of vrije gebieden.\n" "\n" @@ -933,8 +948,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De gemarkeerde gebieden zullen worden verwijderd. Alle er in zich bevindende \n" -"data zal verloren gaan. Het herstellen van deze data is niet mogelijk.\n" +"De gemarkeerde gebieden zullen worden verwijderd. Alle er in zich " +"bevindende \n" +"data zal verloren gaan. Het herstellen van deze data is niet " +"mogelijk.\n" "\n" #. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) @@ -955,8 +972,10 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"De geselecteerde harde schijf wordt waarschijnlijk door Windows gebruikt. Er is\n" -"niet genoeg ruimte voor &product; beschikbaar. U kunt of Windows geheel verwijderen\n" +"De geselecteerde harde schijf wordt waarschijnlijk door Windows gebruikt. Er " +"is\n" +"niet genoeg ruimte voor &product; beschikbaar. U kunt of Windows geheel " +"verwijderen\n" "of de ruimte verkleinen om zo genoeg ruimte te krijgen.\n" "" @@ -974,7 +993,8 @@ "Als u Windows verwijderd, zal alle data op deze partitie onherroepelijk\n" "verloren gaan tijdens het installeren. Bij het verkleinen van Windows\n" "raden we u sterk aan om een reservekopie te maken, dit omdat de data\n" -"gereorganiseerd moet worden. Onder bepaalde omstandigheden mislukt dit wel eens.\n" +"gereorganiseerd moet worden. Onder bepaalde omstandigheden mislukt dit wel " +"eens.\n" "\n" #. Label text @@ -998,7 +1018,7 @@ msgstr "Voorsteltype" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1012,7 +1032,7 @@ "Echt deze instelling gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1021,13 +1041,15 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "U wilt een FAT-partitie aankoppelen op één van de volgende\n" -"aankoppelpunten: / /usr /home /opt of /var. Dit zal zeer waarschijnlijk problemen\n" -"veroorzaken. Gebruik voor deze aankoppelpunten een Linux-bestandssysteem, zoals ext3 of ext4.\n" +"aankoppelpunten: / /usr /home /opt of /var. Dit zal zeer waarschijnlijk " +"problemen\n" +"veroorzaken. Gebruik voor deze aankoppelpunten een Linux-bestandssysteem, " +"zoals ext3 of ext4.\n" "\n" "Deze instelling gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1042,7 +1064,7 @@ "Deze instelling gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1056,8 +1078,19 @@ "\n" "Deze instelling gebruiken?\n" +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +msgid "" +"Warning:\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Please, consider creating one.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" + #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1078,7 +1111,7 @@ "Wilt u deze instellingen echt gebruiken?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1093,7 +1126,7 @@ "Wilt u deze grootte van de bootpartitie handhaven?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1103,19 +1136,28 @@ msgstr "" "Waarschuwing: Er is geen partitie van het type bios_grub aanwezig.\n" "Zo'n partitie is aanbevolen (vereist door Btrfs) wanneer Grub2 is\n" -"geïnstalleerd in de MBR van een GPT-schijf. Het moet niet geformatteerd zijn en ongeveer 1 MB groot zijn.\n" +"geïnstalleerd in de MBR van een GPT-schijf. Het moet niet geformatteerd zijn " +"en ongeveer 1 MB groot zijn.\n" "Deze setup gebruiken?\n" #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" +#| "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" +#| "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" +#| "Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" +#| "type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" -"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" -"Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" -"type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" @@ -1128,7 +1170,7 @@ "Wilt u uw instelling zonder /boot partitie gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1148,7 +1190,7 @@ "\n" "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1162,7 +1204,7 @@ "Deze setup gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1179,7 +1221,7 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1204,7 +1246,7 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1229,18 +1271,19 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" +"\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1257,7 +1300,7 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling zonder wisselgeheugen gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1270,7 +1313,7 @@ "verlopen, met name in alle volgende gevallen:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1283,10 +1326,11 @@ "- wanneer deze partitie nog geen bestandssysteem bevat\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " +"points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "Bij twijfel kunt u beter teruggaan en deze partitie markeren om\n" @@ -1294,18 +1338,19 @@ "van de standaard aankoppelpunten zoals /, /boot, /opt of /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" msgstr "" -"Wanneer u besluit om de partitie te formatteren zal alle data er van verloren gaan.\n" +"Wanneer u besluit om de partitie te formatteren zal alle data er van " +"verloren gaan.\n" "\n" "Wilt u de partitie niet geformatteerd laten?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1314,7 +1359,7 @@ "Verwijdere het apparaat uit de RAID voor u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1323,7 +1368,7 @@ "Verwijder het apparaat ui de volumegroep voordat u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1332,7 +1377,7 @@ "Verwijder het volume voor u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1341,7 +1386,7 @@ "Verwijder het apparaat uit de RAID voor u het verwijderd.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1349,35 +1394,40 @@ "Het apparaat (%2) is in gebruik bij %1.\n" "Verwijder %1 voordat u het apparaat verwijdertverwijdert.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Hij kan niet verwijderd worden terwijl deze is aangekoppeld." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"Het apparaat (%1) kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een logische partitie \n" +"Het apparaat (%1) kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een logische " +"partitie \n" "is en er een andere logische partitie met een hoger nummer in gebruik is.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"De geselecteerde uitgebreide partitie bevat momenteel partities die aangekoppeld zijn:\n" +"De geselecteerde uitgebreide partitie bevat momenteel partities die " +"aangekoppeld zijn:\n" "%1\n" -"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities te afkoppelen voordat u de uitgebreide\n" +"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities te afkoppelen voordat u de " +"uitgebreide\n" "partitie gaat verwijderen.\n" "Kies Annuleren tenzij u heel zeker weet waarmee u bezig bent.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1392,7 +1442,7 @@ "u de uitgebreide partitie zelf verwijderd.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1407,7 +1457,7 @@ "u de uitgebreide partitie zelf verwijderd.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1420,30 +1470,30 @@ "de uitgebreide partitie zelf verwijdert.\n" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Geef uw wachtwoord op voor het versleutelde bestandssysteem." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Vergeet niet wat u hier hebt ingevuld!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Een leeg wachtwoord is toegestaan." #. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Wachtwoord voor versleuteld bestandssysteem op %1" #. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory #. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1452,7 +1502,7 @@ "%1 aangekoppeld op %2 in.\n" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Voer uw wachtwoord in voor het versleutelde bestandssysteem" @@ -1460,7 +1510,7 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "&Voer een wachtwoord in voor uw bestandssysteem:" @@ -1471,18 +1521,18 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4001 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Herhaal het wachtwoord ter &controle:" #. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Overslaan" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1494,8 +1544,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3957 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1505,8 +1555,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3965 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1514,17 +1564,17 @@ "Het wachtwoord moet uit minstens %1 karakters bestaan.\n" "Probeer het nog eens.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "Geen drijvendekomma getal." #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Bestandssysteem opties:" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1533,76 +1583,81 @@ "Wijzig uw volumelabel en verwijder dit letterteken.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " +"disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:\n" "Normaliter wordt een te mounten bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door de\n" "apparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat\n" "het aan te koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken\n" -"naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandsystemen kunnen aangekoppeld\n" -"worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Als een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is het\n" +"naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandsystemen kunnen " +"aangekoppeld\n" +"worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Als een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is " +"het\n" "verder niet mogelijk.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Volumelabel:\n" -"De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft normaal alleen\n" +"De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft " +"normaal alleen\n" "zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel activeert.\n" "Een volumelabel kan niet het teken / of spaties bevatten.\n" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "&Apparaatnaam" #. label text #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:545 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "Volume&label" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:756 #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:526 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "Apparaat-&ID" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "Apparaat&pad" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Fstab-opties:" #. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1613,62 +1668,62 @@ "bestandssysteem is %1. Uw volumelabel is afgekapt op deze afmeting.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "Geef een volumelabel op om via een label te kunnen aankoppelen." #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:881 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Dit volumelabel is al in gebruik. Gaarne een andere kiezen." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "Bestands&systeem" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "O&pties..." #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1073 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "Apparaat v&ersleutelen" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "Bestandssysteem &ID:" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1180 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formatteren" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "&Niet formatteren" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formatteren" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Fs&tab opties" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Aankoppelpunt" #. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1693,7 +1748,7 @@ "Doorgaan?\n" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1701,71 +1756,82 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Het bestandssysteem op de partitie kan niet door YaST2 verkleint worden.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op de hetlogische volume kan niet door YaST2 verkleint worden.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op de hetlogische volume kan niet door YaST2 verkleint " +"worden.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." -msgstr "U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze partitie." +msgstr "" +"U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze partitie." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." -msgstr "U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze dit logische volume." +msgstr "" +"U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze dit logische " +"volume." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Doorgaan?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1346 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op de geselecteerde partitie kan niet door YaST2 uitgebreid worden.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op de geselecteerde partitie kan niet door YaST2 " +"uitgebreid worden.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op het geselecteerde logische volume kan niet door YaST2 uitgebreid worden.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op het geselecteerde logische volume kan niet door YaST2 " +"uitgebreid worden.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "Met de grootte-aanpassing doorgaan?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1378 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "U hebt een partitie met daarop een reiser bestandssysteem verkleind." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "U hebt een logisch volume met daarop een reiser bestandssysteem verkleind." +msgstr "" +"U hebt een logisch volume met daarop een reiser bestandssysteem verkleind." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1774,26 +1840,30 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Het is mogelijk om een reiser bestandssysteem te verkleinen, deze optie is echter\n" -"nog niet grondig getest. Het wordt aanbevolen een reservekopie van uw gegevens te maken.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om een reiser bestandssysteem te verkleinen, deze optie is " +"echter\n" +"nog niet grondig getest. Het wordt aanbevolen een reservekopie van uw " +"gegevens te maken.\n" "\n" "Bestandssysteem nu verkleinen?" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1441 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Het geselecteerde apparaat bevat partities die momenteel aangekoppeld zijn:\n" "%1\n" -"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities eerst af te afkoppelen voordat u de partitietabel verwijderd.\n" +"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities eerst af te afkoppelen voordat u de " +"partitietabel verwijderd.\n" "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet waar u mee bezig bent.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1464 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1808,7 +1878,7 @@ "voordat u het apparaat verwijdert.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1823,7 +1893,7 @@ "ongedaan voordat u het apparaat verwijdert.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1836,55 +1906,58 @@ "voordat u het apparaat verwijdert.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "Subvolumes aanmaken en verwijderen uit een Btrfs-bestandssysteem.\n" +msgstr "" +"Subvolumes aanmaken en verwijderen uit een Btrfs-bestandssysteem.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "Automatische snapshots voor een Btrfs bestandssysteem met snapper inschakelen." +msgstr "" +"Automatische snapshots voor een Btrfs bestandssysteem met snapper " +"inschakelen." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Bestaande subvolumes:" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1572 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Nieuw subvolume" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1578 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Nieuwe toevoegen" #. button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1584 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Verwijderen" #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Snapshots inschakelen" #. heading text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1607 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:420 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Behandelen van subvolumes" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Lege naam van subvolume is niet toegestaan." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1674 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1892,11 +1965,11 @@ "Alleen namen van subvolumes die met \"%1\" beginnen zijn toegestaan!\n" "Automatisch \"%1\" voor de naam van het subvolume zetten." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Naam %1 van subvolume bestaat al." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1713 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "De tot nu in de dialoog gedane wijzigingen gaan verloren." @@ -1942,14 +2015,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +"tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp of /var/tmp.\n" +"Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp " +"of /var/tmp.\n" "Als u het wachtwoord voor versleuteling leeg laat, zal het systeem een \n" "willekeurig wachtwoord voor u bij het opstarten van het systeem aanmaken.\n" "Dit betekent dat alle gegevens op deze bestandssystemen verloren\n" @@ -1962,14 +2037,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Wanneer u uw wachtwoord vergeet krijgt u geen toegang meer tot de data van uw bestandssysteem.\n" +"Wanneer u uw wachtwoord vergeet krijgt u geen toegang meer tot de data van " +"uw bestandssysteem.\n" "Het is belangrijk dat u uw wachtwoord zorgvuldig uitkiest. Een combinatie\n" "van cijfers en letters wordt aanbevolen. Om er zeker van te kunnen zijn dat\n" "het wachtwoord correct is opgegeven moet u het tweemaal opgeven.\n" @@ -1981,14 +2058,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "U moet onderscheidt maken tussen grote en kleine letters. Een wachtwoord\n" -"moet uit minstens %1 karakters bestaan en mag verder geen speciale karakters\n" +"moet uit minstens %1 karakters bestaan en mag verder geen speciale " +"karakters\n" "bevatten (bijv: letters met accent tekens of trema's).\n" "\n" @@ -2035,14 +2114,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als het versleutelde bestandssysteem geen systeembestand bevat en daarom niet\n" -" nodig is voor het opwaarderen kunt u Overslaan selecteren. In dat geval wordt er \n" +"Als het versleutelde bestandssysteem geen systeembestand bevat en daarom " +"niet\n" +" nodig is voor het opwaarderen kunt u Overslaan selecteren. In dat " +"geval wordt er \n" " geen toegang verkregen tot het bestandssysteem tijdens de opwaardering.\n" " \n" @@ -2061,7 +2143,8 @@ "met uw installatie tijdens het opstarten, omdat de schijf waarop \n" "uw partitie /boot zich bevindt, geen GPT-schijflabel bevat.\n" "\n" -"Het is waarschijnlijk niet mogelijk om met dergelijke instellingen op te starten.\n" +"Het is waarschijnlijk niet mogelijk om met dergelijke instellingen op te " +"starten.\n" "\n" "Als u deze schijf moet gebruiken voor de installatie dan moet u het \n" "schijflabel met de geavanceerde partitionering vernietigen.\n" @@ -2081,17 +2164,17 @@ "Het is nodig alle partities op deze schijf te markeren voor verwijderen.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "U kunt het aankoppelpunt \"%1\" niet voor LVM gebruiken.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:89 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "U kunt het aankoppelpunt %1 niet voor RAID gebruiken." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:108 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2100,7 +2183,8 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"U heeft gekozen om een bestandssysteem met bestanden die het besturingssysteem\n" +"U heeft gekozen om een bestandssysteem met bestanden die het " +"besturingssysteem\n" "nodig heeft tijdens opstarten niet automatisch aan te koppelen.\n" "\n" "Dit kan problemen veroorzaken.\n" @@ -2108,7 +2192,7 @@ "Wilt u dit echt doen?\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" @@ -2121,7 +2205,7 @@ " niet-loopback bestandssysteem.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2142,42 +2226,46 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap #. @param mount mount point #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "Aankoppelpunt mag niet leeg zijn." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "Wisselgeheugenapparaten moeten 'swap' als aankoppelpunt hebben." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:225 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "Alleen wisselgeheugenapparaten mogen 'swap' als aankoppelpunt hebben." #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:240 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Dit aankoppelpunt is al in gebruik. Kies een ander aankoppelpunt." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:250 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"FAT bestandssysteem gebruikt voor systeem aankoppelpunt (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" +"FAT bestandssysteem gebruikt voor systeem aankoppelpunt (/, /usr, /opt, /" +"var, /home).\n" "Dat is niet mogelijk." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "Ongeldig karakter in aankoppelpunt. Gebruik geen \"`'!\"%#\" in een aankoppelpunt." +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "" +"Ongeldig karakter in aankoppelpunt. Gebruik geen \"`'!\"%#\" in een " +"aankoppelpunt." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2188,12 +2276,12 @@ "en var/adm/mnt\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "Uw aankoppelpunt moet beginnen met een \"/\" " #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:283 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2203,7 +2291,7 @@ #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) #. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" @@ -2212,7 +2300,7 @@ "De minimale afmeting voor dit type bestandssysteem is %2\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2222,7 +2310,7 @@ "of onbekend bestandssysteem." #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2246,27 +2334,28 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:948 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:975 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Het bestandssysteem is nu aangekoppeld op %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"U kunt nu proberen het af te koppelen, doorgaan zonder afkoppelen of annuleren.\n" +"U kunt nu proberen het af te koppelen, doorgaan zonder afkoppelen of " +"annuleren.\n" "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet wat u doet." #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:964 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:989 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Afkoppelen (unmount)" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2274,17 +2363,23 @@ "U kunt nu proberen het af te koppelen of annuleren.\n" "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet wat u doet." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem in te laten krimpen terwijl het is aangekoppeld." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem in te laten krimpen terwijl het " +"is aangekoppeld." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem uit te breiden terwijl het is aangekoppeld." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem uit te breiden terwijl het is " +"aangekoppeld." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om de grootte van het bestandssysteem te wijzigen terwijl het is aangekoppeld." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om de grootte van het bestandssysteem te wijzigen " +"terwijl het is aangekoppeld." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2392,7 +2487,8 @@ "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" msgstr "" -"Het aanroepen van het configureren van FCoE annuleert alle huidige wijzigingen.\n" +"Het aanroepen van het configureren van FCoE annuleert alle huidige " +"wijzigingen.\n" "Wilt u de configuratie van FCoE toch aanroepen?" #. popup text @@ -2403,7 +2499,8 @@ "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Het aanroepen van de multipad-configuratie annuleert alle huidige wijzigingen.\n" +"Het aanroepen van de multipad-configuratie annuleert alle huidige " +"wijzigingen.\n" "Wilt u de multipad-configuratie toch aanroepen?\n" #. popup text @@ -2742,11 +2839,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " +"existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Als u alle gegevens op een volume wilt versleutelen\n" -"kies dan Apparaat versleutelen. Het wijzigen van de encryptie op een bestaand\n" +"kies dan Apparaat versleutelen. Het wijzigen van de encryptie op een " +"bestaand\n" "volume zal alle gegevens erop verwijderen.\n" #. helptext @@ -2864,7 +2963,8 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." -msgstr "Grootte wijzigen wordt niet ondersteund door het onderliggende apparaat." +msgstr "" +"Grootte wijzigen wordt niet ondersteund door het onderliggende apparaat." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 @@ -2976,7 +3076,8 @@ msgstr "" "U bent een aangekoppeld bestandsysteem met %1 Gigabyte aan het uitbreiden. \n" "Dit kan behoorlijk langzaam gaan en uren kosten. U zou kunnen overwegen om \n" -"het bestandssysteem af te koppelen, wat de snelheid van het het van grootte \n" +"het bestandssysteem af te koppelen, wat de snelheid van het het van " +"grootte \n" "veranderen heel wat kan laten toenemen." #. label for log view @@ -3247,7 +3348,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5211 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "De schijf is in gebruik en kan niet gewijzigd worden." @@ -3340,7 +3441,8 @@ "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "De partitie %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet in grootte worden\n" -"gewijzigd. Om %1 in grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in gebruik is." +"gewijzigd. Om %1 in grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in " +"gebruik is." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 @@ -3584,7 +3686,8 @@ "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Dit beeld toont alle partities van de geselecteerde\n" -"harde schijf. Als de harde schijf gebruikt wordt door b.v. BIOS RAID of multipad dan\n" +"harde schijf. Als de harde schijf gebruikt wordt door b.v. BIOS RAID of " +"multipad dan\n" "worden hier geen partities getoond.\n" #. helptext @@ -3595,7 +3698,8 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Dit beeld toont alle apparaten die gebruikt worden door de\n" -"geselecteerde harde schijf. Het beeld is alleen beschikbaar voor BIOS RAID's,\n" +"geselecteerde harde schijf. Het beeld is alleen beschikbaar voor BIOS " +"RAID's,\n" "gepartitioneerde software RAID's en multipadschijven.\n" #. tab heading @@ -3630,7 +3734,8 @@ "the table.\n" msgstr "" "YaST2 heeft een scan gemaakt van uw harde schijven en een of meer \n" -"bestaande Linux systemen met aankoppelpunten gevonden. De oude aankoppelpunten\n" +"bestaande Linux systemen met aankoppelpunten gevonden. De oude " +"aankoppelpunten\n" "worden getoond in de tabel.\n" #. help text, richtext format @@ -3642,7 +3747,8 @@ msgstr "" "U kunt kiezen of de bestaande systeemvolumes,\n" "bijv. / and /usr, zullen worden geformatteerd bij\n" -"installatie. Niet-systeemvolumes, bijv. /home, zullen niet worden geformatteerd." +"installatie. Niet-systeemvolumes, bijv. /home, zullen niet worden " +"geformatteerd." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 @@ -3757,18 +3863,30 @@ msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "Geen veranderingen in partitionering" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:485 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "Wijzigingen in partitionering:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:490 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "Geen wijzigingen in de opslaginstellingen." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:493 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "Opslaginstellingen:" +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Storage settings:" +msgid "Packages to install:" +msgstr "Opslaginstellingen:" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No changes to storage settings." +msgid "No packages need to be installed." +msgstr "Geen wijzigingen in de opslaginstellingen." + #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 @@ -3796,12 +3914,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Padnaam van loop-bestand: Dit moet een absolute pad zijn naar het bestand\n" -"zijn dat de data voor het in te stellen versleutelde loop-apparaat bevat.\n" +"Padnaam van loop-bestand: Dit moet een absolute pad zijn naar " +"het bestand\n" +"zijn dat de data voor het in te stellen versleutelde loop-apparaat bevat.</" +"p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 @@ -3812,9 +3933,12 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Loop-bestand aanmaken: Als dit is aangevinkt zal het bestand aangemaakt\n" -"worden met de in het volgende veld opgegeven grootte. OPMERKING: Wanneer \n" -"het bestand reeds bestaat zal de zich er in bevindende data verloren gaan.\n" +"Loop-bestand aanmaken: Als dit is aangevinkt zal het bestand " +"aangemaakt\n" +"worden met de in het volgende veld opgegeven grootte. OPMERKING: " +"Wanneer \n" +"het bestand reeds bestaat zal de zich er in bevindende data verloren gaan.</" +"p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 @@ -3824,7 +3948,8 @@ "created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Grootte: Dit is de grootte van het loop-bestand. Het bestandssysteem\n" +"Grootte: Dit is de grootte van het loop-bestand. Het " +"bestandssysteem\n" "dat is gemaakt in het versleutelde loop-apparaat heeft deze grootte.\n" #. helptext @@ -3837,9 +3962,12 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"OPMERKING:Gedurende de installatie kan YaST geen controle op consistentie\n" -"van de bestandsgrootte en de padnamen uitvoeren, omdat het bestandssysteem dan niet\n" -"toegankelijk is. Het zal aan het einde van de installatie worden aangemaakt. Wees voorzichtig \n" +"OPMERKING:Gedurende de installatie kan YaST geen controle op " +"consistentie\n" +"van de bestandsgrootte en de padnamen uitvoeren, omdat het bestandssysteem " +"dan niet\n" +"toegankelijk is. Het zal aan het einde van de installatie worden aangemaakt. " +"Wees voorzichtig \n" "met het opgeven van de grootte en de padnaam.\n" #. input field label @@ -3984,7 +4112,8 @@ "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" -"De naam van de volumegroep mag geen niet toegestane tekens bevatten. Toegestaan\n" +"De naam van de volumegroep mag geen niet toegestane tekens bevatten. " +"Toegestaan\n" "zijn alfanumerieke tekens, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" en \"+\"." #. error popup text @@ -4020,7 +4149,9 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "Wilt u de volumegroep \"%1\" en alle gerelateerde logische volumes echt verwijderen?" +msgstr "" +"Wilt u de volumegroep \"%1\" en alle gerelateerde logische volumes echt " +"verwijderen?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -4028,7 +4159,8 @@ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"U heeft ongeldige data opgegeven. U moet een fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte opgeven\n" +"U heeft ongeldige data opgegeven. U moet een fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte " +"opgeven\n" "groter dan %1 in machten van 2, bijv: \"%2\" of \"%3\"" #. error popup text @@ -4062,12 +4194,15 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "Voer de naam en fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte in van de nieuwe volumegroep." +msgstr "" +"Voer de naam en fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte in van de nieuwe volumegroep." +"" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "Selecteer de fysieke volumes waaruit de volumegroep zal bestaan." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de fysieke volumes waaruit de volumegroep zal bestaan." #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -4100,11 +4235,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Voer de grootte in evenals het aantal en de grootte\n" -"van de 'stripes' voor het nieuwe logische volume. Het aantal stripes kan niet hoger zijn\n" +"van de 'stripes' voor het nieuwe logische volume. Het aantal stripes kan " +"niet hoger zijn\n" "dan het aantal fysieke volumes van de volumegroep." #. helptext @@ -4121,7 +4258,8 @@ "met willekeurige grootte van het volume. De vereiste ruimte wordt, indien\n" "nodig, toegekend uit de Thin-pool. Men kan dus een Thin-volume maken\n" "met een grootte groter dan de Thin-pool. Wanneer er echt gegevens naar een\n" -"Thin-volume geschreven worden, dan moet de toegekende Thin-pool in staat zijn\n" +"Thin-volume geschreven worden, dan moet de toegekende Thin-pool in staat " +"zijn\n" "om aan de eis van deze vraag om ruimte te voldoen.\n" "Thin-volumes kunnen geen Stripe-count hebben." @@ -4156,7 +4294,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume als een Normaal volume declareren.\n" @@ -4168,19 +4307,23 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool." msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume definiëren als een Thin-pool\n" -"Dit betekent dat Thin-volumes de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag uit zo'n pool toekennen." +"Dit betekent dat Thin-volumes de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag uit " +"zo'n pool toekennen." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" +"b>." msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume definiëren als een Thin-volume.\n" -"Dit betekent dat het volume de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag toekent uit een Thin-pool." +"Dit betekent dat het volume de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag toekent uit " +"een Thin-pool." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4234,12 +4377,15 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een volumegroep aan te maken.\n" +"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een volumegroep aan " +"te maken.\n" "\n" -"Om LVM te gebruiken, hebt u minstens een ongebruikte partitie van het type 0x8e (of 0x83) nodig of\n" +"Om LVM te gebruiken, hebt u minstens een ongebruikte partitie van het type " +"0x8e (of 0x83) nodig of\n" "een ongebruikt RAID-apparaat. Wijzig uw partitietabel overeenkomstig." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 @@ -4454,7 +4600,8 @@ "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"U hebt de partitionering of opslaginstellingen gewijzigd. Deze veranderingen\n" +"U hebt de partitionering of opslaginstellingen gewijzigd. Deze " +"veranderingen\n" "zullen verloren gaan bij het verlaten van de partitiedialoog met %1.\n" "Echt beëindigen?" @@ -4475,8 +4622,12 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "Het NFS-configureren is niet beschikbaar. Controleer de installatie van yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Het NFS-configureren is niet beschikbaar. Controleer de installatie van " +"yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4507,34 +4658,47 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Dit niveau vergroot uw schijfprestaties.\n" -"Er is GEEN redundantie in deze modus. Wanneer een station faalt is gegevensherstel niet mogelijk.\n" +"Er is GEEN redundantie in deze modus. Wanneer een station faalt is " +"gegevensherstel niet mogelijk.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " +"on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 1: Deze modus heeft de beste redundantie. Het kan met twee of\n" -"meerdere schijven worden gebruikt. Deze modus zorgt voor een exacte kopie van alle data op\n" -"alle stations. Zolang er maar een schijf blijft werken zal er geen data verloren gaan.\n" -"De gebruikte partities voor dit type RAID moeten ongeveer dezelfde grootte hebben.\n" +"RAID 1: Deze modus heeft de beste redundantie. Het kan met " +"twee of\n" +"meerdere schijven worden gebruikt. Deze modus zorgt voor een exacte kopie " +"van alle data op\n" +"alle stations. Zolang er maar een schijf blijft werken zal er geen data " +"verloren gaan.\n" +"De gebruikte partities voor dit type RAID moeten ongeveer dezelfde grootte " +"hebben.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5: Deze modus geeft controle over een groter aantal schijven en biedt ook nog\n" -"enige redundantie. Deze modus kan gebruikt worden bij drie of meerdere schijven. Bij het falen van\n" -"één schijf zal alle data intact blijven; bij het gelijktijdig falen van twee schijven gaat alle data verloren\n" +"RAID 5: Deze modus geeft controle over een groter aantal " +"schijven en biedt ook nog\n" +"enige redundantie. Deze modus kan gebruikt worden bij drie of meerdere " +"schijven. Bij het falen van\n" +"één schijf zal alle data intact blijven; bij het gelijktijdig falen van twee " +"schijven gaat alle data verloren\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4551,12 +4715,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Partities toevoegen aan uw RAID. Afhankelijk van uw RAID-type\n" "is de bruikbare schijfgrootte de som van deze partities (RAID0), de grootte\n" -"van de kleinste partitie (RAID 1) of de (N-1)*kleinste partitie (RAID 5).\n" +"van de kleinste partitie (RAID 1) of de (N-1)*kleinste partitie (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4619,12 +4786,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.\n" msgstr "" -"Chunk-grootte: De kleinste \"atomische\" hoeveelheid data dat op apparaten\n" -"kan worden geschreven. Een redelijke chunk-grootte voor RAID 5 is 128 kB, voor RAID 0 is 32 kB\n" -"in eerste instantie voldoende. Bij RAID 1 heeft de chunk-grootte weinig effect op de array.\n" +"Chunk-grootte: De kleinste \"atomische\" hoeveelheid data dat " +"op apparaten\n" +"kan worden geschreven. Een redelijke chunk-grootte voor RAID 5 is 128 kB, " +"voor RAID 0 is 32 kB\n" +"in eerste instantie voldoende. Bij RAID 1 heeft de chunk-grootte weinig " +"effect op de array.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4634,10 +4806,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Het pariteit-algoritme dat gebruikt wordt bij RAID5/6.\n" -"Links-symmetrisch geeft de maximale prestatie bij schijven met roterende platen.\n" +"Links-symmetrisch geeft de maximale prestatie bij schijven met roterende " +"platen.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4716,14 +4890,16 @@ "for the raid to be usable.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Raid %1 kan niet gewijzigd worden omdat het zich in een inactieve status bevindt.\n" +"Raid %1 kan niet gewijzigd worden omdat het zich in een inactieve status " +"bevindt.\n" "Dit betekent gewoonlijk dat de subset van raid-apparaten te klein is\n" "voor de raid om bruikbaar te zijn.\n" #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een RAID aan te maken." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een RAID aan te maken." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 @@ -4762,7 +4938,8 @@ "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "De RAID %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet in grootte\n" -"wijzigen. Om van %1 de grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in gebruik is." +"wijzigen. Om van %1 de grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in " +"gebruik is." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 @@ -4927,16 +5104,22 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" +"i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " +"and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Standaard aangekoppeld door geeft de aankoppelmethode\n" -"voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen. Apparaatnaam gebruikt de apparaatnaam\n" -"van de kernel die niet blijvend is. Apparaat-ID en Apparaatpad\n" -"gebruiken namen die door udev worden gegenereerd uit hardware-informatie. Deze zouden\n" -"blijvend moeten zijn maar helaas is dat niet altijd waar. Tenslotte UUID en\n" +"voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen. Apparaatnaam gebruikt de " +"apparaatnaam\n" +"van de kernel die niet blijvend is. Apparaat-ID en Apparaatpad</" +"i>\n" +"gebruiken namen die door udev worden gegenereerd uit hardware-informatie. " +"Deze zouden\n" +"blijvend moeten zijn maar helaas is dat niet altijd waar. Tenslotte UUID</" +"i> en\n" "Volumelabel use the file systems UUID and label.\n" #. helptext @@ -4952,13 +5135,18 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Uitlijning van nieuw aangemaakte partities\n" -"bepaalt hoe aangemaakte partities worden uitgelijnd. cilinder is de traditionele uitlijning op cylindergrenzen van de schijf. optimaal lijnt de \n" -"partities uit op de beste prestaties volgens hints geleverd door de Linux-kernel \n" +"bepaalt hoe aangemaakte partities worden uitgelijnd. cilinder is de " +"traditionele uitlijning op cylindergrenzen van de schijf. optimaal " +"lijnt de \n" +"partities uit op de beste prestaties volgens hints geleverd door de Linux-" +"kernel \n" "of probeert compatibel met Windows Vista en Win 7 te zijn.\n" #. helptext @@ -4968,7 +5156,8 @@ "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" "Opslagapparaten tonen per controleert\n" -"de naam die getoond wordt voor harde schijven in de navigatieboomstructuur." +"de naam die getoond wordt voor harde schijven in de navigatieboomstructuur.</" +"p>" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 @@ -5231,7 +5420,8 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Deze dialoog is voor het definiëren van klassen voor de raid-apparaten\n" @@ -5242,15 +5432,21 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " +"the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "U kunt een apparaat in een klasse stoppen door rechts te klikken op het\n" -"apparaat en de toepasselijke klasse uit het contextmenu te kiezen. Door op de \n" -"Ctrl- of Shift-toets te drukken kunt u meerdere apparaten selecteren en ze in een\n" -"stap in een klasse stoppen. Men kan ook de knoppen gelabeld \"%1\" tot \"%2\" gebruiken \n" +"apparaat en de toepasselijke klasse uit het contextmenu te kiezen. Door op " +"de \n" +"Ctrl- of Shift-toets te drukken kunt u meerdere apparaten selecteren en ze " +"in een\n" +"stap in een klasse stoppen. Men kan ook de knoppen gelabeld \"%1\" tot " +"\"%2\" gebruiken \n" "om nu geselecteerde apparaten in deze klasse te stoppen." #. dialog help text @@ -5276,10 +5472,13 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " +"follow." msgstr "" -"Interleaved gebruikt eerst het apparaat van klasse A, dan het eerste \n" -"apparaat van klasse B tot alle klassen met toegewezen apparaten. Daarna komt \n" +"Interleaved gebruikt eerst het apparaat van klasse A, dan het " +"eerste \n" +"apparaat van klasse B tot alle klassen met toegewezen apparaten. Daarna " +"komt \n" "het tweede apparaat van klasse A, het tweede apparaat van klasse B enzovoort." #. dialog help text @@ -5289,29 +5488,42 @@ "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Alle apparaten zonder een klasse worden gesorteerd aan het eind van de lijst met \n" -"apparaten. Wanneer u de pop-up verlaat wordt de huidige volgorde van de apparaten \n" +"Alle apparaten zonder een klasse worden gesorteerd aan het eind van de lijst " +"met \n" +"apparaten. Wanneer u de pop-up verlaat wordt de huidige volgorde van de " +"apparaten \n" "gebruikt als volgorde van apparaten in de aan te maken RAID." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" +"part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"Door op de knop \"%1\" te drukken kunt u een bestand selecteren die regels\n" -"bevat met een reguliere expressie en een naam van een klasse (bijv. \"sda.* A\").\n" -"Alle apparaten die overeenkomen met de reguliere expressie zullen in de klasse op\n" -"deze regel gestopt worden. De reguliere expressie wordt gehouden tegen de naam in\n" +"Door op de knop \"%1\" te drukken kunt u een bestand selecteren die " +"regels\n" +"bevat met een reguliere expressie en een naam van een klasse (bijv. \"sda.* " +"A\").\n" +"Alle apparaten die overeenkomen met de reguliere expressie zullen in de " +"klasse op\n" +"deze regel gestopt worden. De reguliere expressie wordt gehouden tegen de " +"naam in\n" "de kernel (bijv. /dev/sda1), de padnaam van udev (bijv.\n" -"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) en het udev-id (bijv. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). De eerste overeenkomst bepaalt\n" -"uiteindelijk de klasse als een apparaatnaam meer dan één keer overeenkomt met de\n" +"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) en het udev-id " +"(bijv. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). De eerste " +"overeenkomst bepaalt\n" +"uiteindelijk de klasse als een apparaatnaam meer dan één keer overeenkomt " +"met de\n" "reguliere expressie." #. headline text @@ -5336,7 +5548,8 @@ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"Ongeldige grootte gespecificeerd. Gebruikeen getal gevolgd door K, M, G or %.\n" +"Ongeldige grootte gespecificeerd. Gebruikeen getal gevolgd door K, M, G or " +"%.\n" "De waarde moet boven 100k of tussen 1% en 200% liggen. Probeer het opnieuw." #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 @@ -5347,7 +5560,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Tmpfs-grootte:\n" @@ -5372,7 +5586,8 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Prioriteit van wisselgeheugen:\n" -"Geef de prioriteit van het wisselgeheugen op. Hogere getallen geven een hogere prioriteit aan.\n" +"Geef de prioriteit van het wisselgeheugen op. Hogere getallen geven een " +"hogere prioriteit aan.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 @@ -5383,7 +5598,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Als alleen-lezen aankoppelen:\n" @@ -5402,7 +5618,8 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Geen toegangstijd:\n" -"Wanneer een bestand wordt gelezen worden de toegangstijden niet bijgewerkt. Standaard onwaar.\n" +"Wanneer een bestand wordt gelezen worden de toegangstijden niet bijgewerkt. " +"Standaard onwaar.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 @@ -5416,7 +5633,8 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Door gebruiker aan te koppelen:\n" -"Het bestandssysteem mag door een gewone gebruiker aangekoppeld worden. Standaard onwaar.\n" +"Het bestandssysteem mag door een gewone gebruiker aangekoppeld worden. " +"Standaard onwaar.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5429,14 +5647,19 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" +"tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Niet tijdens opstarten van systeem aankoppelen:\n" -"Het bestandssysteem wordt niet automatisch tijdens het opstarten van het systeem aangekoppeld.\n" +"Het bestandssysteem wordt niet automatisch tijdens het opstarten van het " +"systeem aangekoppeld.\n" "Er wordt een regel in /etc/fstab aangemaakt en het bestandssysteem zal\n" -"met de juiste opties aangekoppeld worden zodra het commando <tt>mount <aankoppelpunt></tt>\n" -"wordt uitgevoerd (<aankoppelpunt> is de map waarop het bestandssysteem is aangekoppeld).\n" +"met de juiste opties aangekoppeld worden zodra het commando <tt>mount <" +"aankoppelpunt></tt>\n" +"wordt uitgevoerd (<aankoppelpunt> is de map waarop het bestandssysteem " +"is aangekoppeld).\n" "Standaard onwaar.\n" #. button text @@ -5468,16 +5691,23 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." +"\n" msgstr "" "Gegevens-journaling-modus:\n" "Specificeert de journalingmodus voor bestandsgegevens.\n" -"<tt>journaal</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden aan het journaal toevertrouwd voordat\n" -"ze naar het bestandssysteem zelf worden geschreven. Hoogste prestatieverlies \n" -"<tt>geordend</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden direct naar het bestandssysteem zelf\n" -"geschreven voordat de metadata aan het journaal wordt toevertrouwd. Gemiddeld prestatieverlies \n" -"<tt>terugschrijven</tt> -- De gegevensvolgorde wordt niet behouden. Geen prestatieverlies\n" +"<tt>journaal</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden aan het journaal toevertrouwd " +"voordat\n" +"ze naar het bestandssysteem zelf worden geschreven. Hoogste " +"prestatieverlies \n" +"<tt>geordend</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden direct naar het bestandssysteem " +"zelf\n" +"geschreven voordat de metadata aan het journaal wordt toevertrouwd. " +"Gemiddeld prestatieverlies \n" +"<tt>terugschrijven</tt> -- De gegevensvolgorde wordt niet behouden. Geen " +"prestatieverlies\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 @@ -5513,14 +5743,19 @@ msgstr "Willekeurige optie-&waarde" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." -msgstr "Ongeldige tekens in willekeurige waarde van een optie. Gebruik geen spaties of tabs. Probeer het opnieuw." +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Ongeldige tekens in willekeurige waarde van een optie. Gebruik geen spaties " +"of tabs. Probeer het opnieuw." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" +"etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Aanvullende opties:\n" @@ -5540,7 +5775,8 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Karakterset voor bestandsnamen:\n" -"Stelt de karakterset in die voor het weergeven van bestandsnamen in Windows partities gebruikt moet worden.\n" +"Stelt de karakterset in die voor het weergeven van bestandsnamen in Windows " +"partities gebruikt moet worden.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 @@ -5551,10 +5787,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.\n" msgstr "" "Codepagina voor korte FAT namen:\n" -"Deze codepagina wordt gebruikt voor de conversie naar korte-naam karakters op FAT bestandssystemen.\n" +"Deze codepagina wordt gebruikt voor de conversie naar korte-naam karakters " +"op FAT bestandssystemen.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5565,10 +5803,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2." msgstr "" "Aantal FAT's:\n" -"Specificeert het aantal bestand allocatie tabellen in het bestandssysteem. De standaard is 2." +"Specificeert het aantal bestand allocatie tabellen in het bestandssysteem. " +"De standaard is 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 @@ -5579,10 +5819,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " +"for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT grootte:\n" -"Specificeert het type bestand-allocatie-tabel dat gebruikt wordt (12, 16 of 32-bit). Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen zal YaST automatisch die waarde selecteren die het beste past bij de grootte van het bestandssysteem.\n" +"Specificeert het type bestand-allocatie-tabel dat gebruikt wordt (12, 16 of " +"32-bit). Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen zal YaST automatisch die " +"waarde selecteren die het beste past bij de grootte van het bestandssysteem." +"\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5592,7 +5837,8 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "De minimale grootte voor \"Hoofdmapitems\" is 112. Probeer het nog eens." +msgstr "" +"De minimale grootte voor \"Hoofdmapitems\" is 112. Probeer het nog eens." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 @@ -5612,10 +5858,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " +"in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Hash-functie:\n" -"Dit specificeert de naam van de hash functie die gebruikt wordt voor het sorteren van de bestandsnamen in mappen.\n" +"Dit specificeert de naam van de hash functie die gebruikt wordt voor het " +"sorteren van de bestandsnamen in mappen.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5626,10 +5874,16 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.\n" msgstr "" "FS revisie:\n" -"Deze optie definieert de revisie van het reiserfs formaat dat gebruikt moet worden. '3.5' is voor achterwaartse compatibiliteit met kernels van de 2.2.x series. '3.6' is meer recent, maar kan alleen gebruikt worden met kernel versies gelijk aan of groter dan 2.4.\n" +"Deze optie definieert de revisie van het reiserfs formaat dat gebruikt moet " +"worden. '3.5' is voor achterwaartse compatibiliteit met kernels van de 2.2.x " +"series. '3.6' is meer recent, maar kan alleen gebruikt worden met kernel " +"versies gelijk aan of groter dan 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5641,10 +5895,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Blokgrootte:\n" -"Specificeer de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige blokgrootte waarden zijn 512, 1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Als automatisch instellen is geselecteerd, dan zal de standaard blokgrootte 4096 gebruikt worden.\n" +"Specificeer de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige blokgrootte waarden zijn 512, " +"1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Als automatisch instellen is " +"geselecteerd, dan zal de standaard blokgrootte 4096 gebruikt worden.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5671,10 +5929,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Percentage voor inode-ruimte:\n" -"De optie \"Percentage voor inode-ruimte\" specificeert het maximum percentage aan ruimte in het bestandssysteem dat kan worden toegewezen aan inodes.\n" +"De optie \"Percentage voor inode-ruimte\" specificeert het maximum " +"percentage aan ruimte in het bestandssysteem dat kan worden toegewezen aan " +"inodes.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5685,14 +5946,17 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Inode aaneengesloten:\n" -"De optie \"Inode aaneengesloten\" wordt gebruikt om te specificeren of een inode allocatie\n" +"De optie \"Inode aaneengesloten\" wordt gebruikt om te specificeren of een " +"inode allocatie\n" "al dan niet aaneengesloten is. Standaard zijn de inodes aaneengesloten.\n" -"Aaneengesloten inode toegang is gewoonlijk efficiënter dan niet aaneengesloten toegang.\n" +"Aaneengesloten inode toegang is gewoonlijk efficiënter dan niet " +"aaneengesloten toegang.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 @@ -5713,10 +5977,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " +"aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Loggrootte\n" -"Stelt de log grootte (in megabytes) in. Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen, dan is de totale grootte standaard 40%.\n" +"Stelt de log grootte (in megabytes) in. Wanneer men dit automatisch laat " +"doen, dan is de totale grootte standaard 40%.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 @@ -5754,10 +6020,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Blokgrootte:\n" -"Specificeert de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige waarden zijn 1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Bij een automatische instelling wordt de blokgrootte bepaald aan de hand van de grootte van het bestandssysteem en het te verwachten gebruik er van.\n" +"Specificeert de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige waarden zijn 1024, 2048 en " +"4096 bytes per blok. Bij een automatische instelling wordt de blokgrootte " +"bepaald aan de hand van de grootte van het bestandssysteem en het te " +"verwachten gebruik er van.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -5773,17 +6044,23 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " +"reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bytes per inode:\n" -"Specificeert de bytes tot inode verhouding. YaST maakt een inode aan voor elke\n" +"Specificeert de bytes tot inode verhouding. YaST maakt een inode aan voor " +"elke\n" "<bytes-per-inode> bytes schijfruimte. Hoe groter de verhouding\n" "bytes-per-inode, des te minder inodes er worden aangemaakt. In het algemeen\n" -"moet deze waarde niet kleiner zijn dan de blokgrootte van het bestandssysteem,\n" -"er worden anders te veel inodes aangemaakt. Denk er om dat het niet mogelijk is\n" -"om het aantal inodes van een bestandssysteem te vergroten nadat het aangemaakt is.\n" -"Wees er dus zeker van dat u een redelijke waarde aan deze parameter geeft.\n" +"moet deze waarde niet kleiner zijn dan de blokgrootte van het " +"bestandssysteem,\n" +"er worden anders te veel inodes aangemaakt. Denk er om dat het niet mogelijk " +"is\n" +"om het aantal inodes van een bestandssysteem te vergroten nadat het " +"aangemaakt is.\n" +"Wees er dus zeker van dat u een redelijke waarde aan deze parameter geeft.</" +"p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 @@ -5802,8 +6079,17 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root: Specificeert het, voor de systeembeheerder, gereserveerde percentage blokken. De standaard wordt normaal berekent zodat 1 Gig wordt gereserveerd. De bovengrens voor het standaard gereserveerde is 5.0 en het laagste voor het standaard gereserveerde is 0.1." +msgid "" +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1." +msgstr "" +"Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root: Specificeert het, voor " +"de systeembeheerder, gereserveerde percentage blokken. De standaard wordt " +"normaal berekent zodat 1 Gig wordt gereserveerd. De bovengrens voor het " +"standaard gereserveerde is 5.0 en het laagste voor het standaard " +"gereserveerde is 0.1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -5843,11 +6129,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Geen journaal:\n" -"Onderdruk het gebruik van journalering op het bestandssysteem. Activeer dit alleen wanneer\n" +"Onderdruk het gebruik van journalering op het bestandssysteem. Activeer dit " +"alleen wanneer\n" "u echt weet wat u doet.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -5934,7 +6222,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:991 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Grootte-aanpassing niet mogelijk:" @@ -5947,7 +6235,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2691 src/modules/Storage.rb:3914 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5960,7 +6248,7 @@ "Mogelijk is het opgegeven wachtwoord voor versleuteling onjuist.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3945 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5971,7 +6259,7 @@ "Probeer het nog eens." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3976 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5983,24 +6271,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4030 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "Wachtwoord voor versleuteling invo&eren:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4089 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Geef het wachtwoord" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4108 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "De volgende versleutelde volumes zijn al beschikbaar." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4123 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Activeren van versleuteld volume" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6010,14 +6298,15 @@ "De volgende volumes bevatten een versleutelde handtekening maar de \n" "wachtwoorden zijn nog niet bekend.\n" "De wachtwoorden moeten bekend zijn als de volumes nodig zijn ofwel \n" -"gedurende het bijwerken of als zij een versleuteld LVM fysiek volume bevatten." +"gedurende het bijwerken of als zij een versleuteld LVM fysiek volume " +"bevatten." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4139 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Wilt u de wachtwoorden voor versleuteling leveren?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6028,68 +6317,83 @@ "Wachtwoord zal worden geprobeerd voor alle apparaten." #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Voer het versleutelingswachtwoord in" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4205 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Er zijn geen versleutelde volumes om te ontgrendelen..." #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Het wachtwoord invoeren voor een van de volgende apparaten:" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4221 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Het wachtwoord invoeren voor het volgende apparaat:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4234 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Poging om de blokkering op te heffen van versleutelde volumes..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4258 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Wachtwoord heeft geen enkel apparaat de blokkering opgeheven." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE-schijf" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI-schijf" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disk" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4384 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4397 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223 -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "Partities kunnen niet worden aangemaakt omdat andere partities op de schijf in gebruik zijn." +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +msgid "Installing required packages failed." +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +msgid "Continue despite the error?" +msgstr "Doorgaan ondanks de fout?" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "" +"Partities kunnen niet worden aangemaakt omdat andere partities op de schijf " +"in gebruik zijn." + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 +msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat die een geactiveerd wisselgeheugen bevat\n" +"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat die een geactiveerd " +"wisselgeheugen bevat\n" "dat nodig is voor het uitvoeren van de installatie.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6099,17 +6403,18 @@ "Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat het de installatiegegevens\n" "bevat die nodig zijn om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een geactiveerd wisselgeheugen\n" +"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een geactiveerd " +"wisselgeheugen\n" "bevat dat nodig is om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5301 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6119,7 +6424,7 @@ "Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het de installatiegegevens\n" "bevat die nodig zijn voor de installatie.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6131,7 +6436,7 @@ "%2 zou wijzigen, welke het geactiveerde wisselgeheugen (swap) bevat dat\n" "nodig is om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6139,10 +6444,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat dit indirect apparaat\n" -"%2 zou wijzigen, welke de gegevens bevat die nodig zijn voor de installatie.\n" +"%2 zou wijzigen, welke de gegevens bevat die nodig zijn voor de " +"installatie.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5363 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6153,18 +6459,18 @@ "schijf %2 in gebruik zijn.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Niets toegevoegd aan het hoofdbestandssysteem!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5453 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Installatie zal hoogst waarschijnlijk totaal mislukken!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6003 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Toevoegen van de volgende oplosbaren is mislukt: %1" @@ -6177,10 +6483,6 @@ msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "Systeemfoutcode was: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 -msgid "Continue despite the error?" -msgstr "Doorgaan ondanks de fout?" - #. Label: get password for device #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 @@ -6426,11 +6728,13 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " +"by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Gekoppeld op geeft aan hoe het bestandssysteem\n" -"is aangekoppeld: (Kernel) op kernelnaam, (Label) op bestandssysteemlabel, (UUID)\n" +"is aangekoppeld: (Kernel) op kernelnaam, (Label) op bestandssysteemlabel, " +"(UUID)\n" "op bestandssysteem-UUID, (ID) op apparaat-ID, en (Path) op apparaatpad.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6438,12 +6742,14 @@ msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " +"volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Een vraagteken (?) geeft aan dat\n" "het bestandssysteem niet vermeld staat in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Het is ofwel\n" -"handmatig aangekoppeld of door een auto-aankoppelsysteem. Bij het wijzigen van\n" +"handmatig aangekoppeld of door een auto-aankoppelsysteem. Bij het wijzigen " +"van\n" "de instellingen van dit volume zal YaST <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> niet bijwerken.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6459,10 +6765,12 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" -"Een sterretje (*) achter het aankoppelpunt geeft aan dat het bestandssysteem\n" +"Een sterretje (*) achter het aankoppelpunt geeft aan dat het " +"bestandssysteem\n" "momenteel niet is aangekoppeld (bijvoorbeeld omdat de optie <tt>noauto</tt>\n" "is ingeschakeld in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." @@ -6528,7 +6836,8 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "Stripes toont het aantal stripes voor LVM\n" -"logische volumes en, indien groter dan één, tussen haakjes de stripe-grootte.\n" +"logische volumes en, indien groter dan één, tussen haakjes de stripe-" +"grootte.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -6824,8 +7133,12 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "Het wijzigen van de grootte is niet mogelijk vanwege een inconsistent bestandssysteem. Probeer het bestandssysteem onder Windows te controleren." +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." +msgstr "" +"Het wijzigen van de grootte is niet mogelijk vanwege een inconsistent " +"bestandssysteem. Probeer het bestandssysteem onder Windows te controleren." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 @@ -6888,8 +7201,10 @@ "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" -"Het voorstel kan een aparte home-partitie maken. Het bestandssysteem voor\n" -"de home-partitie kan geselecteerd worden met de overeenkomstige keuzelijst." +"Het voorstel kan een aparte home-partitie maken. Het bestandssysteem " +"voor\n" +"de home-partitie kan geselecteerd worden met de overeenkomstige keuzelijst.</" +"p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 @@ -6897,7 +7212,8 @@ "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"De swap-partitie kan groot genoeg worden gemaakt om in de meeste gevallen\n" +"De swap-partitie kan groot genoeg worden gemaakt om in de meeste " +"gevallen\n" "te worden gebruikt voor slaapstand naar schijf." #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 @@ -7019,12 +7335,16 @@ #~ msgstr "&Btrfs als standaard bestandssysteem gebruiken" #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available." -#~ msgstr "De commandline interface voor de partitionering module is niet beschikbaar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De commandline interface voor de partitionering module is niet " +#~ "beschikbaar." #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " +#~ "system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" +#~ "boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -7041,7 +7361,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Het verwijderen van sommige apparaten is mislukt." #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available" -#~ msgstr "De commandoregelinterface voor de partitioneringsmodule is niet beschikbaar" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De commandoregelinterface voor de partitioneringsmodule is niet " +#~ "beschikbaar" #~ msgid "" #~ "The selected device is currently mounted on %1.\n" @@ -7058,7 +7380,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u zeker weet waar u mee bezig bent.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Als u verder gaat zal YaST2 proberen de partitie te afkoppelen alvorens deze te verwijderen.\n" +#~ "Als u verder gaat zal YaST2 proberen de partitie te afkoppelen alvorens " +#~ "deze te verwijderen.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Unmount of %1 failed.\n" @@ -7088,15 +7411,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" #~ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" -#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" -#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " +#~ "to mount\n" +#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " +#~ "can be\n" +#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " +#~ "possible.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:\n" -#~ "Normaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door de apparaatnaam in /etc/fstab.\n" -#~ "Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat het aan te koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door\n" -#~ "te zoeken naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld \n" -#~ "worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit onmogelijk.\n" +#~ "Normaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door " +#~ "de apparaatnaam in /etc/fstab.\n" +#~ "Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat het aan te koppelen " +#~ "bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door\n" +#~ "te zoeken naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen " +#~ "kunnen aangekoppeld \n" +#~ "worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, " +#~ "dan is dit onmogelijk.\n" #~ msgid "&Device name" #~ msgstr "&Apparaat naam" @@ -7119,21 +7449,28 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "De bestandssysteem is momenteel aangekoppeld op %1.\n" -#~ "Het is niet mogelijk de grootte van het bestandssysteem aan te passen als deze aangekoppeld is.\n" +#~ "Het is niet mogelijk de grootte van het bestandssysteem aan te passen als " +#~ "deze aangekoppeld is.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Het bestandssysteem eerst afkoppelen en de grootte-aanpassing daarna opnieuw uitvoeren.\n" +#~ "Het bestandssysteem eerst afkoppelen en de grootte-aanpassing daarna " +#~ "opnieuw uitvoeren.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n" -#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n" +#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +#~ "tmp.\n" +#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will " +#~ "create \n" +#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " +#~ "all \n" #~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp of /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "U mag het crypt-wachtwoord leeg laten. Als u dit doet, maakt het systeem \n" +#~ "Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /" +#~ "tmp of /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "U mag het crypt-wachtwoord leeg laten. Als u dit doet, maakt het " +#~ "systeem \n" #~ "een willekeurig wachtwoord voor u bij het opstarten van het systeem.\n" #~ "Dit betekent dat alle gegevens op deze bestandssystemen verloren\n" #~ "gaan wanneer het systeem wordt afgesloten.\n" @@ -7201,10 +7538,14 @@ #~ "koppelingsmethode voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen." #~ msgid "To use these mount points, press Yes." -#~ msgstr "Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt gebruiken, klik dan op Ja." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt gebruiken, klik dan op Ja.</" +#~ "P>" #~ msgid "To ignore these mount points, press No." -#~ msgstr "Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt negeren, klik dan op Nee." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt negeren, klik dan op Nee.</" +#~ "P>" #~ msgid "" #~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po 2015-09-29 16:18:47 UTC (rev 92891) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-22 10:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -178,13 +178,20 @@ msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "Client - certificaat" +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +msgid "" +"ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" +"Continue using the module will remove your customisation." +msgstr "" + #. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:303 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "De verbindingsnaam is al in gebruik." #. Find an unused gateway scenario -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:320 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 msgid "" "You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" "All of gateway scenarios are already used." @@ -193,7 +200,7 @@ "Alle gateway-scenarios zijn al in gebruik." #. Warn against duplicated configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:337 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 msgid "" "The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" "You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." @@ -202,12 +209,12 @@ "U kunt geen twee gateways hebben werkend onder één scenario." #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:432 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "De gebruikersnaam is al in gebruik." #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:496 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "Kan geen overeenkomende client-verbinding vinden." @@ -252,8 +259,8 @@ "If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible " "that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) " "discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth " -"will be reduced by about 10%." +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available " +"bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" "Als VPN-clients problemen hebben met toegang tot bepaalde internetsites, dan " "is het mogelijk dat de betreffende hosts automatische MTU (maximum " @@ -554,5 +561,3 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "Een client die verbindt met " - -

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92891 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-29 18:18:47 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92891 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po Log: installation.ca.po: done (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po 2015-09-29 16:08:14 UTC (rev 92890) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po 2015-09-29 16:18:47 UTC (rev 92891) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-14 10:41+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 18:18+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Softcatalà\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.4\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 @@ -108,7 +108,8 @@ msgstr "" "La interfície gràfica no s'ha pogut iniciar.\n" "\n" -"És possible que els paquets necessaris no estiguin instal·lats (instal·lació mínima),\n" +"És possible que els paquets necessaris no estiguin instal·lats (instal·lació " +"mínima),\n" "o bé, que la targeta gràfica no s'admeti.\n" "\n" "Com a alternativa, la interfície en mode text del YaST2 us guiarà\n" @@ -180,7 +181,9 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." -msgstr "Tota la informació necessària per a la instal·lació bàsica és ara completa." +msgstr "" +"Tota la informació necessària per a la instal·lació bàsica és ara " +"completa." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 @@ -193,7 +196,8 @@ "Si continueu ara, les particions actuals\n" "del disc dur se suprimiran o es formataran (i s'esborraran\n" "les dades existents en aquestes particions) \n" -"d'acord amb els paràmetres d'instal·lació dels quadres de diàleg anteriors." +"d'acord amb els paràmetres d'instal·lació dels quadres de diàleg anteriors.</" +"p>" #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193 @@ -203,7 +207,8 @@ "previous dialogs." msgstr "" "Si continueu ara, es modificaran les particions\n" -"del disc dur d'acord amb els paràmetres d'instal·lació dels quadres de diàleg\n" +"del disc dur d'acord amb els paràmetres d'instal·lació dels quadres de " +"diàleg\n" "anteriors." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 @@ -226,7 +231,9 @@ #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." -msgstr "Tota la informació necessària per fer una actualització és ara completa." +msgstr "" +"Tota la informació necessària per fer una actualització és ara completa.</" +"p>" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 @@ -262,18 +269,25 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "Llista negra de dispositius habilitada (<a href=\"%s\">inhabilita</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Llista negra de dispositius habilitada (<a href=\"%s\">inhabilita</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "Llista negra de dispositius inhabilitada (<a href=\"%s\">habilita</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Llista negra de dispositius inhabilitada (<a href=\"%s\">habilita</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 -msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "Useu Llista negra de dispositius si voleu crear una llista negra de canals cap a algun dispositiu, la qual cosa reduirà l'empremta de memòria del nucli." +msgid "" +"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " +"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "" +"Useu Llista negra de dispositius si voleu crear una llista negra " +"de canals cap a algun dispositiu, la qual cosa reduirà l'empremta de memòria " +"del nucli." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 @@ -288,19 +302,29 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " +"profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " +"interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " +"option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." +"xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu Clona la configuració si voleu crear un perfil d'AutoYaST.\n" -"L'AutoYaST és una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" -"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" -"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"Utilitzeu Clona la configuració si voleu crear un perfil " +"d'AutoYaST.\n" +"L'AutoYaST és una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux " +"sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" +"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema " +"instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" +"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/" +"autoinst.xml</tt>." #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" -msgstr "Voleu escriure el perfil d'AutoYaST a /root/autoinst.xml al final de la instal·lació?" +msgstr "" +"Voleu escriure el perfil d'AutoYaST a /root/autoinst.xml al final de la " +"instal·lació?" #. this is a heading #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 @@ -315,8 +339,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "El perfil d'AutoYaST serà desat a /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">no l'escriguis</a>)." +msgid "" +"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" +"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgstr "" +"El perfil d'AutoYaST serà desat a /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">no " +"l'escriguis</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text @@ -353,8 +381,12 @@ msgstr "Instal·lació des d'imatges" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 -msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." -msgstr "Aquí podeu triar utilitzar les imatges predefinides de Novell per augmentar la velocitat d'instal·lació dels RPM." +msgid "" +"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu triar utilitzar les imatges predefinides de Novell per augmentar " +"la velocitat d'instal·lació dels RPM." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -365,8 +397,12 @@ msgstr "&No instal·lis des d'imatges" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 -msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" -msgstr "Implementació d'imatges personalitzades - això necessita configurar un URL com a font de la instal·lació" +msgid "" +"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " +"source" +msgstr "" +"Implementació d'imatges personalitzades - això necessita configurar un URL " +"com a font de la instal·lació" #. Image name, Image location #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 @@ -374,12 +410,20 @@ msgstr "Aquí podeu crear imatges personalitzades.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 -msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" -msgstr "Heu de configurar primer la selecció de programari abans de poder crear una imatge aquí" +msgid "" +"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " +"image here" +msgstr "" +"Heu de configurar primer la selecció de programari abans de poder crear una " +"imatge aquí" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 -msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" -msgstr "Crea un fitxer d'imatge (AutoYaST la cercarà a l'ubicació proporcionada durant la instal·lació)" +msgid "" +"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " +"installation)" +msgstr "" +"Crea un fitxer d'imatge (AutoYaST la cercarà a l'ubicació proporcionada " +"durant la instal·lació)" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" @@ -395,7 +439,8 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213 msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)" -msgstr "Crea una imatge ISO (la imatge i el fitxer autoinst.xml estaran al mitjà)" +msgstr "" +"Crea una imatge ISO (la imatge i el fitxer autoinst.xml estaran al mitjà)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -404,23 +449,32 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " +"the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" -"La instal·lació des d'imatges s'utilitza per fer la instal·lació més de pressa.\n" -"Les imatges contenen captures de pantalla comprimides del sistema instal·lat que coincideix amb la selecció\n" -"de patrons. La resta de paquets que no són a les imatges s'instal·laran des dels paquets\n" +"La instal·lació des d'imatges s'utilitza per fer la instal·lació " +"més de pressa.\n" +"Les imatges contenen captures de pantalla comprimides del sistema instal·lat " +"que coincideix amb la selecció\n" +"de patrons. La resta de paquets que no són a les imatges s'instal·laran des " +"dels paquets\n" "de la manera habitual.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " +"dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " +"already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" +"installation." msgstr "" -"La creació d'imatges pròpies es fa servir si voleu ometre el pas complet de la instal·lació RPM.\n" -"En lloc d'això, AutoYaST bolcarà una imatge al disc dur, cosa que és molt més ràpida i es pot configurar abans.\n" +"La creació d'imatges pròpies es fa servir si voleu ometre el pas " +"complet de la instal·lació RPM.\n" +"En lloc d'això, AutoYaST bolcarà una imatge al disc dur, cosa que és molt " +"més ràpida i es pot configurar abans.\n" "La resta de tasques es faran igual que a una instal·lació automàtica normal." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 @@ -431,11 +485,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " +"originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" +"p>" msgstr "" -"Noteu que quan s'instal·la des d'imatges, les etiquetes d'hora i data dels paquets que provinguin de les imatges\n" -"no coincidiran amb la data de la instal·lació sinó amb la data en què es va crear la imatge." +"Noteu que quan s'instal·la des d'imatges, les etiquetes d'hora i data " +"dels paquets que provinguin de les imatges\n" +"no coincidiran amb la data de la instal·lació sinó amb la data en què es va " +"crear la imatge." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 @@ -477,13 +535,15 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "La instal·lació des d'imatges està habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">inhabilita</a>)" +msgstr "" +"La instal·lació des d'imatges està habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">inhabilita</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "La instal·lació des d'imatges està inhabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilita</a>)" +msgstr "" +"La instal·lació des d'imatges està inhabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilita</a>)" #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 @@ -603,7 +663,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Trieu l'Idioma i la Disposició de teclat que voleu utilitzar durant la instal·lació i al\n" +"Trieu l'Idioma i la Disposició de teclat que voleu utilitzar " +"durant la instal·lació i al\n" "sistema instal·lat.\n" "\n" @@ -613,12 +674,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " +"translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "S'ha d'acceptar la llicència per continuar la instal·lació.\n" -"Utilitzeu Traduccions de la llicència... per mostrar totes les traduccions disponibles.\n" +"Utilitzeu Traduccions de la llicència... per mostrar totes les " +"traduccions disponibles.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -710,8 +773,8 @@ "The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" msgstr "" -"Ha finalitzat la instal·lació del &producte; a l'ordinador\n" -"Podreu entrar al sistema en prémer Finalitza.\n" +"Ha acabat la instal·lació del &producte a l'ordinador\n" +"Podreu entrar al sistema després de clicar a Acaba.\n" #. congratulation text 3/4 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 @@ -734,7 +797,7 @@ "Finish will close the YaST installation and take you\n" "to the login screen.\n" msgstr "" -"Amb Finalitza es tancarà la instal·lació del YaST i es passarà\n" +"Amb Acaba es tancarà la instal·lació del YaST i tornareu\n" "a la pantalla d'entrada.\n" #. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" @@ -752,20 +815,29 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " +"interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " +"option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." +"xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Utilitzeu Clona si voleu crear un perfil d'AutoYaST.\n" -"L'AutoYaST es una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" -"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" -"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>." +"L'AutoYaST es una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux " +"sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" +"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema " +"instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" +"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/" +"autoyast.xml</tt>." #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 -msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "Per clonar el sistema actual, cal que el paquet %1 estigui instal·lat." +msgid "" +"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Per clonar el sistema actual, cal que el paquet %1 estigui " +"instal·lat." #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -806,10 +878,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " +"packages." msgstr "" "S'ha habilitat la depuració.\n" -"El YaST obrirà un gestor de paquets perquè comproveu l'estat actual dels paquets." +"El YaST obrirà un gestor de paquets perquè comproveu l'estat actual dels " +"paquets." #. unknown image #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 @@ -843,8 +917,12 @@ msgstr "&Disc a usar" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "Seleccioneu el disc on es desplegarà la imatge. Es destruiran totes les dades del disc i es partirà el disc tal com es defineix a la imatge." +msgid "" +"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " +"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu el disc on es desplegarà la imatge. Es destruiran totes les " +"dades del disc i es partirà el disc tal com es defineix a la imatge." #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" @@ -909,12 +987,15 @@ #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" -msgstr "S'han trobat actualizacions de paquets en aquests repositoris addicionals:" +msgstr "" +"S'han trobat actualizacions de paquets en aquests repositoris addicionals:" #. yes/no popup question #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" -msgstr "Inicar el gestor de programari per comprovar i instal·lar les actualitzacions?" +msgstr "" +"Inicar el gestor de programari per comprovar i instal·lar les " +"actualitzacions?" #. check box #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 @@ -1034,24 +1115,31 @@ "Add Online Repositories Before Installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Per utilitzar els repositoris remots suggerits durant la instal·lació o l'actualització,\n" +"Per utilitzar els repositoris remots suggerits durant la instal·lació o " +"l'actualització,\n" "seleccioneu Afegeix repositoris en línia abans de la instal·lació." #. help text for installation method #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " +"select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Per instal·lar un producte complementari dels suports independents amb el &product; seleccioneu\n" +"Per instal·lar un producte complementari dels suports independents amb el " +"&product; seleccioneu\n" "Inclou els productes complementaris dels suports independents.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 -msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "Si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics per a la instal·lació, vegeu http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgid "" +"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" +"drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "" +"Si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics per a la instal·lació, " +"vegeu http://drivers.suse.com site." #. Error message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -1107,10 +1195,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Es necessita una xarxa configurada per utilitzar repositoris remots\n" -"o productes complementaris. Si no utilitzeu repositoris remots, ometeu la configuració.\n" +"o productes complementaris. Si no utilitzeu repositoris remots, ometeu la " +"configuració.\n" #. error popup #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 @@ -1124,26 +1214,37 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " +"number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " +"ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"Amb Linux, poder triar és una prioritat absoluta. L'openSUSE ofereix diferents\n" -"entorns d'escriptori. Tot seguit trobareu una llista dels dos més importants:\n" +"Amb Linux, poder triar és una prioritat absoluta. L'openSUSE</" +"i> ofereix diferents\n" +"entorns d'escriptori. Tot seguit trobareu una llista dels dos més " +"importants:\n" "el GNOME i el KDE." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " +"installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " +"the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " +"additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"Podeu seleccionar entorns d'escriptori alternatius (o bé un dels patrons d'instal·lació mínima)\n" -"que s'adaptin millor a les vostres necessitats prement l'opció Altre. Més tard a la selecció\n" -"de programari o després de la instal·lació, podreu canviar la selecció o afegir entorns d'escriptori\n" -"addicionals. Aquesta pantalla us permet seleccionar l'escriptori per defecte." +"Podeu seleccionar entorns d'escriptori alternatius (o bé un dels patrons " +"d'instal·lació mínima)\n" +"que s'adaptin millor a les vostres necessitats prement l'opció Altre. " +"Més tard a la selecció\n" +"de programari o després de la instal·lació, podreu canviar la selecció o " +"afegir entorns d'escriptori\n" +"addicionals. Aquesta pantalla us permet seleccionar l'escriptori per defecte." +"" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 @@ -1167,7 +1268,8 @@ #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." -msgstr "No es pot trobar el producte de base. Les notes de la versió no es mostraran." +msgstr "" +"No es pot trobar el producte de base. Les notes de la versió no es mostraran." #. 1 GB is a good approximation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 @@ -1206,8 +1308,10 @@ "The release notes for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes.\n" msgstr "" -"En aquesta secció es troben les notes de la versió per al sistema Linux\n" -"instal·lat. Aquestes notes ofereixen un resum de les novetats i els canvis.\n" +"En aquesta secció es troben les notes de la versió per al sistema " +"Linux\n" +"instal·lat. Aquestes notes ofereixen un resum de les novetats i els canvis.</" +"p>\n" #. informative message in RichText widget #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 @@ -1221,7 +1325,8 @@ "Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.\n" msgstr "" "Seleccioneu un escenari que s'adapti millor a les vostres necessitats.\n" -"Més endavant podreu seleccionar programari addicional a la proposta de programari.\n" +"Més endavant podreu seleccionar programari addicional a la proposta de " +"programari.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 @@ -1274,7 +1379,7 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" -msgstr "Carrega els mòduls del nucli per a les controladores de disc dur" +msgstr "Carrega els mòduls del nucli per als controladors de disc dur" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." @@ -1313,16 +1418,19 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." -msgstr "El YaST sonda el maquinari de l'ordinador i els sistemes instal·lats ara." +msgstr "" +"El YaST sonda el maquinari de l'ordinador i els sistemes instal·lats ara." #. additonal error when HW was not found #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " +"installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Mireu 'drivers.suse.com' si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics per a la instal·lació." +"Mireu 'drivers.suse.com' si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics " +"per a la instal·lació." #. pop-up error report #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 @@ -1434,10 +1542,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " +"upgrade process." msgstr "" "Aquí es mostren tots els repositoris que s'han trobat\n" -"al sistema que voleu actualitzar. Habiliteu els que vulgueu incloure al procés d'actualització." +"al sistema que voleu actualitzar. Habiliteu els que vulgueu incloure al " +"procés d'actualització." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 @@ -1446,7 +1556,8 @@ "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" "Per habilitar, eliminar o inhabilitar un URL, feu clic a\n" -"Commuta l'estat o feu doble clic a l'element respectiu de la taula." +"Commuta l'estat o feu doble clic a l'element respectiu de la taula.</" +"p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 @@ -1622,7 +1733,8 @@ " \n" msgstr "" "Cal realitzar alguns passos abans que el sistema estigui preparat\n" -"per al seu ús. El YaST us guiarà a través de la configuració bàsica. Feu clic a\n" +"per al seu ús. El YaST us guiarà a través de la configuració bàsica. Feu " +"clic a\n" "Següent per continuar. \n" " \n" @@ -1749,7 +1861,8 @@ "\n" "Carregant el nucli instal·lat mitjançant kexec.\n" "\n" -"S'està intentant carregar el nucli instal·lat mitjançant kexec en comptes de reiniciar.\n" +"S'està intentant carregar el nucli instal·lat mitjançant kexec en comptes de " +"reiniciar.\n" "Espereu, si us plau.\n" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1801,7 +1914,9 @@ #. to store profile after installation #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "Error a l'hora de desar la configuració. Se'n poden veure els detals al registre." +msgstr "" +"Error a l'hora de desar la configuració. Se'n poden veure els detals al " +"registre." #. message show when user has disabled the configuration #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 @@ -1868,7 +1983,9 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "Per tal d'efectuar canvis, feu un clic en qualsevol de les capçaleres, o bé, feu servir el menú \"Canvia...\" que apareix més avall." +msgstr "" +"Per tal d'efectuar canvis, feu un clic en qualsevol de les capçaleres, o bé, " +"feu servir el menú \"Canvia...\" que apareix més avall." #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." @@ -1914,7 +2031,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El disc dur encara no s'ha modificat. Encara es pot interrompre la instal·lació sense cap problema.\n" +"El disc dur encara no s'ha modificat. Encara es pot interrompre la " +"instal·lació sense cap problema.\n" "\n" #. Help text for installation proposal @@ -1922,11 +2040,13 @@ #: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " +"displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu l'opció Instal·la per a dur a terme una instal·lació nova amb els valors mostrats.\n" +"Seleccioneu l'opció Instal·la per a dur a terme una instal·lació nova " +"amb els valors mostrats.\n" "\n" #. so update @@ -1939,7 +2059,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu l'opció Actualitza per a dur a terme una actualització amb els valors mostrats.\n" +"Seleccioneu l'opció Actualitza per a dur a terme una actualització " +"amb els valors mostrats.\n" "\n" #. Help text for network configuration proposal @@ -1989,7 +2110,8 @@ "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." msgstr "" -"La instal·lació de l'UML (mode d'usuari Linux) permet iniciar màquines virtuals\n" +"La instal·lació de l'UML (mode d'usuari Linux) permet iniciar màquines " +"virtuals\n" "Linux independents al sistema principal." #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or @@ -2056,7 +2178,8 @@ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." msgstr "" -"La instal·lació no ha estat capaç de resoldre les dependències dels paquets automàticament\n" +"La instal·lació no ha estat capaç de resoldre les dependències dels paquets " +"automàticament\n" "S'obrirà el gestor de programari perquè les resolgueu manualment." #~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" @@ -2067,8 +2190,10 @@ #~ "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" #~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'administrador del sistema pot blocar algunes propostes, perquè no es canviïn. Per modificar\n" -#~ "una proposta blocada, sol·liciteu-ho al vostre administrador de sistema.\n" +#~ "L'administrador del sistema pot blocar algunes propostes, perquè no es " +#~ "canviïn. Per modificar\n" +#~ "una proposta blocada, sol·liciteu-ho al vostre administrador de sistema.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..." #~ msgstr "Iniciant l'entorn d'instal·lació..." @@ -2131,7 +2256,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Desconnectat " #~ msgid "Network Setup Wizard: Probing Hardware..." -#~ msgstr "Auxiliar de configuració de la xarxa: s'està provant el maquinari..." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Auxiliar de configuració de la xarxa: s'està provant el maquinari..." #~ msgid "Probing network cards..." #~ msgstr "S'estan detectant les targetes de xarxa..."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92890 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-29 18:08:14 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92890 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/vpn.ca.po Log: vpn.ca.po: done (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/vpn.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/vpn.ca.po 2015-09-29 16:04:02 UTC (rev 92889) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/vpn.ca.po 2015-09-29 16:08:14 UTC (rev 92890) @@ -8,14 +8,14 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 11:27+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 18:07+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: ca\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.10\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. Manage VPN client secrets. @@ -90,7 +90,9 @@ #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." -msgstr "Si us plau, introduïu el camí del fitxer del certificat i el camí del fitxer de la clau." +msgstr "" +"Si us plau, introduïu el camí del fitxer del certificat i el camí del fitxer " +"de la clau." #. Event handlers #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 @@ -182,6 +184,8 @@ "ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" "Continue using the module will remove your customisation." msgstr "" +"ipsec.conf i ipsec.secrets han estat manipulats fora d'aquest mòdul.\n" +"Si continueu usant el mòdul se suprimirà la personalització." #. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 @@ -254,11 +258,18 @@ #. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" -"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible " +"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) " +"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available " +"bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" -"Si els clients VPN tenen problemes a l'hora d'accedir a certs llocs d'Internet, és possible que els amfitrions afectats evitin el descobriment MTU (unitat màxima de transmissió) automàtic a causa d'una configuració incorrecta del tallafoc.\n" -"Reduir TCP-MSS corregirà la situació; ara bé, l'amplada de banda disponible es reduirà un 10%." +"Si els clients VPN tenen problemes a l'hora d'accedir a certs llocs " +"d'Internet, és possible que els amfitrions afectats evitin el descobriment " +"MTU (unitat màxima de transmissió) automàtic a causa d'una configuració " +"incorrecta del tallafoc.\n" +"Reduir TCP-MSS corregirà la situació; ara bé, l'amplada de banda disponible " +"es reduirà un 10%." #. Delete the chosen VPN connection. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 @@ -299,7 +310,8 @@ #. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." -msgstr "Si us plau, introduïu la IP de la passarel·la abans d'editar les credencials." +msgstr "" +"Si us plau, introduïu la IP de la passarel·la abans d'editar les credencials." #. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 @@ -481,7 +493,7 @@ #. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?" -msgstr "Estat no disponible. S'està executant el dimoni?" +msgstr "Estat no disponible. S'executa el dimoni?" #. Install packages #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 @@ -514,11 +526,15 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" -"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the " +"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr "" -"Tant la passarel·la VPN com els clients necessiten una configuració especial del tallafoc de SuSE.\n" -"El tallafoc de SuSE no està habilitat; per tant, haureu d'executar manualment l'script de configuració a cada reinici. L'script s'executarà ara.\n" +"Tant la passarel·la VPN com els clients necessiten una configuració especial " +"del tallafoc de SuSE.\n" +"El tallafoc de SuSE no està habilitat; per tant, haureu d'executar " +"manualment l'script de configuració a cada reinici. L'script s'executarà " +"ara.\n" "L'script està ubicat a %s" #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92889 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-29 18:04:02 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92889 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po Log: storage.ca.po: done (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po 2015-09-29 15:50:24 UTC (rev 92888) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po 2015-09-29 16:04:02 UTC (rev 92889) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 18:36+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 18:03+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -31,10 +31,12 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu aquest programa només si esteu familiaritzat amb el mètode de partició de discos durs.\n" +"Utilitzeu aquest programa només si esteu familiaritzat amb el mètode de " +"partició de discos durs.\n" "\n" "Mai no feu la partició de discos que puguin estar en ús d'alguna manera\n" -"(muntats, com a intercanvi, etc.), tret que sapigueu exactament el que esteu fent.\n" +"(muntats, com a intercanvi, etc.), tret que sapigueu exactament el que esteu " +"fent.\n" "En cas contrari, la taula de particions no es transmetrà al\n" "nucli, la qual cosa podria ocasionar la pèrdua de dades.\n" "\n" @@ -165,7 +167,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "No hi ha prou espai disponible per proposar instantànies del volum d'arrel." +msgstr "" +"No hi ha prou espai disponible per proposar instantànies del volum d'arrel." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 @@ -269,7 +272,8 @@ "\n" "\n" "El canvi de mida real només es durà a terme un cop s'hagin confirmat totes\n" -"les seleccions fetes a l'última finestra de la instal·lació. Fins aleshores, la \n" +"les seleccions fetes a l'última finestra de la instal·lació. Fins aleshores, " +"la \n" "partició del Windows no es modificarà.\n" "\n" @@ -317,7 +321,8 @@ "\n" "\n" "A la barra gràfica superior es mostra la situació actual.\n" -"A la barra gràfica inferior es mostra la situació després de la instal·lació (un \n" +"A la barra gràfica inferior es mostra la situació després de la instal·lació " +"(un \n" "cop dut a terme el redimensionament).\n" "\n" @@ -384,7 +389,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Introduïu un valor per a determinar la mida de la instal·lació de Linux.\n" +"Introduïu un valor per a determinar la mida de la instal·lació de " +"Linux.\n" "Les particions del sistema &product; es crearan de forma automàtica\n" "en funció d'aquest valor.\n" "\n" @@ -400,7 +406,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows usat és la mida de la part emprada en la partició de Windows.\n" +"Windows usat és la mida de la part emprada en la partició de " +"Windows.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -443,7 +450,8 @@ "la instal·lació mínima de Linux.\n" "\n" "Per instal·lar Linux, primer heu d'arrencar Windows\n" -"i desinstal·lar algunes aplicacions o suprimir algunes dades per alliberar-ne espai.\n" +"i desinstal·lar algunes aplicacions o suprimir algunes dades per alliberar-" +"ne espai.\n" "\n" "Necessiteu com a mínim %1 MB d'espai lliure al dispositiu de\n" "Windows, comptant l'espai ocupat per l'estació de treball Windows i per a \n" @@ -520,7 +528,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "El vostre sistema només pot configurar-se amb l'opció de partició personalitzada." +msgstr "" +"El vostre sistema només pot configurar-se amb l'opció de partició " +"personalitzada." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -586,7 +596,7 @@ "Al diàleg que apareixerà a continuació podreu indicar \n" "l’espai que alliberarà Windows per a %1.\n" "\n" -"És recomanable realitzar una còpia de seguretat ja que es\n" +"És recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat ja que es\n" "reorganitzaran les dades i es podrien generar errors. \n" "En circumstàncies normals, aquest cas es presenta en molt poques ocasions.\n" "\n" @@ -612,7 +622,8 @@ msgstr "" "Heu decidit suprimir completament la partició de Windows.\n" "\n" -"Totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran durant el procés.\n" +"Totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran durant el " +"procés.\n" "\n" "Esteu segur que voleu suprimir la partició de Windows?\n" @@ -657,8 +668,11 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "No s'han trobat discos. Proveu d'utilitzar CD d'actualització per a la instal·lació, si està disponible." +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "" +"No s'han trobat discos. Proveu d'utilitzar CD d'actualització per a la " +"instal·lació, si està disponible." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -674,7 +688,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tots els discos durs detectats automàticament al sistema\n" -"es mostren aquí. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual voleu instal·lar el &product;.\n" +"es mostren aquí. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual voleu instal·lar el " +"&product;.\n" "\n" #. help part 2 of 3 @@ -685,7 +700,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Posteriorment podeu seleccionar el lloc del disc dur on s'instal·larà el &product;.\n" +"Posteriorment podeu seleccionar el lloc del disc dur on s'instal·larà el " +"&product;.\n" "\n" #. help part 3 of 3 @@ -702,7 +718,8 @@ "\n" "Per als experts existeix l’opció Particionament personalitzat\n" "que permet tenir un control complet sobre les particions dels discos durs\n" -"i assignar les particions a punts de muntatge durant la instal·lació de &productes;.\n" +"i assignar les particions a punts de muntatge durant la instal·lació de " +"&productes;.\n" "\n" #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning @@ -785,7 +802,8 @@ "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" "La partició /home no es formatarà. Després de la instal·lació,\n" -"assegureu-vos que els propietaris dels directoris de la carpeta de l'usuari estiguin ben establerts." +"assegureu-vos que els propietaris dels directoris de la carpeta de l'usuari " +"estiguin ben establerts." #. label text #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 @@ -935,8 +953,10 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"És molt probable que el disc dur seleccionat s'utilitzi per al Windows. No hi ha \n" -"prou espai per a &product;. Es pot suprimir el Windows completament, o bé,\n" +"És molt probable que el disc dur seleccionat s'utilitzi per al Windows. No " +"hi ha \n" +"prou espai per a &product;. Es pot suprimir el Windows completament, " +"o bé,\n" "encongir la partició per a obtenir espai lliure.\n" "" @@ -951,11 +971,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si suprimiu el Windows, totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran \n" +"Si suprimiu el Windows, totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es " +"perdran\n" "de forma irreversible durant la instal·lació. Si voleu encongir la\n" "partició del Windows, és molt recomanable fer una\n" -"còpia de seguretat de les dades, ja que es realitzarà una\n" -"reorganització i aquesta acció podria conduir a errors en alguns\n" +"còpia de seguretat de les dades, ja que es farà una\n" +"reorganització de les dades i podria conduir a errors en alguns\n" "casos excepcionals.\n" "\n" @@ -989,7 +1010,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "No heu assignat cap partició d'arrel per a la\n" -"instal·lació. Això no funciona. Assigneu el punt de muntatge d'arrel \"/\" a una\n" +"instal·lació. Això no funciona. Assigneu el punt de muntatge d'arrel \"/\" a " +"una\n" "partició.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1004,8 +1026,10 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Heu intentat muntar una partició fat en un\n" -"dels punts de muntatge següents: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Això probablement comportarà problemes.\n" -"Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers de Linux (ext3 o ext4) per a aquests punts de muntatge.\n" +"dels punts de muntatge següents: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Això " +"probablement comportarà problemes.\n" +"Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers de Linux (ext3 o ext4) per a aquests punts " +"de muntatge.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu utilitzar aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1019,7 +1043,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Heu intentat muntar una partició FAT sobre el punt de muntatge /boot.\n" -"Això probablement comportarà problemes. Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux\n" +"Això probablement comportarà problemes. Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers " +"Linux\n" "com ara ext3 o ext4 per aquest punt de muntatge.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1034,7 +1059,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Heu muntat una partició amb Btrfs al punt de\n" -"muntatge /boot. Això probablement causarà problems. Feu servir un sistema de fitxers Linux \n" +"muntatge /boot. Això probablement causarà problems. Feu servir un sistema de " +"fitxers Linux \n" "com ara ext3 o ext4 per a aquest punt de muntatge.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1049,6 +1075,11 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" +"Avís:\n" +"El sistema necessita una partició d'arrencada del tipus 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Si us plau, considereu crear-ne una.\n" +"\n" +"Realment voleu usar aquesta configuració?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 @@ -1113,6 +1144,12 @@ "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" +"Avís: no hi ha cap partició muntada com a /boot.\n" +"Per arrencar des del disc dur, cal una petita partició /boot\n" +"(aprox. %1). Considereu crear-ne una\n" +"del tipus 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"\n" +"Realment voleu usar la configuració sense la partició /boot?\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 @@ -1127,9 +1164,11 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Atenció: en funció de la configuració, preteneu arrencar\n" -"la màquina des de la partició arrel (/). Malauradament, aquesta partició acaba\n" +"la màquina des de la partició arrel (/). Malauradament, aquesta partició " +"acaba\n" "en un cilindre per sobre de %1. Sembla que la BIOS no pot arrencar\n" -"les particions situades per sobre del límit de %1, la qual cosa significa que la instal·lació \n" +"les particions situades per sobre del límit de %1, la qual cosa significa " +"que la instal·lació \n" "de %2 no es podrà arrencar directament.\n" "\n" "Voleu fer servir realment aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1142,7 +1181,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Avís: alguns subvolums del sistema de fitxers d'arrel són tapats\n" -"pels punts de muntatge d'altres sistemes de fitxers. Això podria comportar problemes.\n" +"pels punts de muntatge d'altres sistemes de fitxers. Això podria comportar " +"problemes.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1156,10 +1196,12 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Atenció: en funció de la configuració actual, és possible que la instal·lació de %1\n" +"Atenció: en funció de la configuració actual, és possible que la " +"instal·lació de %1\n" "no es pugui iniciar directament ja que\n" "els fitxers per sota de \"/boot\" es troben en un dispositiu RAID.\n" -"En algunes ocasions, l'inici del carregador d'arrencada falla en aquesta configuració.\n" +"En algunes ocasions, l'inici del carregador d'arrencada falla en aquesta " +"configuració.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1225,14 +1267,16 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" +"\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" msgstr "" "\n" "No s'ha assignat cap partició d'intercanvi. Encara que això no és \n" -"del tot incorrecte, és molt recomanable crear i activar una partició d'intercanvi.\n" +"del tot incorrecte, és molt recomanable crear i activar una partició " +"d'intercanvi.\n" "Les particions d'intercanvi creades al sistema apareixen a la finestra\n" "principal amb el tipus \"Linux Swap\".\n" "Una partició d'intercanvi activada té el punt de muntatge \"swap\".\n" @@ -1249,7 +1293,8 @@ "particularly in any of the following cases:\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Heu triat fer una instal·lació en una partició ja existent que no es formatarà.\n" +"Heu triat fer una instal·lació en una partició ja existent que no es " +"formatarà.\n" "El YaST2 no pot garantir una instal·lació amb èxit, especialment en\n" "els casos següents:\n" @@ -1270,11 +1315,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " +"points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" -"Si en teniu cap dubte, seria millor que tornéssiu enrere i que marquéssiu aquesta partició\n" -"perquè es formati, especialment si està assignada a un dels punts de muntatge estàndard\n" +"Si en teniu cap dubte, seria millor que tornéssiu enrere i que marquéssiu " +"aquesta partició\n" +"perquè es formati, especialment si està assignada a un dels punts de " +"muntatge estàndard\n" "com ara /, /boot, /opt o /var.\n" #. continued popup text @@ -1343,20 +1391,25 @@ "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"El dispositiu (%1) no es pot eliminar atès que es tracta d'una partició lògica i \n" +"El dispositiu (%1) no es pot eliminar atès que es tracta d'una partició " +"lògica i \n" "ja s'està fent servir una altra partició lògica amb un número més gran.\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"La partició ampliada seleccionada conté les particions muntades en aquest moment:\n" +"La partició ampliada seleccionada conté les particions muntades en aquest " +"moment:\n" "%1\n" -"És altament recomanable desmuntar aquestes particions abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" +"És altament recomanable desmuntar aquestes particions abans de suprimir la " +"partició ampliada.\n" "Trieu Cancel·la si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1370,7 +1423,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partició ampliada seleccionada conté com a mínim una partició de LVM\n" -"assignada a un grup del volum. En primer lloc, elimineu totes les particions dels grups de volum respectius, abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" +"assignada a un grup del volum. En primer lloc, elimineu totes les particions " +"dels grups de volum respectius, abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 @@ -1519,26 +1573,32 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " +"disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Munta en /etc/fstab per:\n" "normalment, un sistema de fitxers que es munta es reconeix a /etc/fstab\n" -"pel nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom es pot canviar per trobar el sistema de fitxers que\n" -"es muntarà si es cerca per UUID o per etiquetes de volum. No tots els sistemes de fitxers\n" -"es poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està inhabilitada,\n" +"pel nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom es pot canviar per trobar el sistema de " +"fitxers que\n" +"es muntarà si es cerca per UUID o per etiquetes de volum. No tots els " +"sistemes de fitxers\n" +"es poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està " +"inhabilitada,\n" "això no serà possible.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Etiqueta del volum:\n" -"el nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En general, només\n" +"el nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En " +"general, només\n" "és recomanable quan activeu l'opció de muntar per etiqueta de volum.\n" "L'etiqueta de volum no pot contenir el caràcter / ni cap espai.\n" @@ -1661,11 +1721,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partició seleccionada (%1) actualment està muntada a %2.\n" -"Si es canvia algun paràmetre (com ara el punt de muntatge o el tipus de sistema de fitxers),\n" +"Si es canvia algun paràmetre (com ara el punt de muntatge o el tipus de " +"sistema de fitxers),\n" "es pot malmetre la instal·lació de Linux.\n" "\n" "Desmunteu la partició si és possible. Si no n'esteu segur,\n" -"és recomanable cancel·lar l'operació. No continueu si no teniu coneixements \n" +"és recomanable cancel·lar l'operació. No continueu si no teniu " +"coneixements \n" "de com funciona.\n" "\n" "Voleu continuar?\n" @@ -1679,7 +1741,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "El YaST2 no pot reduir el sistema de fitxers de la partició.\n" -"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de fitxers." +"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de " +"fitxers." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 @@ -1690,7 +1753,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "El YaST2 no pot reduir el sistema de fitxers del volum lògic.\n" -"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de fitxers." +"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de " +"fitxers." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 @@ -1750,7 +1814,8 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Tot i que és possible reduir un sistema de fitxers reiser, aquesta funció està\n" +"Tot i que és possible reduir un sistema de fitxers reiser, aquesta funció " +"està\n" "poc provada. És recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat de les dades.\n" "\n" "Voleu reduir el sistema de fitxers?" @@ -1760,7 +1825,8 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "El dispositiu seleccionat conté particions muntades:\n" @@ -1820,7 +1886,9 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "Habilita les instantànies automàtiques per al sistema de fitxers Btrfs amb Snapper." +msgstr "" +"Habilita les instantànies automàtiques per al sistema de fitxers Btrfs " +"amb Snapper." #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 @@ -1920,16 +1988,19 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +"tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" +"Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com " +"ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" "Si deixeu en blanc la contrasenya d'encriptació, el sistema crearà\n" -"una contrasenya aleatòria en iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu totes\n" +"una contrasenya aleatòria en iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu " +"totes\n" "les dades d'aquests sistemes de fitxers en apagar el sistema.\n" "\n" @@ -1939,16 +2010,20 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si no recordeu la contrasenya, no podreu accedir a les dades del sistema de fitxers.\n" -"Trieu la contrasenya amb deteniment. Es recomana que sigui una combinació de lletres\n" -"i xifres. Com a mesura per a assegurar que l'heu introduïda correctament, l'haureu\n" +"Si no recordeu la contrasenya, no podreu accedir a les dades del sistema de " +"fitxers.\n" +"Trieu la contrasenya amb deteniment. Es recomana que sigui una combinació de " +"lletres\n" +"i xifres. Com a mesura per a assegurar que l'heu introduïda correctament, " +"l'haureu\n" "d'escriure dues vegades.\n" "\n" @@ -1958,13 +2033,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"S’ha de distingir entre majúscules i minúscules; a més, una contrasenya ha de tenir com a\n" +"S’ha de distingir entre majúscules i minúscules; a més, una contrasenya ha " +"de tenir com a\n" "mínim %1 de caràcters i no pot contenir cap caràcter especial\n" "(p. ex., lletres accentuades o amb dièresi).\n" "\n" @@ -2012,14 +2089,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Si el sistema de fitxers xifrat no conté cap fitxer de sistema i, per tant,\n" -"l'actualització no és necessària, podeu seleccionar Omet. En aquest cas,\n" +"l'actualització no és necessària, podeu seleccionar Omet. En aquest " +"cas,\n" "no s'accedeix al sistema de fitxers durant l'actualització.\n" "\n" @@ -2040,7 +2119,8 @@ "\n" "És probable que no es pugui arrencar aquesta configuració.\n" "\n" -"Si necessiteu utilitzar aquest disc per a la instal·lació, hauríeu d'eliminar\n" +"Si necessiteu utilitzar aquest disc per a la instal·lació, hauríeu " +"d'eliminar\n" "l'etiqueta del disc amb el partidor en mode Expert.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 @@ -2078,7 +2158,8 @@ "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" "Heu seleccionat l’opció de no muntar automàticament un sistema de fitxers\n" -"durant l’inici que podria contenir fitxers necessaris per a un funcionament correcte del sistema.\n" +"durant l’inici que podria contenir fitxers necessaris per a un funcionament " +"correcte del sistema.\n" "\n" "Aquesta opció pot comportar problemes.\n" " \n" @@ -2093,7 +2174,8 @@ "nonloopbacked file system.\n" msgstr "" "Heu assignat un sistema de fitxers xifrats a una\n" -"partició amb un dels següents punts de muntatge: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" +"partició amb un dels següents punts de muntatge: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot" +"\",\n" "/var\". Això no és possible. Canvieu el punt de muntatge o utilitzeu un\n" "sistema de fitxers que no sigui de bucle de retorn.\n" @@ -2130,7 +2212,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "Només els dispositius d'intercanvi poden tenir el punt de muntatge swap." +msgstr "" +"Només els dispositius d'intercanvi poden tenir el punt de muntatge swap." #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text @@ -2149,8 +2232,11 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "Hi ha un caràcter no vàlid al punt de muntatge. No utilitzeu \"`'!%#\" en un punt de muntatge." +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "" +"Hi ha un caràcter no vàlid al punt de muntatge. No utilitzeu \"`'!%#\" en un " +"punt de muntatge." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 @@ -2259,7 +2345,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "No es pot canviar la mida del sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat." +msgstr "" +"No es pot canviar la mida del sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2343,7 +2430,8 @@ "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" "Si seleccioneu una entrada de taula podeu\n" -"navegar a la visualització que conté informació detallada sobre el dispositiu." +"navegar a la visualització que conté informació detallada sobre el " +"dispositiu." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 @@ -2717,11 +2805,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " +"existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Si voleu encriptar totes les dades del\n" -"volum, seleccioneu Encriptar el dispositiu. Canviar l'encriptació d'un volum ja existent\n" +"volum, seleccioneu Encriptar el dispositiu. Canviar l'encriptació " +"d'un volum ja existent\n" "n'esborrarà totes les dades.\n" #. helptext @@ -2821,8 +2911,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza en aquest volum és d'intercanvi. Podeu deixar buida\n" -"la contrasenya d'encriptació però, en aquest cas, el dispositiu d'intercanvi no es podrà\n" +"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza en aquest volum és d'intercanvi. Podeu " +"deixar buida\n" +"la contrasenya d'encriptació però, en aquest cas, el dispositiu d'intercanvi " +"no es podrà\n" "utilitzar per hibernar (suspendre al disc).\n" "\n" @@ -2933,7 +3025,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "La mida que heu introduït no és vàlida. Introduïu una mida entre %1 i %2." +msgstr "" +"La mida que heu introduït no és vàlida. Introduïu una mida entre %1 i %2." #. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases @@ -2948,7 +3041,8 @@ msgstr "" "Esteu ampliant un sistema de fitxers muntat amb %1 Gigabytes.\n" "Això pot ser molt lent i podria trigar fins i tot hores. Podríeu considerar\n" -"desmuntar el sistema de fitxers, la qual cosa faria molt més ràpida la feina de\n" +"desmuntar el sistema de fitxers, la qual cosa faria molt més ràpida la feina " +"de\n" "redimensionar-lo. " #. label for log view @@ -2994,7 +3088,8 @@ msgstr "" "Aquesta visualització mostra tots els dispositius\n" "del mapador de dispositius, llevat dels que ja apareixen en alguna altra\n" -"visualització. Per tant, no es mostren els discs multicamí, els volums lògics d'LVM ni els RAID de la BIOS.\n" +"visualització. Per tant, no es mostren els discs multicamí, els volums " +"lògics d'LVM ni els RAID de la BIOS.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 @@ -3479,7 +3574,8 @@ "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Aquesta visualització mostra tots els discs durs, inclosos\n" -"els discs iSCSI, els RAID de la BIOS i els discs multicamí i les seves particions.\n" +"els discs iSCSI, els RAID de la BIOS i els discs multicamí i les seves " +"particions.\n" #. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 @@ -3557,7 +3653,8 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Aquesta visualització mostra tots els dispositius\n" -"que utilitza el disc dur seleccionat. La taula només està disponible per a RAID de BIOS, RAID de programari i discs\n" +"que utilitza el disc dur seleccionat. La taula només està disponible per a " +"RAID de BIOS, RAID de programari i discs\n" "multicamí.\n" #. tab heading @@ -3591,8 +3688,10 @@ "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.\n" msgstr "" -"El YaST2 ha escanejat els discos durs i ha trobat un o més sistemes Linux\n" -"amb punts de muntatge. A la llista es mostren els punts muntatge que s'han trobat.\n" +"El YaST2 ha escanejat els discos durs i ha trobat un o més sistemes " +"Linux\n" +"amb punts de muntatge. A la llista es mostren els punts muntatge que s'han " +"trobat.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 @@ -3654,7 +3753,8 @@ "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" "La partició seleccionada l'està usant el grup de volum \"%1\".\n" -"Per mantenir el sistema en un estat consistent, els següents grups de volums\n" +"Per mantenir el sistema en un estat consistent, els següents grups de " +"volums\n" "i els seus volums lògics s'eliminaran:\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 @@ -3732,11 +3832,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 msgid "Packages to install:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paquets per instal·lar:" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No packages need to be installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No hi ha paquets que s'hagin d'instal·lar." #. heading #. tree node label @@ -3765,11 +3865,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Nom de camí del fitxer de bucle Ha de ser un camí absolut al fitxer\n" +"Nom de camí del fitxer de bucle Ha de ser un camí absolut al " +"fitxer\n" "que contingui les dades per configurar el dispositiu de bucle xifrat.\n" #. helptext @@ -3781,7 +3883,8 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Crea un fitxer de bucle Si aquesta opció està activada, el fitxer es\n" +"Crea un fitxer de bucle Si aquesta opció està activada, el " +"fitxer es\n" "crearà amb la mida indicada al camp següent. NOTA: si el fitxer \n" "ja existeix, es perdran totes les dades que contingui.\n" @@ -3807,8 +3910,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "NOTA: durant la instal·lació el YaST no pot fer cap comprovació\n" -"de coherència de les mides dels fitxers ni dels noms dels camins perquè no es pot\n" -"accedir al sistema de fitxers. Es crearà al final de la instal·lació. Per tant,\n" +"de coherència de les mides dels fitxers ni dels noms dels camins perquè no " +"es pot\n" +"accedir al sistema de fitxers. Es crearà al final de la instal·lació. Per " +"tant,\n" "aneu amb compte a l'hora d'assignar les mides i els noms dels camins.\n" #. input field label @@ -3989,7 +4094,9 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "Segur que voleu suprimir el grup de volums \"%1\" i tots els volums lògics que s'hi relacionen?" +msgstr "" +"Segur que voleu suprimir el grup de volums \"%1\" i tots els volums lògics " +"que s'hi relacionen?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -3997,7 +4104,8 @@ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Les dades que heu introduït no són vàlides. Introduïu una mida física ampliada\n" +"Les dades que heu introduït no són vàlides. Introduïu una mida física " +"ampliada\n" "més gran que %1 en potències de 2, per exemple, \"%2\" o \"%3\"." #. error popup text @@ -4031,12 +4139,14 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "Introduïu el nom i la mida física ampliada del grup de volums nou. " +msgstr "" +"Introduïu el nom i la mida física ampliada del grup de volums nou. " #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "Seleccioneu els volums físics que ha de contenir el grup de volums." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu els volums físics que ha de contenir el grup de volums." #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -4069,7 +4179,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Introduïu la mida així com també la quantitat i la mida\n" @@ -4087,10 +4198,13 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "Els anomenatsVolums Prims poden ser creats\n" -"amb una mida de volum arbitrària. L'espai necessari s'agafa segons les necessitats \n" -"assignades per Thin Pool. Així podeu crear volums prims d'una mida més grossa\n" +"amb una mida de volum arbitrària. L'espai necessari s'agafa segons les " +"necessitats \n" +"assignades per Thin Pool. Així podeu crear volums prims d'una mida " +"més grossa\n" "que la de Thin Pool. Evidentment, quan hi ha realment dades escrites al \n" -"volum prim, el Thin Pool assignat ha de ser capaç d'arribar a les necessitats d'espai.\n" +"volum prim, el Thin Pool assignat ha de ser capaç d'arribar a les " +"necessitats d'espai.\n" "Els Volums Prims no poden tenir Stripe Count." #. heading for frame @@ -4124,30 +4238,36 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a Volum normal.\n" -"És així per defecte i significa que els volums LVM eren com tots els volums abans que la característica de Provisió Thin exisistís.\n" +"És així per defecte i significa que els volums LVM eren com tots els volums " +"abans que la característica de Provisió Thin exisistís.\n" "Si en dubteu, aquesta és probablement l'opció bona." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool." msgstr "" "Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a Thin Pool.\n" -"Això significa que Volums Prims situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats d'aquest 'pool'." +"Això significa que Volums Prims situa l'espai necessari segons les " +"necessitats d'aquest 'pool'." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" +"b>." msgstr "" "Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a Volum Prim.\n" -"Això siginifca que el volum situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats de Thin Pool." +"Això siginifca que el volum situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats " +"de Thin Pool." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4201,13 +4321,17 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Ni hi ha prou dispositius sense utilitzar adients per crear un grup de volums.\n" +"Ni hi ha prou dispositius sense utilitzar adients per crear un grup de " +"volums.\n" "\n" -"Per a utilitzar LVM es necessita com a mínim una partició lliure del tipus 0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n" -"dispositiu RAID sense utilitzar. Modifiqueu la taula de particions segons calgui." +"Per a utilitzar LVM es necessita com a mínim una partició lliure del tipus " +"0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n" +"dispositiu RAID sense utilitzar. Modifiqueu la taula de particions segons " +"calgui." #. error popup #. error popup @@ -4417,7 +4541,8 @@ "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"S'han canviat les particions o els paràmetres d'emmagatzematge. Aquests canvis es perdran si sortiu\n" +"S'han canviat les particions o els paràmetres d'emmagatzematge. Aquests " +"canvis es perdran si sortiu\n" "de l'editor de particions amb %1.\n" "Segur que voleu sortir-ne?" @@ -4438,8 +4563,12 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "La configuració NFS no està disponible. Comproveu la instal·lació del paquet yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"La configuració NFS no està disponible. Comproveu la instal·lació del paquet " +"yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4470,21 +4599,26 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Aquest nivell incrementa el rendiment del disc.\n" -"NO existeix redundància en aquest mode. La recuperació de dades no és possible si un dels discos falla.\n" +"NO existeix redundància en aquest mode. La recuperació de dades no és " +"possible si un dels discos falla.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " +"on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1 Aquest mode presenta la millor redundància. Es pot\n" -"usar amb dos discos, o més. Aquest mode manté una còpia exacta de les dades d'un disc\n" +"usar amb dos discos, o més. Aquest mode manté una còpia exacta de les dades " +"d'un disc\n" "als altres discos. Mentre funcioni almenys un disc, no es perdrà cap dada.\n" "Les particions usades haurien de ser aproximadament de la mateixa mida.\n" @@ -4492,11 +4626,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5 Aquest mode combina l'administració d'un gran nombre de discos i, malgrat tot, manté alguna redundància. Aquest mode es pot fer servir en tres discos o més.\n" -"Si un dels discos falla, totes les dades segueixen intactes; mentre que si en fallen dos de forma simultània, es perdran totes les dades\n" +"RAID 5 Aquest mode combina l'administració d'un gran nombre de " +"discos i, malgrat tot, manté alguna redundància. Aquest mode es pot fer " +"servir en tres discos o més.\n" +"Si un dels discos falla, totes les dades segueixen intactes; mentre que si " +"en fallen dos de forma simultània, es perdran totes les dades\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4505,7 +4644,8 @@ "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" "available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Nom del RAID us ofereix la possibilitat de donar un nom significatiu\n" +"Nom del RAID us ofereix la possibilitat de donar un nom " +"significatiu\n" "al RAID. Això és òptim. Si li poseu un nom, el dispositiu serà\n" "disponible com a <tt>/dev/md/<nom></tt>.\n" @@ -4513,12 +4653,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Afegiu particions al RAID. Segons el tipus de RAID,\n" -"la mida del disc que es pot utilitzar és la suma d'aquestes particions (RAID 0), la mida\n" -"de la partició més petita (RAID 1) o bé (N-1)*partició més petita (RAID 5).\n" +"la mida del disc que es pot utilitzar és la suma d'aquestes particions (RAID " +"0), la mida\n" +"de la partició més petita (RAID 1) o bé (N-1)*partició més petita (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4581,12 +4725,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Mida elemental: És la massa de dades \"elemental\"\n" -"més petita que es pot escriure als dispositius. Una mida elemental raonable per a RAID 5 és 128 KB,\n" -"per a RAID 0, 32 KB és un bon començament. Per a RAID 1, la mida elemental no afecta gaire en l'escriptura de dades.\n" +"més petita que es pot escriure als dispositius. Una mida elemental raonable " +"per a RAID 5 és 128 KB,\n" +"per a RAID 0, 32 KB és un bon començament. Per a RAID 1, la mida elemental " +"no afecta gaire en l'escriptura de dades.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4596,10 +4744,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Algoritme de paritat per usar amb els RAIDS/6.\n" -"El simètric-esquerrà és el que ofereix el màxim rendiment en discos típics amb plats rotatoris.\n" +"El simètric-esquerrà és el que ofereix el màxim rendiment en discos típics " +"amb plats rotatoris.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4880,17 +5030,23 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" +"i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " +"and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Muntatge per defecte us dóna el muntatge per\n" -"mètode per a nous sistemes de fitxers creats. Nom del dispostiu usa el nom del \n" -"dispostiu del nucli, que no és persistent. ID del dispositiu i Camí del dispositiu\n" -"usen noms generats per udev des de la informació del maquinari. Això hauria de ser\n" +"mètode per a nous sistemes de fitxers creats. Nom del dispostiu usa " +"el nom del \n" +"dispostiu del nucli, que no és persistent. ID del dispositiu i " +"Camí del dispositiu\n" +"usen noms generats per udev des de la informació del maquinari. Això hauria " +"de ser\n" "persistent però malauradament no sempre és així. Finalment UUID i\n" -"Etiqueta del volum usen l'UUID i l'etiqueta dels sistemes de fitxers.\n" +"Etiqueta del volum usen l'UUID i l'etiqueta dels sistemes de fitxers." +"\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 @@ -4899,19 +5055,25 @@ "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Sistema de fitxers per defecte indica\n" -"el tipus del sistema de fitxers que s'ha d'aplicar als sistemes de fitxers nous.\n" +"el tipus del sistema de fitxers que s'ha d'aplicar als sistemes de fitxers " +"nous.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Alineació de les noves particions creades\n" -"determina com s'alineen les particions creades. Cilindre és l'alineació tradicional als límits del cilindre del disc. Òptim alinea les \n" -"particions per al millor rendiment segons els indicis que proporciona el nucli de Linux \n" +"determina com s'alineen les particions creades. Cilindre és " +"l'alineació tradicional als límits del cilindre del disc. Òptim " +"alinea les \n" +"particions per al millor rendiment segons els indicis que proporciona el " +"nucli de Linux \n" "o prova de ser compatible amb el Windows Vista i el Win 7.\n" #. helptext @@ -5003,7 +5165,8 @@ "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" "Si es tornen a escanejar els dispositius que no s'utilitzen,\n" -"es cancel·laran tots els canvis actuals. Segur que voleu tornar a escanejar-los?" +"es cancel·laran tots els canvis actuals. Segur que voleu tornar a escanejar-" +"los?" #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -5060,7 +5223,7 @@ "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." msgstr "" -"Hi ha com a mínim un volum prim fent servir aquest 'pool'.\n" +"Hi ha com a mínim un volum prim fent servir aquest \"pool\".\n" "Elimineu-lo primer." #. Popup text @@ -5165,7 +5328,8 @@ msgstr "" "El fitxer de patró té un format no vàlid!\n" "\n" -"El fitxer ha de contenir línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe\n" +"El fitxer ha de contenir línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de " +"classe\n" "per línia. Exemple:" #. popup text @@ -5175,32 +5339,42 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" -msgstr "Esteu d'acord d'equiparar els dispositius a classes amb aquests patrons?" +msgstr "" +"Esteu d'acord d'equiparar els dispositius a classes amb aquests patrons?" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Aquest diàleg serveix per definir classes per als dispositius RAID\n" -"continguts al RAID. Les classes disponibles són A, B, C, D i E però per a molts casos\n" +"continguts al RAID. Les classes disponibles són A, B, C, D i E però per a " +"molts casos\n" "se'n necessiten menys (per exemple, només A i B). " #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " +"the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" -"Podeu posar un dispositiu dins de la classe clicant amb el botó dret sobre\n" -"el dispositiu i escollir-ne la classe apropiada amb el menú contextual. Prement \n" -"Ctrl o Majúscules podeu seleccionar més d'un dispositiu i posar-los en una classe\n" -"amb un sol pas. També podeu fer servir els botons \"%1\" to \"%2\" per posar els que \n" +"Podeu posar un dispositiu dins de la classe clicant amb el botó dret " +"sobre\n" +"el dispositiu i escollir-ne la classe apropiada amb el menú contextual. " +"Prement \n" +"Ctrl o Majúscules podeu seleccionar més d'un dispositiu i posar-los en una " +"classe\n" +"amb un sol pas. També podeu fer servir els botons \"%1\" to \"%2\" per posar " +"els que \n" "ja estan seleccionats a la classe." #. dialog help text @@ -5226,11 +5400,15 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " +"follow." msgstr "" -"Intercalat fa servir el primer dispositiu de la classe A, llavors el primer de la \n" -"classe B, i llavors les classes següents amb els dispositius assignats. Llavors, \n" -"el segon dispositiu de classe A, el segon dispositiu de classe B i així successivament." +"Intercalat fa servir el primer dispositiu de la classe A, llavors el " +"primer de la \n" +"classe B, i llavors les classes següents amb els dispositius assignats. " +"Llavors, \n" +"el segon dispositiu de classe A, el segon dispositiu de classe B i així " +"successivament." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 @@ -5239,29 +5417,39 @@ "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Tots els dispositius sense classe es passen al final de la llista de dispositius.\n" -"Quan sortiu del menú, l'ordre vigent de dispositius es farà servir com a odre per al RAID \n" +"Tots els dispositius sense classe es passen al final de la llista de " +"dispositius.\n" +"Quan sortiu del menú, l'ordre vigent de dispositius es farà servir com a " +"odre per al RAID \n" "que s'ha de crear." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" +"part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "Prement el botó \"%1\" podeu seleccionar un fitxer que contingui\n" -"línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe (per exemple: \"sda.* A\"). Tots els dispositius que coincideixin\n" -"amb l'expressió regular es posaran a la classe en aquesta línia. L'expressió regular es \n" +"línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe (per exemple: \"sda.* A" +"\"). Tots els dispositius que coincideixin\n" +"amb l'expressió regular es posaran a la classe en aquesta línia. L'expressió " +"regular es \n" "fa coincidir amb el nom del nucli (per exemple /dev/sda1), \n" -"el nom de ruta udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) i l'identificador\n" +"el nom de ruta udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-" +"scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) i l'identificador\n" "de udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"La primera coincidència determina finalment la classe si el nom del dispositiu coincideix amb més d'una\n" +"La primera coincidència determina finalment la classe si el nom del " +"dispositiu coincideix amb més d'una\n" "expressió regular." #. headline text @@ -5286,7 +5474,8 @@ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"S'ha especificat una mida no vàlida. Feu servir un número seguit de K, M, G o %.\n" +"S'ha especificat una mida no vàlida. Feu servir un número seguit de K, M, G " +"o %.\n" "El valor ha de ser superior a 100k o entre 1% i 200%. Torneu-ho a provar." #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 @@ -5297,12 +5486,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Mida de Tmpfs:\n" -"La mida es pot introduir amb un número seguit de K,M,G per a Kilo-, Mega- o Gigabyte o bé\n" -"amb un número seguit d'un símbol de tant per cent que signifiqui el percentatge de la memòria." +"La mida es pot introduir amb un número seguit de K,M,G per a Kilo-, Mega- o " +"Gigabyte o bé\n" +"amb un número seguit d'un símbol de tant per cent que signifiqui el " +"percentatge de la memòria." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 @@ -5321,7 +5513,8 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Prioritat d'intercanvi\n" -"Introduïu la prioritat d'intercanvi. Com més alt sigui el número més gran serà la prioritat.\n" +"Introduïu la prioritat d'intercanvi. Com més alt sigui el número més gran " +"serà la prioritat.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 @@ -5332,11 +5525,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Munta només de lectura:\n" -"escriure al sistema de fitxers no és possible. Per defecte és fals. Durant la instal·lació\n" +"escriure al sistema de fitxers no és possible. Per defecte és fals. Durant " +"la instal·lació\n" "el sistema de fitxers sempre es munta com a lectura-escriptura." #. button text @@ -5351,7 +5546,8 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Sense hora d'accés\n" -"L'hora de l'accés no s'actualitza quan es llegeix un fitxer. L'opció predeterminada és fals.\n" +"L'hora de l'accés no s'actualitza quan es llegeix un fitxer. L'opció " +"predeterminada és fals.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 @@ -5365,7 +5561,8 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Pot ser muntat per un usuari\n" -"Un usuari normal pot muntar el sistema de fitxers. L'opció predeterminada és \"als\".\n" +"Un usuari normal pot muntar el sistema de fitxers. L'opció predeterminada és " +"\"als\".\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5378,13 +5575,17 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" +"tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "No es munta durant l'inici del sistema\n" -"El sistema de fitxers no es munta de forma automàtica en iniciar-se el sistema.\n" +"El sistema de fitxers no es munta de forma automàtica en iniciar-se el " +"sistema.\n" "S'ha creat una entrada a /etc/fstab i el sistema de fitxers es munta\n" -"amb les opcions apropiades quan s'introdueix l'ordre <tt>mount <punt_muntatge></tt>\n" +"amb les opcions apropiades quan s'introdueix l'ordre <tt>mount <" +"punt_muntatge></tt>\n" "(<punt_muntatge> és el directori on es munta el sistema de fitxers).\n" "L'opció predeterminada és fals.\n" @@ -5417,16 +5618,20 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." +"\n" msgstr "" "Mode de registre de dades:\n" "determina el mode de registre per a les dades de fitxers.\n" "<tt>journal</tt>: les dades es desen al diari abans d'escriure's\n" "al sistema de fitxers principal. Té un impacte alt en el rendiment. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt>: les dades s'envien directament al sistema de fitxers\n" -"principal abans que les metadades es desin al diari. Té un impacte mitjà en el rendiment. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt>: no es conserva l'ordre de les dades. No té impacte en el rendiment.\n" +"principal abans que les metadades es desin al diari. Té un impacte mitjà en " +"el rendiment. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt>: no es conserva l'ordre de les dades. No té impacte en el " +"rendiment.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 @@ -5462,18 +5667,24 @@ msgstr "&Valor d'opció arbitrari" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." -msgstr "Hi ha caràcters no vàlids al valor d'opció arbitrari. No utilitzeu espais ni tabulacions. Torneu-ho a provar." +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Hi ha caràcters no vàlids al valor d'opció arbitrari. No utilitzeu espais ni " +"tabulacions. Torneu-ho a provar." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" +"etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Valor d’opció arbitrari:\n" -"introduïu aquí qualsevol opció de muntatge que estigui permesa en el quart camp de /etc/fstab.\n" +"introduïu aquí qualsevol opció de muntatge que estigui permesa en el quart " +"camp de /etc/fstab.\n" "Si hi ha més d’una opció, se separaran per comes.\n" #. label text @@ -5488,7 +5699,8 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Conjunt de caràcters per als noms de fitxers\n" -"Definiu el conjunt de caràcters que s'utilitzarà per a mostrar els noms dels fitxers de les particions del Windows.\n" +"Definiu el conjunt de caràcters que s'utilitzarà per a mostrar els noms dels " +"fitxers de les particions del Windows.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 @@ -5499,10 +5711,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.\n" msgstr "" "Pàgina de codis per a noms FAT curts\n" -"Aquesta pàgina de codis s'utilitza per a convertir a caràcters de noms curts en sistemes de fitxers FAT.\n" +"Aquesta pàgina de codis s'utilitza per a convertir a caràcters de noms curts " +"en sistemes de fitxers FAT.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5513,10 +5727,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2." msgstr "" "Nombre de FATS:\n" -"S'especifica el nombre de taules de localització de fitxers al sistema de fitxers. El valor per defecte es 2." +"S'especifica el nombre de taules de localització de fitxers al sistema de " +"fitxers. El valor per defecte es 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 @@ -5527,10 +5743,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " +"for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Mida de FAT\n" -"S'especifica el tipus de taula de localització de fitxers que s'utilitza (12, 16 o 32 bit). Si s'indica Automàtic, el YaST2 selecciona automàticament el valor més adequat per a la mida del sistema de fitxers.\n" +"S'especifica el tipus de taula de localització de fitxers que s'utilitza " +"(12, 16 o 32 bit). Si s'indica Automàtic, el YaST2 selecciona automàticament " +"el valor més adequat per a la mida del sistema de fitxers.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5540,7 +5760,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "La mida mínima per a \"Entrades del directori arrel\" és 112. Torneu-ho a provar." +msgstr "" +"La mida mínima per a \"Entrades del directori arrel\" és 112. Torneu-ho a " +"provar." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 @@ -5560,10 +5782,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " +"in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Funció Hash:\n" -"especifica el nom de la funció hash que s'utilitzarà per classificar els noms de fitxers dels directoris.\n" +"especifica el nom de la funció hash que s'utilitzarà per classificar els " +"noms de fitxers dels directoris.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5574,10 +5798,16 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Revisió d'FS\n" -"Aquesta opció defineix la revisió de format reiserfs que s'utilitzarà. El 3.5 s'utilitza només per tenir compatibilitat amb els nuclis de les sèries 2.2.x. El 3.6 és més recent, però només es pot fer servir amb versions del nucli iguals o superiors al 2.4.\n" +"Aquesta opció defineix la revisió de format reiserfs que s'utilitzarà. El " +"3.5 s'utilitza només per tenir compatibilitat amb els nuclis de les sèries " +"2.2.x. El 3.6 és més recent, però només es pot fer servir amb versions del " +"nucli iguals o superiors al 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5589,10 +5819,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels blocs\n" -"Especifiqueu la mida del blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són 512, 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. L'opció auto fa que s'utilitzi la mida de bloc predeterminada de 4096.\n" +"Especifiqueu la mida del blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són " +"512, 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. L'opció auto fa que s'utilitzi la " +"mida de bloc predeterminada de 4096.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5608,7 +5842,8 @@ "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels nodes d'identificació\n" -"Aquesta opció especifica la mida dels nodes d'identificació del sistema de fitxers.\n" +"Aquesta opció especifica la mida dels nodes d'identificació del sistema de " +"fitxers.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 @@ -5619,10 +5854,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Percentatge de mida dels nodes d'identificació\n" -"Aquesta opció especifica el màxim percentatge d'espai dels sistemes de fitxers que es pot adjudicar als nodes d'identificació.\n" +"Aquesta opció especifica el màxim percentatge d'espai dels sistemes de " +"fitxers que es pot adjudicar als nodes d'identificació.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5633,13 +5870,16 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Node alineat\n" -"Aquesta opció s'utilitza per especificar si la situació de nodes d'identificació està alineada o no.\n" -"Per defecte, els nodes d'identificació s'alineen. L'accés alineat als nodes d'identificació\n" +"Aquesta opció s'utilitza per especificar si la situació de nodes " +"d'identificació està alineada o no.\n" +"Per defecte, els nodes d'identificació s'alineen. L'accés alineat als nodes " +"d'identificació\n" "normalment és més eficaç que l'accés desalineat.\n" #. label text @@ -5661,10 +5901,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " +"aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels registres\n" -"Determineu la mida dels registres (en megabytes). Si escolliu Automàtic, s'establirà per defecte el 40% de la mida agregada.\n" +"Determineu la mida dels registres (en megabytes). Si escolliu Automàtic, " +"s'establirà per defecte el 40% de la mida agregada.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 @@ -5694,17 +5936,24 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" msgstr "" "Longitud del pas en blocs\n" -"Determineu les opcions relacionades amb RAID per al sistema de fitxers. Actualment, l'únic argument que s'admet\n" -"és \"pas\", en anglès \"stride\", que pren com a argument el nombre de blocs en un llistat RAID.\n" +"Determineu les opcions relacionades amb RAID per al sistema de fitxers. " +"Actualment, l'únic argument que s'admet\n" +"és \"pas\", en anglès \"stride\", que pren com a argument el nombre de blocs " +"en un llistat RAID.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels blocs\n" -"Especifiqueu la mida dels blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. Si hi ha seleccionada l'opció automàtica, es determina la mida de bloc segons la mida del sistema de fitxers i l'ús que se n'espera.\n" +"Especifiqueu la mida dels blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són " +"1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. Si hi ha seleccionada l'opció automàtica, " +"es determina la mida de bloc segons la mida del sistema de fitxers i l'ús " +"que se n'espera.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -5720,16 +5969,23 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " +"reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bytes per node d'identificació\n" -"Especifiqueu el coeficient de bytes per node d'identificació. El YaST2 crea un node d'identificació per a cada\n" -"<bytes-per-node-i> bytes d'espai al disc. Com més gran sigui la relació bytes per node d'identificació,\n" -" es crearan menys nodes d'identificació. Generalment, aquest valor no ha de ser més petit que la mida\n" -"del bloc del sistema de fitxers ja que, en cas contrari, es crearia una gran quantitat de nodes d'identificació.\n" -"Tingueu en compte que no es pot modificar el número de nodes d'identificació d'un sistema de fitxers un cop\n" -"aquest s'ha creat, per la qual cosa heu de comprovar que introduïu el valor correcte per al paràmetre.\n" +"Especifiqueu el coeficient de bytes per node d'identificació. El YaST2 crea " +"un node d'identificació per a cada\n" +"<bytes-per-node-i> bytes d'espai al disc. Com més gran sigui la " +"relació bytes per node d'identificació,\n" +" es crearan menys nodes d'identificació. Generalment, aquest valor no ha de " +"ser més petit que la mida\n" +"del bloc del sistema de fitxers ja que, en cas contrari, es crearia una gran " +"quantitat de nodes d'identificació.\n" +"Tingueu en compte que no es pot modificar el número de nodes d'identificació " +"d'un sistema de fitxers un cop\n" +"aquest s'ha creat, per la qual cosa heu de comprovar que introduïu el valor " +"correcte per al paràmetre.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 @@ -5742,14 +5998,23 @@ "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" msgstr "" -"El valor per al \"percentatge de blocs reservats per l'arrel\" és incorrecte.\n" +"El valor per al \"percentatge de blocs reservats per l'arrel\" és " +"incorrecte.\n" "Es permeten valors amb coma flotant entre 0 i 99 (per exemple 0.5). \n" #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "Percentatge de blocs reservats per a l'usuari primari: s'especifica el percentatge de blocs reservats per al superusuari. El valor per defecte es calcula de manera que es reserva normalment 1 GB. El límit màxim per defecte és 5.0 i el mínim, és 0.1." +msgid "" +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1." +msgstr "" +"Percentatge de blocs reservats per a l'usuari primari: " +"s'especifica el percentatge de blocs reservats per al superusuari. El valor " +"per defecte es calcula de manera que es reserva normalment 1 GB. El límit " +"màxim per defecte és 5.0 i el mínim, és 0.1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -5777,7 +6042,8 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Índex de directori:\n" -"Permet utilitzar arbres B amb la funció hash per accelerar les cerques en directoris grans.\n" +"Permet utilitzar arbres B amb la funció hash per accelerar les cerques en " +"directoris grans.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 @@ -5788,11 +6054,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Sense historial:\n" -"Ús suprimit de l'historial al sistema de fitxers. Activeu això només quan estigueu segurs\n" +"Ús suprimit de l'historial al sistema de fitxers. Activeu això només quan " +"estigueu segurs\n" "del que feu.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -5921,7 +6189,8 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" "La contrasenya només pot contenir els caràcters següents:\n" -"del 0 al 9, la A a la Z, majúscules i minúscules, a més de qualsevol dels signes \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" +"del 0 al 9, la A a la Z, majúscules i minúscules, a més de qualsevol dels " +"signes \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Torneu-ho a provar." #. Label: get password for encrypted volume @@ -6022,7 +6291,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 msgid "Installing required packages failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ha fallat la instal·lació de paquets requerits." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" @@ -6030,8 +6299,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "No es poden crear particions ja que hi ha altres particions del disc en ús." +msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "" +"No es poden crear particions ja que hi ha altres particions del disc en ús." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 msgid "" @@ -6092,7 +6363,8 @@ "device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè es modificaria de manera indirecta\n" +"No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè es modificaria de manera " +"indirecta\n" "el dispositiu %2, que conté les dades necessàries per fer la instal·lació.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) @@ -6228,7 +6500,8 @@ "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." msgstr "" "L'opció Bus indica de quina manera es connecta el dispositiu\n" -"al sistema. Aquest camp pot ser buit, per exemple, en el cas de discs multicamí." +"al sistema. Aquest camp pot ser buit, per exemple, en el cas de discs " +"multicamí." #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 @@ -6375,23 +6648,29 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " +"by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "L'opció Muntat per indica com està muntat\n" -"el sistema de fitxers: (Kernel) per nom de nucli, (Label) per etiqueta, (UUID) per UUID de sistema de fitxers, (ID) per identificador del dispositiu i (Path) per camí al dispositiu.\n" +"el sistema de fitxers: (Kernel) per nom de nucli, (Label) per etiqueta, " +"(UUID) per UUID de sistema de fitxers, (ID) per identificador del dispositiu " +"i (Path) per camí al dispositiu.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " +"volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Un símbol d'interrogant (?) indica que\n" -"el sistema de fitxers no està llistat a <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. O bé està muntat\n" -"manualment o per un sistema d'automuntatge. Quan es canviïn els paràmetres d'aquest volum\n" +"el sistema de fitxers no està llistat a <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. O bé està " +"muntat\n" +"manualment o per un sistema d'automuntatge. Quan es canviïn els paràmetres " +"d'aquest volum\n" "el YaST no actualitzarà el contingut de <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6407,7 +6686,8 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Un asterisc (*) després del punt de muntatge\n" @@ -6476,7 +6756,8 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "L'opció Bandes mostra el nombre de bandes\n" -"dels volums lògics LVM i, si és més gran que 1, també mostra la mida de la banda entre parèntesis.\n" +"dels volums lògics LVM i, si és més gran que 1, també mostra la mida de la " +"banda entre parèntesis.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -6512,7 +6793,8 @@ "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" msgstr "" "L'opció Usat per mostra si un dispositiu\n" -"l'utilitzen, per exemple, el RAID o l'LVM. Si no utilitzeu cap d'aquests gestors, és normal que sigui buida.\n" +"l'utilitzen, per exemple, el RAID o l'LVM. Si no utilitzeu cap d'aquests " +"gestors, és normal que sigui buida.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 @@ -6772,8 +7054,12 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "No es pot redimensionar a causa d'incoherències al sistema de fitxers. Comproveu el sistema de fitxers des del Windows." +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." +msgstr "" +"No es pot redimensionar a causa d'incoherències al sistema de fitxers. " +"Comproveu el sistema de fitxers des del Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 @@ -6821,8 +7107,10 @@ "enable automatic snapshots with snapper. This will also increase the\n" "size for the root partition." msgstr "" -"El sistema de fitxers per a la partició d'arrel es pot seleccionar a través\n" -"del corresponent menú desplegable. Amb el sistema de fitxers BtrFS la proposta pot\n" +"El sistema de fitxers per a la partició d'arrel es pot seleccionar a " +"través\n" +"del corresponent menú desplegable. Amb el sistema de fitxers BtrFS la " +"proposta pot\n" "habilitar instantànies automàtiques amb l'snapper. Això també incrementarà\n" "la mida de la partició d'arrel." @@ -6833,7 +7121,8 @@ "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" "La proposta pot crear una partició home separada. El sistema de fitxers\n" -"per a la partició home es pot seleccionar per mitjà del corresponent menú desplegable." +"per a la partició home es pot seleccionar per mitjà del corresponent menú " +"desplegable." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 @@ -6841,7 +7130,8 @@ "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"La partició d'intercanvi es pot fer prou grossa per posar el sistema en suspensió\n" +"La partició d'intercanvi es pot fer prou grossa per posar el sistema en " +"suspensió\n" "al disc en la majoria de casos." #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 @@ -6913,12 +7203,15 @@ #~ "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Atenció: no existeix cap partició muntada com a /boot.\n" -#~ "Si voleu fer l'arrencada des del disc dur necessitareu una petita partició /boot (d'aproximadament %1).\n" +#~ "Si voleu fer l'arrencada des del disc dur necessitareu una petita " +#~ "partició /boot (d'aproximadament %1).\n" #~ " Tingueu en compte que se'n poden crear.\n" -#~ "Les particions assignades a /boot es canviaran de forma automàtica al tipus\n" +#~ "Les particions assignades a /boot es canviaran de forma automàtica al " +#~ "tipus\n" #~ "0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració de la partició d'arrencada?\n" +#~ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració de la partició " +#~ "d'arrencada?\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" @@ -6927,7 +7220,8 @@ #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Avís: No hi ha cap partició del tipus bios_grub present.\n" -#~ "Per arrencar des d'un disc GPT fent servir el grub2 aquesta partició és necessària.\n" +#~ "Per arrencar des d'un disc GPT fent servir el grub2 aquesta partició és " +#~ "necessària.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -6998,18 +7292,23 @@ #~| msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available" #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available." -#~ msgstr "La interfície de la línia d'ordres per al mòdul de partició no està disponible" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La interfície de la línia d'ordres per al mòdul de partició no està " +#~ "disponible" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " +#~ "system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" +#~ "boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Heu intentat muntar una partició FAT sobre el punt de muntatge /boot.\n" -#~ "Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux (ext2, ReiserFS..) per aquest punt de muntatge.\n" +#~ "Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux (ext2, ReiserFS..) per aquest punt " +#~ "de muntatge.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Export Device Graph..." @@ -7041,7 +7340,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Seleccioneu Cancel·la si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si continueu, el YaST2 intentarà desmuntar el dispositiu abans de suprimir-lo.\n" +#~ "Si continueu, el YaST2 intentarà desmuntar el dispositiu abans de " +#~ "suprimir-lo.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Unmount of %1 failed.\n" @@ -7095,16 +7395,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n" -#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n" +#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +#~ "tmp.\n" +#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will " +#~ "create \n" +#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " +#~ "all \n" #~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "Podeu deixar en blanc la contrasenya crypt. Si ho feu, el sistema us crearà \n" -#~ "una contrasenya aleatòria a l'iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu totes \n" +#~ "Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com " +#~ "ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "Podeu deixar en blanc la contrasenya crypt. Si ho feu, el sistema us " +#~ "crearà \n" +#~ "una contrasenya aleatòria a l'iniciar el sistema. Això significa que " +#~ "perdreu totes \n" #~ "les dades d'aquests sistemes de fitxers en apagar el sistema.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7168,15 +7474,20 @@ #~ "mètode de muntatge per als sistemes de fitxers nous." #~ msgid "To use these mount points, press Yes." -#~ msgstr "Si voleu seguir utilitzant aquests punts de muntatge premeu el botó Sí." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si voleu seguir utilitzant aquests punts de muntatge premeu el " +#~ "botó Sí." #~ msgid "To ignore these mount points, press No." -#~ msgstr "Si voleu ignorar aquests punts de muntatge premeu el botó No." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si voleu ignorar aquests punts de muntatge premeu el botó No</" +#~ "B>." #~ msgid "" #~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n" #~ "for your new installation?" -#~ msgstr "Voleu fer servir aquests punts de muntatge per a la instal·lació nova?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voleu fer servir aquests punts de muntatge per a la instal·lació nova?" #~ msgid "" #~ "A previous system with the following mount points was detected:\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92888 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-29 17:50:24 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92888 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po Log: registration.ca.po: done (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po 2015-09-29 15:29:05 UTC (rev 92887) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po 2015-09-29 15:50:24 UTC (rev 92888) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-14 16:22+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 17:49+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -324,6 +324,12 @@ "Please fix the certificate issue manually, ensure that the server\n" "can be connected securely and start the YaST module again." msgstr "" +"Ja s'ha importat un certificat\n" +"però la connexió del servidor encara no és de confiança.\n" +"\n" +"Si us plau, corregiu el cas del certificat manualment, assegureu-vos que es\n" +"pot connectar amb el servidor amb seguretat i inicieu el mòdul del YaST un " +"altre cop." #. progress label #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 @@ -382,7 +388,8 @@ "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -"Assegureu-vos que un producte està instal·lat i que /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"Assegureu-vos que un producte està instal·lat i que /etc/products.d/" +"baseproduct\n" "sigui un symlink que apunti al fitxer del producte de base .prod." #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze @@ -406,7 +413,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 msgid "Synchronizing Products..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sincronitzant els productes..." #. load available addons from SCC server #. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the @@ -448,6 +455,8 @@ "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" msgstr "" +"Voleu habilitar aquests repositoris durant la instal·lació\n" +"per tal de poder obtenir les últimes actualitzacions?" #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line @@ -456,6 +465,8 @@ "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" msgstr "" +"Voleu habilitar aquests repositoris durant l'actualització\n" +"per tal de poder obtenir les últimes actualitzacions?" #. indent size used in summary text #: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 @@ -472,6 +483,10 @@ "\n" "Skip the repository or abort?" msgstr "" +"El repositori \"%s\"\n" +"no es pot carregar.\n" +"\n" +"Voleu ometre el repositori o avortar-ho?" #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) @@ -563,18 +578,25 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " +"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " +"extension or module." msgstr "" -"Introduïu els codis de registre per a les extensions o mòduls requerits.\n" -"Els codis de registre són necessaris per a un registre correcte. Si no podeu proporcionar un codi de registre, torneu enrere i desmarqueu les extensions o mòduls respectius." +"Introduïu els codis de registre per a les extensions o mòduls requerits.</" +"p>\n" +"Els codis de registre són necessaris per a un registre correcte. Si no " +"podeu proporcionar un codi de registre, torneu enrere i desmarqueu les " +"extensions o mòduls respectius." #. part of the UI - labels in the dialog #. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." -msgstr[0] "L'extensió que heu seleccionat necessita un codi de registre a part." -msgstr[1] "Les extensions que heu seleccionat necessiten un codi de registre a part." +msgstr[0] "" +"L'extensió que heu seleccionat necessita un codi de registre a part." +msgstr[1] "" +"Les extensions que heu seleccionat necessiten un codi de registre a part." #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." @@ -607,13 +629,21 @@ #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 -msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." -msgstr "Si us plau, tingueu present que algunes extensions o mòduls poden necessitar un codi de registre específic." +msgid "" +"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " +"registration code." +msgstr "" +"Si us plau, tingueu present que algunes extensions o mòduls poden " +"necessitar un codi de registre específic." #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 -msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "Si voleu suprimir alguna extensió o mòdul heu d'entrar al SUSE Customer Center i suprimir-los-en manualment." +msgid "" +"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " +"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" +"Si voleu suprimir alguna extensió o mòdul heu d'entrar al SUSE Customer " +"Center i suprimir-los-en manualment." #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 @@ -622,8 +652,11 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 -msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "Aquí podeu seleccionar extensions i mòduls disponibles per al vostre sistema." +msgid "" +"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu seleccionar extensions i mòduls disponibles per al vostre " +"sistema." #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 @@ -637,8 +670,12 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." -msgstr "Aquí podeu seleccionar les extensions i els mòduls que es tornaran a registrar." +msgid "" +"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +"" +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu seleccionar les extensions i els mòduls que es tornaran a " +"registrar." #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 @@ -647,8 +684,12 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." -msgstr "Aquí podeu seleccionar quines extensions o mòduls es registraran conjuntament amb el producte de base." +msgid "" +"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " +"together with the base product." +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu seleccionar quines extensions o mòduls es registraran " +"conjuntament amb el producte de base." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" @@ -713,22 +754,30 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " +"database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " +"Registration." msgstr "" -"El registre del producte inclou el vostre producte a la base de dades del SUSE Customer Center,\n" +"El registre del producte inclou el vostre producte a la base de dades del " +"SUSE Customer Center,\n" "i així us permet obtenir actualitzacions en línia i suport tècnic.\n" -"Per registrar-vos mentre s'instal·la automàticament, seleccioneu Executa el registre del producte." +"Per registrar-vos mentre s'instal·la automàticament, seleccioneu Executa " +"el registre del producte." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " +"of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " +"Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" -"Si la vostra xarxa desplega un servidor de registre personalitzat, establiu l'URL correcte del servidor\n" -"i la localització del certificat SMT a Paràmetres del servidor SMT. Referiu-vos\n" +"Si la vostra xarxa desplega un servidor de registre personalitzat, " +"establiu l'URL correcte del servidor\n" +"i la localització del certificat SMT a Paràmetres del servidor SMT. " +"Referiu-vos\n" "al manual de l'SMT per a més assistència." #. the UI defition for the global registration status @@ -746,7 +795,9 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" -msgstr "Instal·la les actualitzacions disponibles des dels repositoris d'actualització" +msgstr "" +"Instal·la les actualitzacions disponibles des dels repositoris " +"d'actualització" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 @@ -813,8 +864,12 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." -msgstr "Introduïu les credencials del SUSE Customer Center aquí per registrar el sistema i obtenir actualitzacions i extensions." +msgid "" +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " +"updates and extensions." +msgstr "" +"Introduïu les credencials del SUSE Customer Center aquí per registrar el " +"sistema i obtenir actualitzacions i extensions." #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 @@ -844,9 +899,12 @@ "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" -"Si us plau, introduïu un codi de registre o d'avaluació per a aquest producte i el\n" -"nom d'usuari i l'adreça electrònica del SUSE Customer Center als camps de sota.\n" -"L'accés a actualitzacions de seguretat i generals només és possible en un sistema\n" +"Si us plau, introduïu un codi de registre o d'avaluació per a aquest " +"producte i el\n" +"nom d'usuari i l'adreça electrònica del SUSE Customer Center als camps de " +"sota.\n" +"L'accés a actualitzacions de seguretat i generals només és possible en un " +"sistema\n" "registrat." #. label text describing the registration (2/2), @@ -888,28 +946,50 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." -msgstr "La connexió segura (HTTPS) usa certificats SSL per verificar l'autenticitat del servidor i per encriptar les dades transmeses." +msgid "" +"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " +"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgstr "" +"La connexió segura (HTTPS) usa certificats SSL per verificar " +"l'autenticitat del servidor i per encriptar les dades transmeses." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "Podeu escollir importar el certificat a la llista d'autoritats de certificat conegudes (CA), cosa que significa que confieu en el tema i l'emissor del certificat desconegut." +msgid "" +"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " +"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " +"issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "" +"Podeu escollir importar el certificat a la llista d'autoritats de " +"certificat conegudes (CA), cosa que significa que confieu en el tema i " +"l'emissor del certificat desconegut." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." -msgstr "Importar un certificat permetrà usar, per exemple, un ertificat autosignat." +msgid "" +"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"Importar un certificat permetrà usar, per exemple, un ertificat " +"autosignat." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." -msgstr "Important: hauríeu de verificar l'empremta del certificat per assegurar-vos que importeu el certificat genuí del servidor sol·licitat." +msgid "" +"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " +"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgstr "" +"Important: hauríeu de verificar l'empremta del certificat per " +"assegurar-vos que importeu el certificat genuí del servidor sol·licitat." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." -msgstr "Importar un certificat desconegut sense verificació és un risc de seguretat important." +msgid "" +"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " +"security risk." +msgstr "" +"Importar un certificat desconegut sense verificació és un risc de " +"seguretat important." #. error message, the entered URL is not valid #: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 @@ -934,23 +1014,30 @@ "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" msgstr "" -"El sistema de base ha d'estar registrat per tal de registrar el complement %s.\n" +"El sistema de base ha d'estar registrat per tal de registrar el complement " +"%s.\n" "Voleu ometre el registre del sistema de base i del complement?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Repositories used for Migration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Repositoris usats per a la migració" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories." -msgstr "En aquest diàleg podeu seleccionar manualment quins repositoris s'usaran per a la migració en línia. Els paquets s'actualitzaran a l'última versió trobada als repositoris seleccionats." +msgid "" +"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " +"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " +"in the selected repositories." +msgstr "" +"En aquest diàleg podeu seleccionar manualment quins repositoris s'usaran " +"per a la migració en línia. Els paquets s'actualitzaran a l'última versió " +"trobada als repositoris seleccionats." #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccioneu els repositoris usats per a la migració" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 @@ -976,6 +1063,9 @@ "to run the online migration you need\n" "to register the system first." msgstr "" +"El sistema no està registrat.\n" +"Per executar la migració en línia\n" +"primer heu de registrar el sistema." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 @@ -999,8 +1089,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." -msgstr "Aquí podeu seleccionar els productes de destinació de la migració. El servidor de registre pot oferir possibles migracions diferents a productes nous." +msgid "" +"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " +"may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu seleccionar els productes de destinació de la migració. El " +"servidor de registre pot oferir possibles migracions diferents a productes " +"nous." #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 @@ -1009,8 +1104,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." -msgstr "Useu la casella %s per seleccionar manualment els repositoris de migració més tard." +msgid "" +"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories " +"later." +msgstr "" +"Useu la casella %s per seleccionar manualment els repositoris de " +"migració més tard." #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" @@ -1024,7 +1123,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: check button label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajusteu manualment els repositoris per a la migració" #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 @@ -1043,8 +1142,13 @@ #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 -msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." -msgstr "ERROR: el producte %{product} no està disponible al servidor de registre (%{url}). Feu disponible el producte per permetre usar aquesta migració." +msgid "" +"ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server " +"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "" +"ERROR: el producte %{product} no està disponible al servidor de " +"registre (%{url}). Feu disponible el producte per permetre usar aquesta " +"migració." #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format @@ -1084,7 +1188,8 @@ "La miagració seleccionada conté un producte\n" "que no està disponible al servidor de registre.\n" "\n" -"Seleccioneu un objectiu de migració diferent o feu disponibles els productes\n" +"Seleccioneu un objectiu de migració diferent o feu disponibles els " +"productes\n" "que falten al servidor de registre." #. help text @@ -1093,12 +1198,20 @@ msgstr "El sistema ja està registrat." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "Podeu tornar-lo a registrar o podeu registrar extensions o mòduls addicionals per millorar la funcionalitat del sistema." +msgid "" +"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " +"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" +"Podeu tornar-lo a registrar o podeu registrar extensions o mòduls " +"addicionals per millorar la funcionalitat del sistema." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "Si voleu desfer el registre del sistema heu d'entrar al SUSE Customer Center i eliminar-ne el sistema manualment." +msgid "" +"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" +"Si voleu desfer el registre del sistema heu d'entrar al SUSE Customer " +"Center i eliminar-ne el sistema manualment." #. button label #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 @@ -1274,7 +1387,8 @@ #~ msgstr "S'ha afegit un servidor d'actualització a la vostra configuració." #~ msgid "No update server could be added to your configuration." -#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut afegir cap servidor d'actualització a la configuració." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha pogut afegir cap servidor d'actualització a la configuració." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "No software repository needed to be changed." @@ -1317,7 +1431,8 @@ #~ "The server requires additional system information. Activating \n" #~ "submission of the hardware profile automatically." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El servidor necessita informació addicional del sistema. S'està activant automàticament \n" +#~ "El servidor necessita informació addicional del sistema. S'està activant " +#~ "automàticament \n" #~ " la tramesa del perfil del maquinari." #~ msgid "Update Source Issues" @@ -1332,11 +1447,15 @@ #~ "so the sources are available to all tools." #~ msgstr "" #~ "El registre com a usuari normal no inclou la font\n" -#~ "d'actualització al mòdul d'actualització en línia del YaST. Si continueu i més\n" -#~ "endavant voleu actualitzar-lo mitjançant l'actualització en línia, haureu\n" +#~ "d'actualització al mòdul d'actualització en línia del YaST. Si continueu " +#~ "i més\n" +#~ "endavant voleu actualitzar-lo mitjançant l'actualització en línia, " +#~ "haureu\n" #~ "d'afegir la font manualment. Altres\n" -#~ "eines, com ara l'Actualitzador de programari del tauler, es poden utilitzar igualment\n" -#~ ". També podeu cancel·lar l'operació i registrar-vos com a usuari primari al YaST \n" +#~ "eines, com ara l'Actualitzador de programari del tauler, es poden " +#~ "utilitzar igualment\n" +#~ ". També podeu cancel·lar l'operació i registrar-vos com a usuari primari " +#~ "al YaST \n" #~ "perquè les fonts estiguin disponibles per a totes les eines." #~ msgid "Error: Data received is invalid." @@ -1372,146 +1491,199 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " +#~ "Novell.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les actualitzacions en línia.\n" -#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre amb\n" +#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les " +#~ "actualitzacions en línia.\n" +#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre " +#~ "amb\n" #~ "Configura més tard.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " +#~ "system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " +#~ "involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " +#~ "Novell\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " +#~ "identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre sistema\n" +#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre " +#~ "sistema\n" #~ "amb Informació opcional i Perfil de maquinari. \n" -#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot incloure\n" -#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb el\n" -#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel producte.\n" -#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte instal·lat.\n" +#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot " +#~ "incloure\n" +#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb " +#~ "el\n" +#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel " +#~ "producte.\n" +#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte " +#~ "instal·lat.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code\n" +#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code</" +#~ "b>\n" #~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" +#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your " +#~ "product.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si heu adquirit una còpia d'aquest producte, habiliteu Codi de registre\n" +#~ "Si heu adquirit una còpia d'aquest producte, habiliteu Codi de " +#~ "registre\n" #~ "i se us demanarà el codi del producte. \n" -#~ "D'aquesta manera, podreu accedir al servei de suport d'instal·lació que inclou el producte.\n" +#~ "D'aquesta manera, podreu accedir al servei de suport d'instal·lació que " +#~ "inclou el producte.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " +#~ "support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " +#~ "View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" +#~ "tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades s'utilitzen amb\n" -#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del controlador\n" -#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a Detalls.\n" -#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades " +#~ "s'utilitzen amb\n" +#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del " +#~ "controlador\n" +#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a " +#~ "Detalls.\n" +#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register." +#~ "log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " +#~ "update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " +#~ "such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova que les fonts d'actualització \n" +#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova " +#~ "que les fonts d'actualització \n" #~ "segueixen sent vàlides i afegeix les noves que hi ha disponibles.\n" -#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a Novell, com ara \n" -#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari estigui activada.\n" +#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a " +#~ "Novell, com ara \n" +#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari " +#~ "estigui activada.\n" #~ "Aquesta opció no suprimeix les fonts afegides manualment.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " +#~ "Open-SLX.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les actualitzacions en línia.\n" -#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre amb\n" +#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les " +#~ "actualitzacions en línia.\n" +#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre " +#~ "amb\n" #~ "Configura més tard.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " +#~ "system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " +#~ "involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" +#~ "SLX\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " +#~ "identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre sistema\n" +#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre " +#~ "sistema\n" #~ "amb Informació opcional i Perfil de maquinari. \n" -#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot incloure\n" -#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb el\n" -#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel producte.\n" -#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte instal·lat.\n" +#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot " +#~ "incloure\n" +#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb " +#~ "el\n" +#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel " +#~ "producte.\n" +#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte " +#~ "instal·lat.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " +#~ "for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " +#~ "support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " +#~ "View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" +#~ "tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades s'utilitzen amb\n" -#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del controlador\n" -#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a Detalls.\n" -#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades " +#~ "s'utilitzen amb\n" +#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del " +#~ "controlador\n" +#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a " +#~ "Detalls.\n" +#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register." +#~ "log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " +#~ "update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" +#~ "SLX, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova que les fonts d'actualització \n" +#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova " +#~ "que les fonts d'actualització \n" #~ "segueixen sent vàlides i afegeix les noves que hi ha disponibles.\n" -#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a Novell, com ara \n" -#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari estigui activada.\n" +#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a " +#~ "Novell, com ara \n" +#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari " +#~ "estigui activada.\n" #~ "Aquesta opció no suprimeix les fonts afegides manualment.\n" #~ "" @@ -1602,8 +1774,11 @@ #~ msgstr "No s'han pogut instal·lar els paquets següents" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "Per a configurar l'iniciador de l'iSCSI, cal instal·lar el paquet %1." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per a configurar l'iniciador de l'iSCSI, cal instal·lar el paquet " +#~ "%1." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first." @@ -1671,29 +1846,70 @@ #~ msgid "Key is invalid." #~ msgstr "La clau no és vàlida." -#~ msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -#~ msgstr "El registre del producte inclou el producte a la base de dades de Novell i us permet obtenir suport tècnic actualitzacions en línia. Si us voleu registrar mentre realitzeu la instal·lació automàtica, seleccioneu Registre del producte. Per simplificar aquest procediment, incloeu la informació del sistema amb Perfil de maquinari i Informació opcional." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, " +#~ "enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register " +#~ "while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. " +#~ "To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with " +#~ "Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El registre del producte inclou el producte a la base de dades de " +#~ "Novell i us permet obtenir suport tècnic actualitzacions en línia. Si us " +#~ "voleu registrar mentre realitzeu la instal·lació automàtica, seleccioneu " +#~ "Registre del producte. Per simplificar aquest procediment, incloeu " +#~ "la informació del sistema amb Perfil de maquinari i Informació " +#~ "opcional." -#~ msgid "Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." -#~ msgstr "Podeu obtenir més informació sobre el procés de registre amb <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Get more information about the registration process with " +#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Podeu obtenir més informació sobre el procés de registre amb " +#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration Data. Add a new key and value pair by pressing Add and then entering the appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Get more information about them with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration " +#~| "Data. Add a new key and value pair by pressing Add and " +#~| "then entering the appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that " +#~| "can be passed with <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Get more information " +#~| "about them with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a pair with Delete</" +#~| "b> or modify an existing pair with Edit." #~ msgid "" #~ "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" -#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" -#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" -#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." -#~ msgstr "Les altres dades que s'utilitzen per a registrar-se es mostren a Dades de registre. Afegiu una clau i un valor parell nou mitjançant l'opció Afegeix, i després introduïu els valors corresponents. Aquests paràmetres es poden passar amb <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Vegeu <tt>suse_register -p</tt> per obtenir-ne més informació. Suprimiu una parella mitjançant l'opció Suprimeix o modifiqueu una parella existent mitjançant l'opció Edita." +#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter " +#~ "the\n" +#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with " +#~ "<tt>suse_register\n" +#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " +#~ "a\n" +#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " +#~ "Edit." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Les altres dades que s'utilitzen per a registrar-se es mostren a " +#~ "Dades de registre. Afegiu una clau i un valor parell nou " +#~ "mitjançant l'opció Afegeix, i després introduïu els valors " +#~ "corresponents. Aquests paràmetres es poden passar amb <tt>suse_register -" +#~ "a</tt>. Vegeu <tt>suse_register -p</tt> per obtenir-ne més informació. " +#~ "Suprimiu una parella mitjançant l'opció Suprimeix o modifiqueu una " +#~ "parella existent mitjançant l'opció Edita." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." +#~| msgid "" +#~| "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of " +#~| "the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server " +#~| "Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT Server\n" -#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT " +#~ "Server\n" +#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " +#~ "Refer\n" #~ "to your SMT manual for further assistance." -#~ msgstr "Si teniu un servidor SMT personalitzat a la xarxa, establiu l'URL del servidor SMT i la ubicació del Certificat SMT a Configuració del servidor SMT. Per a obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu el manual de l'SMT." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si teniu un servidor SMT personalitzat a la xarxa, establiu l'URL del " +#~ "servidor SMT i la ubicació del Certificat SMT a Configuració del " +#~ "servidor SMT. Per a obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu el manual de " +#~ "l'SMT." #~ msgid "SMT Server" #~ msgstr "Servidor SMT" @@ -1786,7 +2002,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "You can register for installation support." -#~ msgstr "S'està escanejant la xarxa per a trobar els serveis d'instal·lació..." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "S'està escanejant la xarxa per a trobar els serveis d'instal·lació..." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Server CA certificate location:" @@ -1828,22 +2045,30 @@ #~ "and then specify its path by choosing %2.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si seleccioneu%1, és probable que el procés de registre falli.\n" -#~ "En cas contrari, podeu copiar manualment el fitxer del certificat al sistema\n" +#~ "En cas contrari, podeu copiar manualment el fitxer del certificat al " +#~ "sistema\n" #~ "i especificar el camí si trieu %2." #~ msgid "Could not load the SMT certificate file from floppy disk." -#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut carregar el fitxer del certificat SMT des del disquet." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha pogut carregar el fitxer del certificat SMT des del disquet." #~ msgid "Could not download the SMT certificate file from specified URL." -#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut baixar el fitxer del certificat SMT des de l'URL que heu especificat." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha pogut baixar el fitxer del certificat SMT des de l'URL que heu " +#~ "especificat." #~ msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path." -#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut trobar el fitxer del certificat SMT al camí que heu especificat." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha pogut trobar el fitxer del certificat SMT al camí que heu " +#~ "especificat." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Unknown error occurred while retrieving SMT certificate file" #~ msgid "Unknown error occurred while retrieving SMT certificate file." -#~ msgstr "S'ha produït un error desconegut mentre s'obtenia el fitxer del certificat SMT" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "S'ha produït un error desconegut mentre s'obtenia el fitxer del " +#~ "certificat SMT" #~ msgid "Skip" #~ msgstr "Omet" @@ -1879,7 +2104,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Do you really want to cancel and thereby skip the Registration?" #~ msgid "Do you really want to cancel and thereby skip registration?" -#~ msgstr "Esteu segur que voleu cancel·lar el registre (i, per tant, ometre'l)?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Esteu segur que voleu cancel·lar el registre (i, per tant, ometre'l)?" #~ msgid "Could not copy certificate file" #~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut copiar el fitxer del certificat" @@ -1893,7 +2119,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\n" -#~| "You have to trust this certificate in order to continue with the Registration." +#~| "You have to trust this certificate in order to continue with the " +#~| "Registration." #~ msgid "" #~ "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\n" #~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n" @@ -1978,7 +2205,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." -#~ msgstr "Premeu Acaba per a crear el producte complementari al directori de sortida." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Premeu Acaba per a crear el producte complementari al directori " +#~ "de sortida." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Edit Software Repositories"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92887 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-29 17:29:05 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92887 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po Log: ncurses-pkg.ca.po: done (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po 2015-09-29 15:17:37 UTC (rev 92886) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po 2015-09-29 15:29:05 UTC (rev 92887) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-14 16:45+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 17:28+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #. text above of list of all package versions #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992 msgid "List of all available package versions:" -msgstr "Mostra totes les versions de paquet disponibles:" +msgstr "Mostra totes les versions del paquet disponibles:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105 msgid "&Packages with Status" @@ -50,20 +50,23 @@ #. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "els paquets s'han modificat per resoldre dependències:" +msgstr "paquets s'han modificat per resoldre dependències:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "Podeu escollir fer la instal·lació igualment, però us arrisqueu a acabar amb un sistema malmès." +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "" +"Podeu escollir fer la instal·lació igualment, però us arrisqueu a acabar amb " +"un sistema malmès." #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" -msgstr "&Continua tanmateix" +msgstr "&Continua, tanmateix" #. headline of a popup showing the package license #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502 msgid "End User License Agreement" -msgstr " Acord de llicència" +msgstr "Acord de llicència" #. label text - keep it short #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691 @@ -102,7 +105,7 @@ #. fill seclection box #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:74 msgid "Recommended" -msgstr "Recomanat" +msgstr "Recomanats" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:77 msgid "Suggested" @@ -117,20 +120,36 @@ msgstr "No necessaris" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." -msgstr "Aquesta és una llista de paquets útils. S'instal·laran addicionalment si estan recomanats per un paquet que s'instal·la." +msgid "" +"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +"recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "" +"Aquesta és una llista de paquets útils. S'instal·laran addicionalment si " +"estan recomanats per un paquet que s'instal·la." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "Es suggereix la instal·lació d'aquests paquets perquè concorden amb paquets ja instal·lats. La decisió d'instal·lar-los és de l'usuari." +msgid "" +"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " +"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "" +"Es suggereix la instal·lació d'aquests paquets perquè concorden amb paquets " +"ja instal·lats. La decisió d'instal·lar-los és de l'usuari." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." -msgstr "S'ha detectat que aquests paquets no tenen repositori i, per això, no és possible actualitzar-los." +msgid "" +"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " +"updates aren't possible." +msgstr "" +"S'ha detectat que aquests paquets no tenen repositori i, per això, no és " +"possible actualitzar-los." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." -msgstr "Aquests paquets podrien no ser necessaris perquè les dependències anteriors ja no s'apliquen." +msgid "" +"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " +"longer." +msgstr "" +"Aquests paquets podrien no ser necessaris perquè les dependències anteriors " +"ja no s'apliquen." #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -142,7 +161,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:69 msgid "Update" -msgstr "Actualització" +msgstr "Actualitza" #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:71 msgid "Taboo" @@ -154,7 +173,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:75 msgid "Keep" -msgstr "Conserva" +msgstr "Mantén" #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:77 msgid "Do not install" @@ -163,8 +182,12 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" -msgstr "Traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers relacionats amb la llengua per al local %s" +msgid "" +"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " +"locale" +msgstr "" +"Traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers relacionats amb la llengua per al " +"local %s" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 @@ -173,7 +196,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:71 msgid "Languages" -msgstr "Idiomes" +msgstr "Llengües" #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:74 msgid "RPM Groups" @@ -373,7 +396,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" -msgstr "&Instal·la ara els paquets recomanats per paquets que ja estan instal·lats" +msgstr "" +"&Instal·la ara els paquets recomanats per paquets que ja estan instal·lats" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" @@ -399,16 +423,16 @@ #. part 2 of the text #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" -msgstr "s'han seleccionat automàticament paquets per instal·lar:" +msgstr "paquets s'han seleccionat automàticament per instal·lar:" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " -msgstr "majúscula o minúscula de prova del sistema de resolució dependent escrita a" +msgstr "Prova de resolució de dependències escrita a" #. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" -msgstr "Per satisfer les dependències dels paquets ja instal·lats:" +msgstr "Per satisfer les dependències dels paquets ja instal·lats els següents" #. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 @@ -441,7 +465,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:310 msgid "Error importing list of packages and patterns from " -msgstr "S'ha produït un error en importar la llista de paquets i patrons des de" +msgstr "" +"S'ha produït un error en importar la llista de paquets i patrons des de" #. menu items of the filter menu for patches - keep them short #. and use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: @@ -544,7 +569,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "This information is available for installed packages only." -msgstr " Aquesta informació només està disponible per als paquets instal·lats." +msgstr "" +" Aquesta informació només està disponible per als paquets instal·lats." #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 msgid "References: " @@ -655,33 +681,96 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." -msgstr "Benvinguts al selector de paquets Aquesta eina us ajudarà a gestionar el programari del sistema. Podeu instal·lar, actualitzar, suprimir paquets aïllats així com patrons (conjunts de paquets que serveixen per a un propòsit) o llengües. Normalment, no us heu de preocupar per les dependències a l'hora d'instal·lar o suprimir qualsevol cosa, el programa ho farà per vosaltres. El selector de paquets consisteix en tres parts principals: els fitres, la taula de paquets i el menú." +msgid "" +"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " +"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " +"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " +"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " +"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " +"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " +"and menu." +msgstr "" +"Benvinguts al selector de paquets Aquesta eina us ajudarà a " +"gestionar el programari del sistema. Podeu instal·lar, actualitzar, suprimir " +"paquets aïllats així com patrons (conjunts de paquets que serveixen per a un " +"propòsit) o llengües. Normalment, no us heu de preocupar per les " +"dependències a l'hora d'instal·lar o suprimir qualsevol cosa, el programa ho " +"farà per vosaltres. El selector de paquets consisteix en tres parts " +"principals: els fitres, la taula de paquets i el menú.</" +"p>" #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "El Filtre al plafó de l'esquerra està dissenyat per a una orientació fàcil en un conjunt molt gran de paquets. Useu els filtres per mostrar només paquets d'un repositori concret o d'un patró seleccionat (per exemple, Jocs o Desenvolupament C/C++) o per buscar paraules clau concretes. Podeu trobar més informació sobre els filtres a Com usar els filtres." +msgid "" +"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " +"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " +"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " +"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " +"filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "" +"El Filtre al plafó de l'esquerra està dissenyat per a una " +"orientació fàcil en un conjunt molt gran de paquets. Useu els filtres per " +"mostrar només paquets d'un repositori concret o d'un patró seleccionat (per " +"exemple, Jocs o Desenvolupament C/C++) o per buscar paraules clau concretes. " +"Podeu trobar més informació sobre els filtres a Com usar els filtres." +"" #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" -msgstr "La Taula de paquets és el component principal del selector de paquets. Hi veureu una llista de paquets que coincideixen amb el filtre actual (per exemple, el grup RPM seleccionat o el resultat de la cerca). Cada línia de la taula de paquets té diverses columnes:" +msgid "" +"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " +"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " +"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " +"several columns:" +msgstr "" +"La Taula de paquets és el component principal del selector de " +"paquets. Hi veureu una llista de paquets que coincideixen amb el filtre " +"actual (per exemple, el grup RPM seleccionat o el resultat de la cerca). " +"Cada línia de la taula de paquets té diverses columnes:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "<ol><li>Estat del paquet (per a més informació vegeu Estat i símbols del paquet)</li> <li>Nom del paquet</li><li>Resum del paquet</li><li>Versió disponible (en alguns dels repositoris configurats)</li> <li>Versió instal·lada (buit per als paquets no instal·lats encara)</li> <li>Mida del paquet</li></ol>" +msgid "" +"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " +"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " +"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " +"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "" +"<ol><li>Estat del paquet (per a més informació vegeu Estat i símbols del " +"paquet)</li> <li>Nom del paquet</li><li>Resum del paquet</li><li>Versió " +"disponible (en alguns dels repositoris configurats)</li> <li>Versió " +"instal·lada (buit per als paquets no instal·lats encara)</li> <li>Mida del " +"paquet</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "El menú Accions: podeu canviar l'estat del paquet que heu seleccionat (o de tots els paquets de la llista); per exemple, podeu suprimir un paquet o seleccionar-ne un de nou per a instal·lar-lo. També podeu fer directament el canvi d'estat amb la tecla especificada del menú (consulteu la secció Estat i símbols dels paquets) si voleu obtenir-ne més informació)." +msgid "" +"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " +"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " +"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " +"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " +"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " +"Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "" +"El menú Accions: podeu canviar l'estat del paquet que heu " +"seleccionat (o de tots els paquets de la llista); per exemple, podeu " +"suprimir un paquet o seleccionar-ne un de nou per a instal·lar-lo. També " +"podeu fer directament el canvi d'estat amb la tecla especificada del menú " +"(consulteu la secció Estat i símbols dels paquets) si voleu obtenir-" +"ne més informació)." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." -msgstr "El menú proporciona funcions relacionades amb la gestió de les dependències dels paquets. Mostra informació rellevant sobre els paquets o fa accions com ara obrir l'editor dels repositoris. Per a més informació, vegeu Funcions útils al menú." +msgid "" +"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " +"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " +"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " +"Functions in Menu." +msgstr "" +"El menú proporciona funcions relacionades amb la gestió de les " +"dependències dels paquets. Mostra informació rellevant sobre els paquets o " +"fa accions com ara obrir l'editor dels repositoris. Per a més informació, " +"vegeu Funcions útils al menú." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -690,13 +779,29 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "Podeu modificar l'estat del paquet mitjançant el menú Accions o amb les tecles que es defineixen als elements del menú. Per exemple, podeu instal·lar paquets addicionals amb la tecla \"+\". L'estat \"Tabú\" vol dir que no s'hauria d'instal·lar mai el paquet. En canvi, l'estat \"Bloquejat\" significa que s'hauria de mantenir la versió instal·lada del paquet." +msgid "" +"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " +"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " +"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " +"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " +"installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "" +"Podeu modificar l'estat del paquet mitjançant el menú Accions o " +"amb les tecles que es defineixen als elements del menú. Per exemple, podeu " +"instal·lar paquets addicionals amb la tecla \"+\". L'estat \"Tabú\" vol dir " +"que no s'hauria d'instal·lar mai el paquet. En canvi, l'estat \"Bloquejat" +"\" significa que s'hauria de mantenir la versió instal·lada del paquet." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "També podeu usar RET o ESPAI per commutar l'estat del paquet. El menú Accions també us permet canviar l'estat de tots els paquets de la llista (seleccioneu 'Tots els paquets de la llista')." +msgid "" +"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " +"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " +"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "" +"També podeu usar RET o ESPAI per commutar l'estat del " +"paquet. El menú Accions també us permet canviar l'estat de tots els " +"paquets de la llista (seleccioneu 'Tots els paquets de la llista')." #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -705,13 +810,30 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr "+ : s'ha seleccionat aquest paquet per a la instal·lacióa+ : s'ha seleccionat automàticament per a la instal·lació> : actualitza aquest paquetp>a> : actualització automàticai : s'ha instal·lat el paquet- : se suprimirà el paquet--- : no l'instal·lis mai (tabú)" +msgid "" +" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " +"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" +"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " +"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" +": never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr "" +"+ : s'ha seleccionat aquest paquet per a la instal·lacióa" +"+ : s'ha seleccionat automàticament per a la instal·lació> </" +"b>: actualitza aquest paquetp>a> : actualització automàtica</" +"p>i : s'ha instal·lat el paquet- : se suprimirà el " +"paquet--- : no l'instal·lis mai (tabú)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "-i-: manté la versió instal·lada i no l'actualitzis ni suprimeixis mai (paquet bloquejat) Informació d'estat per al patró i les llengües: i : Es satisfan tots els requeriments d'aquest patró/llengua" +msgid "" +"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " +"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" +"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "" +"-i-: manté la versió instal·lada i no l'actualitzis ni suprimeixis " +"mai (paquet bloquejat) Informació d'estat per al patró i les llengües:" +" i : Es satisfan tots els requeriments d'aquest patró/llengua</" +"p>" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -720,28 +842,86 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "El filtre us permet de filtrar tots els paquets disponibles d'acord amb els criteris seleccionats. Els filtres de paquets es basen en les propietats dels paquets (repositori, grup RPM), \"contenidors\" (patrons, llengües), classificació de paquets o resultats de cerques. Seleccioneu el filtre desitjat del menú desplegable. Els filtres específics es descriuen a sota." +msgid "" +"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " +"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " +"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " +"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " +"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "" +"El filtre us permet de filtrar tots els paquets disponibles " +"d'acord amb els criteris seleccionats. Els filtres de paquets es basen en " +"les propietats dels paquets (repositori, grup RPM), \"contenidors" +"\" (patrons, llengües), classificació de paquets o resultats de cerques. " +"Seleccioneu el filtre desitjat del menú desplegable. Els filtres específics " +"es descriuen a sota." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." -msgstr "Els Patrons descriuen les característiques i funcions que un sistema hauria de tenir (per exemple, servidor X o eines de línia d'ordres). Cada patró conté un conjunt de paquets que es requereixen (cal tenir), recomanen (s'haurien de tenir) i suggereixen (es poden tenir). Si marqueu un patró per instal·lar, actualitzar o suprimir, el programa s'executarà i canviarà l'estat dels paquets subordinats de manera corresponent." +msgid "" +"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " +"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " +"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " +"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " +"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Els Patrons descriuen les característiques i funcions que un " +"sistema hauria de tenir (per exemple, servidor X o eines de línia d'ordres). " +"Cada patró conté un conjunt de paquets que es requereixen (cal tenir), " +"recomanen (s'haurien de tenir) i suggereixen (es poden tenir). Si marqueu un " +"patró per instal·lar, actualitzar o suprimir, el programa s'executarà i " +"canviarà l'estat dels paquets subordinats de manera corresponent." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " -msgstr "Les llengües són contenidors de paquets molt semblants als patrons. Contenen paquets amb traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers específics per a una llengua seleccionada. Els grups RPM no són contenidors de paquets que poden instal·lar-se. En canvi, la pertinença a un grup RPM és una propietat del mateix paquet. Tenen una estructura jeràrquica (d'arbre). El filtre repositoris mostra els paquets disponibles d'un repositori específic. " +msgid "" +"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " +"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " +"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " +"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " +"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " +"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " +"repository. " +msgstr "" +"Les llengües són contenidors de paquets molt semblants als " +"patrons. Contenen paquets amb traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers " +"específics per a una llengua seleccionada. Els grups RPM no són " +"contenidors de paquets que poden instal·lar-se. En canvi, la pertinença a un " +"grup RPM és una propietat del mateix paquet. Tenen una estructura jeràrquica " +"(d'arbre). El filtre repositoris mostra els paquets disponibles d'un " +"repositori específic. " #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -msgstr "Introduïu una paraula clau per a la cerca de paquets al filtre de Cerca. També podeu introduir només una part del nom del paquet, com ara \"3d\", si voleu cercar tots els paquets que continguin 3D. Si cerqueu una paraula concreta a la descripció del paquet, activeu l'opció corresponent i inicieu la cerca amb el botó \"Cerca\"" +msgid "" +"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " +"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " +"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " +"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +"" +msgstr "" +"Introduïu una paraula clau per a la cerca de paquets al filtre de " +"Cerca. També podeu introduir només una part del nom del paquet, com " +"ara \"3d\", si voleu cercar tots els paquets que continguin 3D. Si " +"cerqueu una paraula concreta a la descripció del paquet, activeu l'opció " +"corresponent i inicieu la cerca amb el botó \"Cerca\"" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "El resum de la instal·lació presenta un resum dels paquets que han canviat d'estat durant aquesta sessió (per exemple, marcats per instal·lar o suprimirl), o bé per l'usuari o automàticament pel programa gestor. El filtre Classificació dels paquets proporciona informació sobre paquets recomanants, suggerits, orfes i no necessaris." +msgid "" +"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " +"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " +"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " +"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " +"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "" +"El resum de la instal·lació presenta un resum dels paquets que han " +"canviat d'estat durant aquesta sessió (per exemple, marcats per instal·lar o " +"suprimirl), o bé per l'usuari o automàticament pel programa gestor. El " +"filtre Classificació dels paquets proporciona informació sobre " +"paquets recomanants, suggerits, orfes i no " +"necessaris." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -749,32 +929,131 @@ msgstr "Funcions útils al menú" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." -msgstr "Dependències: aquest menú ofereix diverses accions relacionades amb la gestió de les dependències dels paquets. Per defecte, es comproven les dependències amb cada canvi d'estat. Se us informarà de conflictes entre paquets en un diàleg que us proposarà possibles solucions. Per resoldre el conflicte, seleccioneu una de les opcions oferides i premeu 'D'acord -- Torna-ho a provar'." +msgid "" +"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " +"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " +"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " +"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " +"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " +"Again'." +msgstr "" +"Dependències: aquest menú ofereix diverses accions " +"relacionades amb la gestió de les dependències dels paquets. Per defecte, es " +"comproven les dependències amb cada canvi d'estat. Se us informarà de " +"conflictes entre paquets en un diàleg que us proposarà possibles solucions. " +"Per resoldre el conflicte, seleccioneu una de les opcions oferides i premeu " +"'D'acord -- Torna-ho a provar'." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "Per inhabilitar la comprovació de dependències a cada canvi d'estat, commuteu la Comprovació automàtica de dependències a OFF. Podeu comprovar les dependències manualment seleccionant Comprova les dependències ara. L'entrada Verifica el sistema comprovarà les dependències dels paquets ja instal·lats i resoldrà els conflictes no interactius, marcant els paquets que faltin per instal·lar-los automàticament si és necessari. Per fer depuració, useu Genera un cas de prova de resolució de dependències. Abocarà les dades de dependències al directori <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Això és el que sempre necessiteu quan se us pregunta per un \"solver testcase\" a Bugzilla." +msgid "" +"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " +"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " +"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " +"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " +"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " +"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " +"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " +"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " +"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "" +"Per inhabilitar la comprovació de dependències a cada canvi d'estat, " +"commuteu la Comprovació automàtica de dependències a OFF. Podeu " +"comprovar les dependències manualment seleccionant Comprova les " +"dependències ara. L'entrada Verifica el sistema comprovarà les " +"dependències dels paquets ja instal·lats i resoldrà els conflictes no " +"interactius, marcant els paquets que faltin per instal·lar-los " +"automàticament si és necessari. Per fer depuració, useu Genera un cas de " +"prova de resolució de dependències. Abocarà les dades de dependències al " +"directori <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Això és el que sempre " +"necessiteu quan se us pregunta per un \"solver testcase\" a Bugzilla." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "Les opcions disponibles per a la comprovació de dependències són les següents: Comprovació automàtica de dependències (vegeu-ho més amunt), Instal·la els paquets recomanats: si s'activa, es tindran en compte les dependències febles, Mode de verificació del sistema: repara dependències de paquets instal·lats i les soluciona immediatament. Atenció: després de comprovar el sistema amb l'opció Verifica el sistema ara, el Mode de verificació del sistema queda activat (desmarqueu l'opció, si ho desitgeu). Aquestes opcions es desen al fitxer de configuració del YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "" +"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " +"Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak " +"dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair " +"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " +"checking the system with Verify System Now the option System " +"Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " +"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Les opcions disponibles per a la comprovació de dependències són les " +"següents: Comprovació automàtica de dependències (vegeu-ho més " +"amunt), Instal·la els paquets recomanats: si s'activa, es tindran en " +"compte les dependències febles, Mode de verificació del sistema: " +"repara dependències de paquets instal·lats i les soluciona immediatament. " +"Atenció: després de comprovar el sistema amb l'opció Verifica el sistema " +"ara, el Mode de verificació del sistema queda activat (desmarqueu " +"l'opció, si ho desitgeu). Aquestes opcions es desen al fitxer de " +"configuració del YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "Opcions avançades: Neteja quan s'eliminin paquets:: suprimeix paquets no usats que en depenguin. Permet el canvi de proveïdor: el proveïdor del paquet pot diferir del proveïdor del paquet instal·lat. Aquests accions no es desaran, només es poden establir a la configuració de la biblioteca de paquets <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "" +"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " +"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " +"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " +"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" +"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Opcions avançades: Neteja quan s'eliminin paquets:: suprimeix " +"paquets no usats que en depenguin. Permet el canvi de proveïdor: el " +"proveïdor del paquet pot diferir del proveïdor del paquet instal·lat. " +"Aquests accions no es desaran, només es poden establir a la configuració de " +"la biblioteca de paquets <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "La vista: escolliu quina informació sobre el paquet seleccionat es mostrarà a la finestra de sota la taula de paquets. Les opcions disponibles són les següents: descripció del paquet, dades tècniques (versió, mida, llicència, etc.) versions de paquets (totes les disponibles), llista de fitxers (tots els fitxers inclosos al paquet) i les dependències (proporciona, requereix, etc.)." +msgid "" +"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " +"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " +"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " +"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " +"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "" +"La vista: escolliu quina informació sobre el paquet " +"seleccionat es mostrarà a la finestra de sota la taula de paquets. Les " +"opcions disponibles són les següents: descripció del paquet, dades tècniques " +"(versió, mida, llicència, etc.) versions de paquets (totes les disponibles), " +"llista de fitxers (tots els fitxers inclosos al paquet) i les dependències " +"(proporciona, requereix, etc.)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." -msgstr "Configuració: aquest menú integra el selector de paquets amb la resta d'eines de gestió de paquets. Des d'aquí, podeu fer Inicia el gestor de repositoris i editar els repositoris configurats o registrar-vos al repositori d'actualització i configruar la descàrrega periòdica de les actualitzacions disponibles (Inicia la configuració de l'actualització en línia). També podeu escollir un dels tres possibles comportaments del selector de paquets en sortir - al menú Acció després de la instal·lació de paquets." +msgid "" +"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " +"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " +"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " +"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " +"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " +"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " +"Installation menu." +msgstr "" +"Configuració: aquest menú integra el selector de paquets amb la " +"resta d'eines de gestió de paquets. Des d'aquí, podeu fer Inicia el " +"gestor de repositoris i editar els repositoris configurats o registrar-" +"vos al repositori d'actualització i configruar la descàrrega periòdica de " +"les actualitzacions disponibles (Inicia la configuració de " +"l'actualització en línia). També podeu escollir un dels tres possibles " +"comportaments del selector de paquets en sortir - al menú Acció després " +"de la instal·lació de paquets." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." -msgstr "Extres: aquí hi ha les funcions miscel·lànies. Exporta la llista de paquets a un fitxer abocarà dades sobre paquets, patrons i llengües instal·lats en un fitxer XML especificat. Aquest fitxer es pot llegir després amb l'opció Importa la llista de paquets des d'un fitxer, per exemple, en un ordinador diferent. Situarà el conjunt de paquets al segon ordinador en el mateix estat que es descriu al fitxer XML. Mostra l'espai disponible al disc mostrarà una taula emergent amb l'ús del disc i l'espai disponible a la partició muntada actualment." +msgid "" +"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " +"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " +"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " +"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " +"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " +"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " +"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"Extres: aquí hi ha les funcions miscel·lànies. Exporta la " +"llista de paquets a un fitxer abocarà dades sobre paquets, patrons i " +"llengües instal·lats en un fitxer XML especificat. Aquest fitxer es pot " +"llegir després amb l'opció Importa la llista de paquets des d'un fitxer</" +"i>, per exemple, en un ordinador diferent. Situarà el conjunt de paquets al " +"segon ordinador en el mateix estat que es descriu al fitxer XML. Mostra " +"l'espai disponible al disc mostrarà una taula emergent amb l'ús del disc " +"i l'espai disponible a la partició muntada actualment." #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 @@ -867,7 +1146,7 @@ #. column header used disk space (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 msgid "Used" -msgstr "Utilitzat" +msgstr "Usat" #. column header free disk space (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 @@ -961,7 +1240,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " -msgstr "Fitxers de traduccions, diccionaris i altres relacionats amb la llengua per a" +msgstr "" +"Fitxers de traduccions, diccionaris i altres relacionats amb la llengua per a" #. the headline of the help popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 @@ -971,28 +1251,90 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." -msgstr "Informació general sobre pedaços:Els tipus de pedaços de seguretat solucionen aspectes de seguretat i recomanem molt instal·lar-los. També hauríeu d'instal·lar els pedaços recomanats, normalment contenen correccions importants d'errors. Instal·leu pedaços de característiques si us interessa la caracterísitica." +msgid "" +"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" +"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " +"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " +"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " +"the feature." +msgstr "" +"Informació general sobre pedaços:Els tipus de pedaços de " +"seguretat solucionen aspectes de seguretat i recomanem molt " +"instal·lar-los. També hauríeu d'instal·lar els pedaços recomanats, " +"normalment contenen correccions importants d'errors. Instal·leu pedaços de " +"característiques si us interessa la caracterísitica." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." -msgstr "Els pedaços per a \"libzypp\" (Gestió de paquets, pedaços, patrons i productes) s'instal·laran sempre en primer lloc. La resta de pedaços s'han d'instal·lar després." +msgid "" +"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " +"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " +"run." +msgstr "" +"Els pedaços per a \"libzypp\" (Gestió de paquets, pedaços, patrons i " +"productes) s'instal·laran sempre en primer lloc. La resta de pedaços s'han " +"d'instal·lar després." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "Significat dels senyaladors de l'estat:a+ : se seleccionen prèviament els pedaços que tenen relació amb la instal·lació i es descarreguen al sistema. Si no us interessa un pedaç en concret, podeu desmarcar-lo amb '-'. i : es satisfan tots els requeriments d'aquest pedaç. + : Heu seleccionat aquest pedaç per instal·lar." +msgid "" +"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " +"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " +"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " +"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " +"have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "" +"Significat dels senyaladors de l'estat:a+ : se seleccionen " +"prèviament els pedaços que tenen relació amb la instal·lació i es " +"descarreguen al sistema. Si no us interessa un pedaç en concret, podeu " +"desmarcar-lo amb '-'. i : es satisfan tots els requeriments " +"d'aquest pedaç. + : Heu seleccionat aquest pedaç per " +"instal·lar." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." -msgstr "Més detalls sobre l'estat: si hi ha diversos pedaços per a un paquet (o un conjunt de paquets) que encara no s'han aplicat al sistema, tots es preseleccionen i tenen l'estat a+. Si un d'aquests pedaços es desmarca amb '-', després podria mostrar l'estat i. Això és així perquè algun dels altres pedaços referents al mateix paquet o paquets encara està seleccionat. S'instal·laran les versions més noves del paquet o paquets i amb això es satisfà el pedaç. És necessari desmarcar tots els pedaços si no es volen." +msgid "" +"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " +"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " +"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " +"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " +"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " +"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " +"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " +"patches are not wanted." +msgstr "" +"Més detalls sobre l'estat: si hi ha diversos pedaços per a un paquet " +"(o un conjunt de paquets) que encara no s'han aplicat al sistema, tots es " +"preseleccionen i tenen l'estat a+. Si un d'aquests pedaços es " +"desmarca amb '-', després podria mostrar l'estat i. Això és així " +"perquè algun dels altres pedaços referents al mateix paquet o paquets encara " +"està seleccionat. S'instal·laran les versions més noves del paquet o " +"paquets i amb això es satisfà el pedaç. És necessari desmarcar tots els " +"pedaços si no es volen." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "Els menús:el menúFiltre permet filtrar els pedaços; per exemple, mostra els \"Instal·lats' o llista els pedaços de 'Seguretat'. També ofereix la cerca de pedaços. Useu el menú Acccions per canviar l'estat d'un pedaç. El menú Vista ofereix la possibilitat de veure quins paquets tenen a veure amb amb un pedaç. Si us plau, tingueu en compte que si el filtre és 'Tots els pedaços' la llista de paquets per a alguns pedaços podria ser buida. Això significa que no hi ha paquets implicats perquè cap dels pedaços de paquets està instal·lat al sistema. El menú de Dependències conté comprovacions de dependències i l'entrada 'Genera un cas de prova'." +msgid "" +"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." +"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " +"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " +"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " +"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " +"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " +"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." +" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " +"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "" +"Els menús:el menúFiltre permet filtrar els pedaços; per " +"exemple, mostra els \"Instal·lats' o llista els pedaços de 'Seguretat'. " +"També ofereix la cerca de pedaços. Useu el menú Acccions per " +"canviar l'estat d'un pedaç. El menú Vista ofereix la possibilitat " +"de veure quins paquets tenen a veure amb amb un pedaç. Si us plau, tingueu " +"en compte que si el filtre és 'Tots els pedaços' la llista de paquets per a " +"alguns pedaços podria ser buida. Això significa que no hi ha paquets " +"implicats perquè cap dels pedaços de paquets està instal·lat al sistema." +" El menú de Dependències conté comprovacions de dependències i " +"l'entrada 'Genera un cas de prova'." #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 @@ -1017,7 +1359,7 @@ #. begin: the label of the Contiunue button #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 msgid "C&ontinue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "C&ontinua" #. the label of the Yes button #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 @@ -1037,8 +1379,12 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 -msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" -msgstr "Es perdran tots els canvis de la selecció de paquets, pedaços o patrons. Segur que voleu sortir?" +msgid "" +"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." +" Really exit?" +msgstr "" +"Es perdran tots els canvis de la selecció de paquets, pedaços o patrons." +" Segur que voleu sortir?" #. the label of language table #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 @@ -1086,13 +1432,25 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 -msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." -msgstr "Llista de problemes de l'actualització Els paquets de la llista no es poden actualitzar automàticament.Causes possibles:Els paquets són obsolets i uns altres els han reemplaçat.No es poden fer actualitzacions a una versió recent en cap suport d'instal·lació.Es tracta de paquets d'altres proveïdorsSeleccioneu de forma manual l'acció que voleu que se'ls apliqui. L'opció més segura és suprimir-los." +msgid "" +"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " +"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " +"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " +"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " +"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Llista de problemes de l'actualització Els paquets de la llista " +"no es poden actualitzar automàticament.Causes possibles:Els " +"paquets són obsolets i uns altres els han reemplaçat.No es poden fer " +"actualitzacions a una versió recent en cap suport d'instal·lació.Es " +"tracta de paquets d'altres proveïdorsSeleccioneu de forma manual " +"l'acció que voleu que se'ls apliqui. L'opció més segura és suprimir-los." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 msgid "Source" -msgstr "Origen" +msgstr "Font" #. menu entry Update List #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 @@ -1115,35 +1473,86 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Versions incompatibles de paquets" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 -msgid "You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgid "" +"You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-" +"capable versions of this package at the same time." msgstr "" +"Esteu provant d'instal·lar al mateix temps versions capaces de " +"multiversió i no capaces de multiversió d'aquest paquet." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 -msgid "This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgid "" +"This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install " +"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" " +"to unselect this version and keep the other one." msgstr "" +"Aquesta versió és capaç de multiversió.Premeu \"Continua\" per " +"instal·lar aquesta versió i desmarcar la versió no capaç de multiversió, i " +"\"Cancel·la\" per desmarcar aquesta versió i mantenir l'altra." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 -msgid "This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgid "" +"This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to " +"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " +"unselect this version and keep the other ones." msgstr "" +"Aquesta versió no és capaç de multiversió.Premeu \"Continua\" per " +"instal·lar només aquesta versió i desmarcar totes les altres versions, i " +"\"Cancel·la\" per desmarcar aquesta versió i mantenir les altres." -#~ msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." -#~ msgstr "Aquesta és una llista de paquets útils. S'instal·laran addicionalment si són recomanats per paquets nous instal·lats. Cal establir l'opció Instal·la paquets recomanats per altres paquets ja instal·lats al menú Dependències per poder-ho fer." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +#~ "recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by " +#~ "already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for " +#~ "Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be " +#~ "set." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aquesta és una llista de paquets útils. S'instal·laran addicionalment si " +#~ "són recomanats per paquets nous instal·lats. Cal establir l'opció " +#~ "Instal·la paquets recomanats per altres paquets ja instal·lats al " +#~ "menú Dependències per poder-ho fer." #~ msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" #~ msgstr "&Instal·la els paquets recomanats per a paquets ja instal·lats" -#~ msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -#~ msgstr "Les opcions disponibles per a la comprovació de dependències són les següents: Comprovació automàtica de dependències (vegeu a dalt), Instal·la els recomanats per paquets ja instal·lats: si està a ON, s'instal·laran també els paquets recomanats pels que ja estan instal·lats, Mode de verificació del sistema: repara les dependències dels paquets instal·lats i ho soluciona immediatament. Si us plau, tingueu en compte que després de comprovar el sistema amb Verifica el sistema ara l'opció Mode de verificació del sistema està a ON (desmarqueu l'opció si ho desitgeu). Aquestes opcions es desen al fitxer de configuració del YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic " +#~ "Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already " +#~ "Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already " +#~ "installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: " +#~ "repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please " +#~ "note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option " +#~ "System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). " +#~ "These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" +#~ "yast2</tt>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Les opcions disponibles per a la comprovació de dependències són les " +#~ "següents: Comprovació automàtica de dependències (vegeu a " +#~ "dalt), Instal·la els recomanats per paquets ja instal·lats: si " +#~ "està a ON, s'instal·laran també els paquets recomanats pels que ja estan " +#~ "instal·lats, Mode de verificació del sistema: repara les " +#~ "dependències dels paquets instal·lats i ho soluciona immediatament. Si us " +#~ "plau, tingueu en compte que després de comprovar el sistema amb " +#~ "Verifica el sistema ara l'opció Mode de verificació del " +#~ "sistema està a ON (desmarqueu l'opció si ho desitgeu). Aquestes " +#~ "opcions es desen al fitxer de configuració del YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" +#~ "yast2</tt>." #~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----" #~ msgstr "----- aquest pedaç està trencat -----" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." -#~ msgstr "El mode \"recommended\" vol dir que es recomana que instal·leu el pedaç. \"security\" és un pedaç de seguretat i és molt recomanable que l'instal·leu. S'han d'instal·lar en primer lloc els pedaços de \"YaST2\". Heu d'instal·lar la resta de pedaços a continuació." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" " +#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El mode \"recommended\" vol dir que es recomana que instal·leu el " +#~ "pedaç. \"security\" és un pedaç de seguretat i és molt recomanable que " +#~ "l'instal·leu. S'han d'instal·lar en primer lloc els pedaços de \"YaST2\". " +#~ "Heu d'instal·lar la resta de pedaços a continuació." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92886 - trunk/yast/sk/po
by galko＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: galko Date: 2015-09-29 17:17:37 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92886 Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses-pkg.sk.po Log: sk merging Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses-pkg.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses-pkg.sk.po 2015-09-29 15:06:36 UTC (rev 92885) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses-pkg.sk.po 2015-09-29 15:17:37 UTC (rev 92886) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-29 14:14+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 17:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -53,7 +53,8 @@ msgstr "pridané kvôli vyriešeniu závislostí:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." msgstr "V každom prípade môžete inštalovať, ale riskujete poškodenie systému." #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 @@ -118,19 +119,27 @@ msgstr "Nevyžadované opravy" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgid "" +"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +"recommeded by a newly installed package." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgid "" +"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " +"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." +msgid "" +"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " +"updates aren't possible." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." +msgid "" +"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " +"longer." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 @@ -164,8 +173,11 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, fuzzy, c-format -msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" -msgstr "Preklady, slovníky a iné súvisiace jazykové súbory pre %s lokalizáciu" +msgid "" +"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " +"locale" +msgstr "" +"Preklady, slovníky a iné súvisiace jazykové súbory pre %s lokalizáciu" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 @@ -374,7 +386,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nainštalovať odpo&rúčané balíky" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" @@ -670,38 +682,97 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 #, fuzzy -msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." -msgstr "<h3>Vitajte vo výbere balíkov</h3>Tento nástroj vám pomôže spravovať nainštalovaný softvér vo vašom systém. Môžete inštalovať, aktualizovať, alebo odstraňovať balíky, ako aj vzory (sady balíkov slúžiace pre niektoré účely), alebo jazyky. Obvykle sa nemusíte starať o závislosti balíkov keď čokoľvek inštalujete, alebo odstraňujete - riešiteľ to vybaví za vás. Výber balíkov sa skladá z troch hlavných častí: filtrov, tabuľky balíkov a ponuky." +msgid "" +"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " +"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " +"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " +"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " +"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " +"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " +"and menu." +msgstr "" +"<h3>Vitajte vo výbere balíkov</h3>Tento nástroj vám pomôže spravovať " +"nainštalovaný softvér vo vašom systém. Môžete inštalovať, aktualizovať, alebo " +"odstraňovať balíky, ako aj vzory (sady balíkov slúžiace pre niektoré účely), " +"alebo jazyky. Obvykle sa nemusíte starať o závislosti balíkov keď čokoľvek " +"inštalujete, alebo odstraňujete - riešiteľ to vybaví za vás. Výber balíkov sa " +"skladá z troch hlavných častí: filtrov, tabuľky balíkov a ponuky" +"." #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 #, fuzzy -msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "Filtre (ľavý panel) sú prispôsobené tak, aby vám čo najviac zjednodušili orientáciu. Povoľujú zobrazovanie balíkov z určitých repozitárov, alebo vo vybratých vzoroch (napr. Hry, alebo C/C++ vývoj), ako aj hľadanie konkrétnych kľúčových slov. Viac informácií nájdete v Ako používať filtre." +msgid "" +"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " +"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " +"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) " +"or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be " +"found in How to use filters." +msgstr "" +"Filtre (ľavý panel) sú prispôsobené tak, aby vám čo najviac " +"zjednodušili orientáciu. Povoľujú zobrazovanie balíkov z určitých " +"repozitárov, alebo vo vybratých vzoroch (napr. Hry, alebo C/C++ vývoj), ako " +"aj hľadanie konkrétnych kľúčových slov. Viac informácií nájdete v Ako " +"používať filtre." #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 #, fuzzy -msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" -msgstr "Tabuľka balíkov je hlavný komponent výberu balíkov. Uvidíte v nej zoznam balíkov zodpovedajúci nastaveniu filtra (napr. vybratá skupina balíkov, alebo výsledky hľadania). Každý riadok tabuľky balíkov má príslušné stĺpce:" +msgid "" +"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " +"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " +"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " +"several columns:" +msgstr "" +"Tabuľka balíkov je hlavný komponent výberu balíkov. Uvidíte v nej " +"zoznam balíkov zodpovedajúci nastaveniu filtra (napr. vybratá skupina " +"balíkov, alebo výsledky hľadania). Každý riadok tabuľky balíkov má príslušné " +"stĺpce:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 #, fuzzy -msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "<ol><li>Stav balíka ( pre viac informácií pozrite Stav balíka a symboly )</li><li>Názov balíka</li><li>Súhrn balíka</li><li>Dostupná verzia ( na niektorých nakonfigurovaných repozitárov )</li><li>Nainštalovaná verzia ( prázdne zatiaľ pre nenainštalované balíky )</li><li>Veľkosť balíka</li></ol>" +msgid "" +"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " +"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " +"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " +"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "" +"<ol><li>Stav balíka ( pre viac informácií pozrite Stav balíka a symboly" +" )</li><li>Názov balíka</li><li>Súhrn balíka</li><li>Dostupná verzia ( na " +"niektorých nakonfigurovaných repozitárov )</li><li>Nainštalovaná verzia ( " +"prázdne zatiaľ pre nenainštalované balíky )</li><li>Veľkosť balíka</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 #, fuzzy -msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "Akcie: umožňuje zmeniť stav vybraného balíka (alebo všetkých balíkov v zozname), napríklad odstrániť balík, alebo vybrať iné balíky, ktoré chcete nainštalovať. Stav môžete zmeniť aj priamo stlačením klávesov uvedených v menu (detailné informácie o stave balíka zistíte v položke 'Pomocník pre stav balíka ')." +msgid "" +"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of " +"a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a " +"package or select an additional package for installation. The status change " +"can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for " +"detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and " +"Symbols)." +msgstr "" +"Akcie: umožňuje zmeniť stav vybraného balíka (alebo všetkých " +"balíkov v zozname), napríklad odstrániť balík, alebo vybrať iné balíky, ktoré " +"chcete nainštalovať. Stav môžete zmeniť aj priamo stlačením klávesov " +"uvedených v menu (detailné informácie o stave balíka zistíte v položke " +"'Pomocník pre stav balíka ')." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 #, fuzzy -msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." -msgstr "Ponuka zabezpečuje úlohy súvisiace s manipuláciou závislostí balíka, zobrazovanie príslušných informácií balíkov a niekoľko ďalších užitočných akcií, ako je otváranie editora repozitára. Pre viac informácií pozrite Užitočné funkcie v ponuke." +msgid "" +"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " +"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " +"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " +"Functions in Menu." +msgstr "" +"Ponuka zabezpečuje úlohy súvisiace s manipuláciou závislostí " +"balíka, zobrazovanie príslušných informácií balíkov a niekoľko ďalších " +"užitočných akcií, ako je otváranie editora repozitára. Pre viac informácií " +"pozrite Užitočné funkcie v ponuke." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -711,14 +782,28 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 #, fuzzy -msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "Stav balíka môžete zmeniť pomocou menu Akcie, alebo klávesami uvedenými v menu. Napríklad použite '+' pre inštaláciu ďalšieho balíka.Stav \"Tabu\" znamená, že balík by nemal byť nainštalovaný. Podobný stav \"Uzamknutý\" znamená, že nainštalovaná verzia by mala vždy zostať." +msgid "" +"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " +"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " +"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never " +"be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed " +"version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "" +"Stav balíka môžete zmeniť pomocou menu Akcie, alebo klávesami " +"uvedenými v menu. Napríklad použite '+' pre inštaláciu ďalšieho balíka." +"Stav \"Tabu\" znamená, že balík by nemal byť nainštalovaný. Podobný stav " +"\"Uzamknutý\" znamená, že nainštalovaná verzia by mala vždy zostať." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 #, fuzzy -msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "Ponuka Akcie poskytuje aj možnosť zmeniť stav všetkých balíkov vo výbere (zvoľte 'Všetky balíky v zozname')." +msgid "" +"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " +"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages " +"in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "" +"Ponuka Akcie poskytuje aj možnosť zmeniť stav všetkých balíkov vo " +"výbere (zvoľte 'Všetky balíky v zozname')." #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -728,14 +813,30 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr " + : tento balík je vybraný pre inštaláciu.a+ : automaticky vybraný pre inštaláciu > : aktualizovať tento balíka> : automatická aktualizácia i : tento balík je nainštalovaný - : balík bude odstránený---: nikdy tento balík neinštalovať(tabu)" +msgid "" +" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " +"installed automatically > : package will be updateda> " +": package will be automatically updated i : package is " +"installed - : package will be deleted---: never " +"install this package (taboo)" +msgstr "" +" + : tento balík je vybraný pre inštaláciu.a+ : " +"automaticky vybraný pre inštaláciu > : aktualizovať tento " +"balíka> : automatická aktualizácia i : tento " +"balík je nainštalovaný - : balík bude odstránený---<" +"/b>: nikdy tento balík neinštalovať(tabu)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 #, fuzzy -msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "-i-: ponechať nainštalovanú verziu a nikdy neaktualizovať, alebo odstrániť balík ( balík uzamknutý ):-): Všetky požiadavky tohto vzoru/jazyka sú splnené" +msgid "" +"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( " +"package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:" +" i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "" +"-i-: ponechať nainštalovanú verziu a nikdy neaktualizovať, alebo " +"odstrániť balík ( balík uzamknutý ):-): Všetky požiadavky tohto " +"vzoru/jazyka sú splnené" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -745,32 +846,86 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 #, fuzzy -msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "Mimo všetky dostupné balíky, Filtre povoľujú filtrovať iba tie, ktoré vás zaujímajú. Filtre balíkov sú postavené na vlastnostiach balíka (repozitár, skupina balíkov), balíkových \"kontajneroch\" (vzory, jazyky), alebo výsledkoch hľadania. Vyberte požadovaný filter z rozbaľovacej ponuky. Špecifické filtre sú popísané nižšie." +msgid "" +"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " +"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " +"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " +"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " +"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "" +"Mimo všetky dostupné balíky, Filtre povoľujú filtrovať iba tie, " +"ktoré vás zaujímajú. Filtre balíkov sú postavené na vlastnostiach balíka " +"(repozitár, skupina balíkov), balíkových \"kontajneroch\" (vzory, jazyky), " +"alebo výsledkoch hľadania. Vyberte požadovaný filter z rozbaľovacej ponuky. " +"Špecifické filtre sú popísané nižšie." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 #, fuzzy -msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." -msgstr "Vzory opisujú rysy a funkcie, ktoré by systém mal mať (napr. X server, alebo konzolové nástroje). Každý vzor obsahuje sadu balíkov, ktoré vyžaduje (musí mať), odporúča (mal by mať) a navrhuje (môže mať). Ak budete spúšťať vzor pre inštaláciu (aktualizáciu, odstránenie), spustí sa riešiteľ a zmení stav podriadených balíkov zodpovedajúcim." +msgid "" +"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " +"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " +"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " +"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " +"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." +msgstr "" +"Vzory opisujú rysy a funkcie, ktoré by systém mal mať (napr. X " +"server, alebo konzolové nástroje). Každý vzor obsahuje sadu balíkov, ktoré " +"vyžaduje (musí mať), odporúča (mal by mať) a navrhuje (môže mať). Ak budete " +"spúšťať vzor pre inštaláciu (aktualizáciu, odstránenie), spustí sa riešiteľ a " +"zmení stav podriadených balíkov zodpovedajúcim." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 #, fuzzy -msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " -msgstr "Jazyky sú balíkové kontajnery podobné vzorom. Obsahujú balíky s prekladmi, slovníkmi a inými špecifickými súbormi, pre vybratý jazyk. AvšakSkupiny balíkov nie sú kontajnery balíkov, ktoré môžu byť inštalované. Miesto toho, členstvo v určitej skupine balíkov je vlasnosť samotného balíka. Majú hierarchickú (stromovú) štruktúru. Filter Repozitáre, povoľuje zobrazenie balíkov pochádzajúcich zo špecifického repozitára. " +msgid "" +"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " +"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " +"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " +"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " +"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " +"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " +"repository. " +msgstr "" +"Jazyky sú balíkové kontajnery podobné vzorom. Obsahujú balíky s " +"prekladmi, slovníkmi a inými špecifickými súbormi, pre vybratý jazyk. Avšak" +"Skupiny balíkov nie sú kontajnery balíkov, ktoré môžu byť inštalované. " +"Miesto toho, členstvo v určitej skupine balíkov je vlasnosť samotného balíka. " +"Majú hierarchickú (stromovú) štruktúru. Filter Repozitáre, povoľuje " +"zobrazenie balíkov pochádzajúcich zo špecifického repozitára. " #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 #, fuzzy -msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -msgstr "Zadajte kľúčové slovo pre hľadanie. Stačí zadať iba časť mena balíku, napr. pre všetky 3D balíky stačí \"3d\". Ak hľadáte slovo v popise balíka, zaškrtnite príslušné pole. Hľadanie spustíte stlačením klávesu 'Enter'.Použite filter Hľadať, zadajte kľúčové slovo (alebo časť slova) pre hľadanie balíka. Napr. pre hľadanie všetkých 3D balíkov použite výraz \"3d\". Taktiež je možné hľadať v popise balíkov, poskytuje, alebo vyžaduje. Zaškrtnite vhodné zaškrtávacie tlačidlo. Hľadanie spustíte stlačením tlačidla 'Hľadať'." +msgid "" +"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " +"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " +"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " +"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.<" +"/p>" +msgstr "" +"Zadajte kľúčové slovo pre hľadanie. Stačí zadať iba časť mena balíku, " +"napr. pre všetky 3D balíky stačí \"3d\". Ak hľadáte slovo v popise balíka, " +"zaškrtnite príslušné pole. Hľadanie spustíte stlačením klávesu 'Enter'." +"Použite filter Hľadať, zadajte kľúčové slovo (alebo časť slova) pre " +"hľadanie balíka. Napr. pre hľadanie všetkých 3D balíkov použite výraz \"3d\". " +"Taktiež je možné hľadať v popise balíkov, poskytuje, alebo vyžaduje. " +"Zaškrtnite vhodné zaškrtávacie tlačidlo. Hľadanie spustíte stlačením tlačidla " +"'Hľadať'." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 #, fuzzy -msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "Súhrn inštalácie predstavuje súhrn balíkov, ktorých stav sa zmenil v tejto relácii (napr. boli označené pre inštaláciu, alebo odstránenie), buď používateľom, alebo riešiteľom." +msgid "" +"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " +"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " +"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " +"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " +"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "" +"Súhrn inštalácie predstavuje súhrn balíkov, ktorých stav sa zmenil " +"v tejto relácii (napr. boli označené pre inštaláciu, alebo odstránenie), buď " +"používateľom, alebo riešiteľom." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -779,36 +934,114 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 #, fuzzy -msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." -msgstr "Závislosti: Táto ponuka ponúka rôzne možnosti nastavenia riešenia závislostí. Štandardne sa závislosti balíkov kontrolujú pri každej zmene stavu (Automatická kontrola závislostí je zapnutá) Budete informovaní o konfliktoch balíkov s možnosťou riešenia. Pre vyriešenie konfliktu vyberte jednu z ponúknutých riešení a stlačte 'OK -- Skúsiť znovu'." +msgid "" +"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " +"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " +"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " +"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the " +"conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgstr "" +"Závislosti: Táto ponuka ponúka rôzne možnosti nastavenia riešenia " +"závislostí. Štandardne sa závislosti balíkov kontrolujú pri každej zmene " +"stavu (Automatická kontrola závislostí je zapnutá) Budete informovaní " +"o konfliktoch balíkov s možnosťou riešenia. Pre vyriešenie konfliktu vyberte " +"jednu z ponúknutých riešení a stlačte 'OK -- Skúsiť znovu'." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 #, fuzzy -msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "Aby ste zakázali kontrolu závislostí pri každej zmene stavu, zrušte Automatickú kontrolu závislostí. V tom prípade môžete kontrolovať závislosti ručne, výberom Teraz skontrolovať závislosti. Overiť systém položka, skontroluje závislosti a vyrieši konflikty neinteraktívne, označením chýbajúcich balíkov pre automatickú inštaláciu, ak je potreba. Pre účely ladenia môžete použiť Generovať testovací prípad riešenia závislostí. To vypíše závislosti balíkov do priečinka <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Toto je zvyčajne to, čo potrebujete keď ste požiadaný o \"solver testcase\" v bugzille." +msgid "" +"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic " +"Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting " +"Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the " +"dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts " +"non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if " +"necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver " +"Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>" +"/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked " +"for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "" +"Aby ste zakázali kontrolu závislostí pri každej zmene stavu, zrušte " +"Automatickú kontrolu závislostí. V tom prípade môžete kontrolovať " +"závislosti ručne, výberom Teraz skontrolovať závislosti. Overiť " +"systém položka, skontroluje závislosti a vyrieši konflikty " +"neinteraktívne, označením chýbajúcich balíkov pre automatickú inštaláciu, ak " +"je potreba. Pre účely ladenia môžete použiť Generovať testovací prípad " +"riešenia závislostí. To vypíše závislosti balíkov do priečinka <tt>" +"/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Toto je zvyčajne to, čo potrebujete keď " +"ste požiadaný o \"solver testcase\" v bugzille." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "" +"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " +"Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak " +"dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair " +"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " +"checking the system with Verify System Now the option System " +"Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " +"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "" +"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " +"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " +"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " +"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>" +"/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 #, fuzzy -msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "Zobraziť: tu máte možnosť vybrať, ktorá informácia bude zobrazená o vybratom balíku, v okne pod tabuľkou balíkov. Dostupné voľby sú: popis balíka, technické dáta (verzia, veľkosť, licencia atď.), verzia balíka (všetky dostupné), zoznam súborov (všetky zahrnuté súbory v balíku) a závislosti (poskytované, vyžadované atď.)." +msgid "" +"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " +"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " +"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " +"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " +"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Zobraziť: tu máte možnosť vybrať, ktorá informácia bude zobrazená o " +"vybratom balíku, v okne pod tabuľkou balíkov. Dostupné voľby sú: popis " +"balíka, technické dáta (verzia, veľkosť, licencia atď.), verzia balíka " +"(všetky dostupné), zoznam súborov (všetky zahrnuté súbory v balíku) a " +"závislosti (poskytované, vyžadované atď.)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 #, fuzzy -msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." -msgstr "Nastavenie: táto ponuka začleňuje selektor balíka s ostatnou správou balíkov. Odtiaľto môžete Spustiť správcu repozitárov a upraviť nakonfigurované repozitáre, alebo registrovať do repozitára s aktualizáciami a nastaviť periodicitu sťahovania dostupných aktualizácií (Spustiť nastavenie on-line aktualizácií). Tiež si môžete vybrať jedno z troch možných správaní balíka na výstupe v ponuke Akcia po inštalácii balíka." +msgid "" +"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " +"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " +"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository " +"and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update " +"Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours " +"of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation " +"menu." +msgstr "" +"Nastavenie: táto ponuka začleňuje selektor balíka s ostatnou " +"správou balíkov. Odtiaľto môžete Spustiť správcu repozitárov a upraviť " +"nakonfigurované repozitáre, alebo registrovať do repozitára s aktualizáciami " +"a nastaviť periodicitu sťahovania dostupných aktualizácií (Spustiť " +"nastavenie on-line aktualizácií). Tiež si môžete vybrať jedno z troch " +"možných správaní balíka na výstupe v ponuke Akcia po inštalácii balíka" +"." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 #, fuzzy -msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." -msgstr "Extra: tu sú rôzne funkcie. Exportovať zoznam balíkov do súboru vypíše dáta o inštalovaných balíkoch, vzoroch a jazykoch do špecifického XML súboru. Tento súbor môže byť neskôr načítaný voľbou Importovať zoznam balíkov zo súboru napr. na inom počítači. Prinesie sadu balíkov na cieľový počítač v tom istom stave, ako je opísané v poskytnutom XML súbore. Zobraziť dostupné miesto na disku zobrazí tabuľku s použitým a voľným miestom na aktuálne pripojenej oblasti." +msgid "" +"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " +"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages " +"into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package " +"List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set " +"of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in " +"provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table " +"displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgstr "" +"Extra: tu sú rôzne funkcie. Exportovať zoznam balíkov do súboru<" +"/i> vypíše dáta o inštalovaných balíkoch, vzoroch a jazykoch do špecifického " +"XML súboru. Tento súbor môže byť neskôr načítaný voľbou Importovať zoznam " +"balíkov zo súboru napr. na inom počítači. Prinesie sadu balíkov na " +"cieľový počítač v tom istom stave, ako je opísané v poskytnutom XML súbore. <" +"i>Zobraziť dostupné miesto na disku zobrazí tabuľku s použitým a voľným " +"miestom na aktuálne pripojenej oblasti." #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 @@ -1006,29 +1239,67 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." +msgid "" +"General information about patches:The patches of kind security<" +"/b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " +"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " +"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " +"the feature." msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 #, fuzzy -msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." -msgstr "Opravy pre \"libzypp\" (balík, oprava, vzor a správca produktu) budú nainštalované ako prvé. Ostatné opravy sa musia nainštalovať až po opätovnom spustení." +msgid "" +"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " +"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " +"run." +msgstr "" +"Opravy pre \"libzypp\" (balík, oprava, vzor a správca produktu) budú " +"nainštalované ako prvé. Ostatné opravy sa musia nainštalovať až po opätovnom " +"spustení." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 #, fuzzy -msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "Význam príznakov stavu:a+: Opravy pre váš systém sú predvybrané. Budú stiahnuté a nainštalované. Pokiaľ niektorú opravu nechcete inštalovať, zrušte jej výber pomocou '-'.:-): Všetky požiadavky tejto opravy sú splnené.+ : Pre inštaláciu ste vybrali túto opravu ." +msgid "" +"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " +"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " +"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i " +": All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " +"have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "" +"Význam príznakov stavu:a+: Opravy pre váš systém sú " +"predvybrané. Budú stiahnuté a nainštalované. Pokiaľ niektorú opravu nechcete " +"inštalovať, zrušte jej výber pomocou '-'.:-): Všetky požiadavky " +"tejto opravy sú splnené.+ : Pre inštaláciu ste vybrali túto " +"opravu ." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." +msgid "" +"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " +"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got " +"preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected " +"with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of " +"the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer " +"version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is " +"satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not " +"wanted." msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgid "" +"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. " +"show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " +"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " +"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " +"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " +"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " +"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. " +"The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate " +"Solver Testcase' entry." msgstr "" #. label for a warning popup @@ -1070,8 +1341,12 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721 #, fuzzy -msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" -msgstr "Všetky zmeny vo výbere balíkov, aktualizácií, alebo vzorov sa stratia. Chcete naozaj opustiť výber balíkov?" +msgid "" +"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. " +"Really exit?" +msgstr "" +"Všetky zmeny vo výbere balíkov, aktualizácií, alebo vzorov sa stratia. " +"Chcete naozaj opustiť výber balíkov?" #. the label of language table #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 @@ -1119,8 +1394,19 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 -msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." -msgstr "Zoznam problémov aktualizácie Balíky v zozname nie je možné aktualizovať automaticky.Možné dôvody:Sú nahradené inými balíkmi.Na žiadnom inštalačnom médiu nie je novšia verzia, na ktorú by bolo možné ich aktualizovať.Sú to balíky tretích strán.Ručne vyberte, čo chcete s nimi urobiť. Najbezpečnejšie je samozrejme ich odstránenie." +msgid "" +"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " +"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " +"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " +"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select " +"what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." +msgstr "" +"Zoznam problémov aktualizácie Balíky v zozname nie je možné " +"aktualizovať automaticky.Možné dôvody:Sú nahradené inými " +"balíkmi.Na žiadnom inštalačnom médiu nie je novšia verzia, na ktorú " +"by bolo možné ich aktualizovať.Sú to balíky tretích strán.Ručne " +"vyberte, čo chcete s nimi urobiť. Najbezpečnejšie je samozrejme ich " +"odstránenie." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 @@ -1145,3 +1431,4 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825 msgid "Script" msgstr "Skript" +

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92885 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-29 17:06:36 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92885 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po Log: kdump.ca.po: done (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po 2015-09-29 15:06:16 UTC (rev 92884) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po 2015-09-29 15:06:36 UTC (rev 92885) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-14 17:47+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 17:06+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 msgid "Display settings" -msgstr "Paràmetres de visualització" +msgstr "Visualització dels paràmetres" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:75 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:81 msgid "Dump Level number 0-31" -msgstr "Nombre del nivell d'abocament 0-31" +msgstr "Número del nivell d'abocament 0-31" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:89 @@ -47,27 +47,41 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" -msgstr "La destinació de l'abocament inclou la destinació on s'han de desar les imatges abocades" +msgstr "" +"La destinació de l'abocament inclou la destinació on s'han de desar les " +"imatges abocades" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "L'esquema del nom és:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] Introduïu només \"cadena_nucli\"." +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " +"\"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"L'esquema del nom és:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] Introduïu només " +"\"cadena_nucli\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." -msgstr "La línia d'ordres del kdump és la línia d'ordres que s'ha de passar al nucli del kdump." +msgid "" +"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " +"kdump kernel." +msgstr "" +"La línia d'ordres del kdump és la línia d'ordres que s'ha de passar al nucli " +"del kdump." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." -msgstr "Establiu aquesta variable si només voleu _afegir_ valors a la cadena de la línia d'ordres predeterminada." +msgid "" +"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " +"line string." +msgstr "" +"Establiu aquesta variable si només voleu _afegir_ valors a la cadena de la " +"línia d'ordres predeterminada." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." -msgstr "Reinicieu immediatament després de desar el nucli en el nucli del kdump." +msgstr "Reinicia immediatament després de desar el nucli al nucli del kdump." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 @@ -77,7 +91,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "Especifica quants abocaments vells s'han de conservar. 0 vol dir que es conserven tots." +msgstr "" +"Especifica quants abocaments antics s'han de conservar. 0 vol dir que es " +"conserven tots." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 @@ -91,8 +107,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." -msgstr "Contrasenya SMTP per enviar missatges de notificiació. Camí del fitxer que inclou la contrasenya (fitxer de text pla)." +msgid "" +"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " +"password (plain text file)." +msgstr "" +"Contrasenya SMTP per enviar missatges de notificiació. Camí del fitxer que " +"inclou la contrasenya (fitxer de text pla)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 @@ -127,7 +147,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" -msgstr "El nombre per al nivell d'abocament inclou les pàgines que s'han de desar" +msgstr "" +"El número per al nivell d'abocament inclou les pàgines que s'han de desar" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 @@ -136,8 +157,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer (sistema de fitxers local), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgid "" +"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " +"sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "" +"La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer (sistema " +"de fitxers local), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 @@ -176,8 +201,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "L'esquema del nom és: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] el nucli només significa \"cadena_nucli\"." +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " +"only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"L'esquema del nom és: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] el nucli només " +"significa \"cadena_nucli\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 @@ -186,8 +215,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" -msgstr "L'opció significa el nivell d'execució per carregar el nucli del kdump. Només es permeten valors com ara 1,2,3,5 o s" +msgid "" +"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " +"or s are allowed" +msgstr "" +"L'opció significa el nivell d'execució per carregar el nucli del kdump. " +"Només es permeten valors com ara 1,2,3,5 o s" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 @@ -207,12 +240,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 msgid "Display Settings:" -msgstr "Paràmetres de visualització:" +msgstr "Visualització dels paràmetres:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" -msgstr "El kdump està habilitat (s'ha afegit l'opció de càrrega \"crashkernel\")" +msgstr "" +"El kdump està habilitat (s'ha afegit l'opció de càrrega \"crashkernel\")" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 @@ -323,7 +357,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" -msgstr "Nombre d'abocaments antics: es desen tots els abocaments sense suprimir els vells" +msgstr "" +"Nombre d'abocaments antics: es desen tots els abocaments sense suprimir els " +"vells" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 @@ -361,6 +397,8 @@ "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" "It will be rewritten." msgstr "" +"L'opció del nucli \"crashkernel\" inclou intervals i/o valors redundants.\n" +"Es reescriurà." #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text @@ -414,8 +452,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 -msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "L'opció només pot incloure el valor \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" o \"lzo\"." +msgid "" +"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "" +"L'opció només pot incloure el valor \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" o \"lzo" +"\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 @@ -715,33 +756,35 @@ #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Memòria bai&xa del Kdump [MB]" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Memòr&ia del Kdump [MB]" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Memòria total del sistema [MB]:" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Memòria útil [MB]:" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Memòria &alta del Kdump [MB]" #. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" +"removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Habilita/Inhabilita el Kdump \n" -" Habiliteu o inhabiliteu el kdump. S'afegirà o s'eliminarà el paràmetre de l'opció d'arrencada crashkernel. \n" +" Habiliteu o inhabiliteu el kdump. S'afegirà o s'eliminarà el paràmetre " +"de l'opció d'arrencada crashkernel. \n" " Per aplicar els canvis cal reiniciar l'ordinador. \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -758,10 +801,20 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " +"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" +"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " +"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " +"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " +"more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "Abocament de maquinari assistit \n" -" Els abocaments no es generen abans que la partició es reiniciï però es fan quan la partició s'està reiniciant. Quan es fa un abocament de maquinari assistit, la memòria del sistema es congela i la partició es torna a arrencar, la qual cosa permet que una nova instància del sistema operatiu aboqui dades de la fallada prèvia del nucli. Aquesta característica és adequada quan el sistema té més d'1.5 GB de memòria." +" Els abocaments no es generen abans que la partició es reiniciï però es " +"fan quan la partició s'està reiniciant. Quan es fa un abocament de maquinari " +"assistit, la memòria del sistema es congela i la partició es torna a " +"arrencar, la qual cosa permet que una nova instància del sistema operatiu " +"aboqui dades de la fallada prèvia del nucli. Aquesta característica és " +"adequada quan el sistema té més d'1.5 GB de memòria." #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 @@ -782,37 +835,47 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." +" \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." +" \n" "" msgstr "" "Format d'abocament \n" " Sense abocament - Només desa el registre del nucli. \n" " Forma tELF - Crea un fitxer d'abocament en format ELF. \n" -" Format comprimit - Comprimeix les dades d'abocament per pàgines amb gzip. \n" -" Format LZO Comprimit - Fitxers una mica més grossos però més ràpid. \n" +" Format comprimit - Comprimeix les dades d'abocament per pàgines " +"amb gzip. \n" +" Format LZO Comprimit - Fitxers una mica més grossos però més " +"ràpid. \n" "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " +"dumps. " msgstr "" "Destinació del desament de la imatge del Kdump \n" -" La destinació on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump. Seleccioneu-ne el tipus. " +" La destinació on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump. Seleccioneu-ne el " +"tipus. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " +"Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"Sistema de fitxers local - Desa la imatge del kdump al sistema de fitxers local.\n" -" Directori on s'han de desar els abocaments - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" -" Podeu seleccionar el directori on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump mitjançant un diàleg si premeu Navega\n" +"Sistema de fitxers local - Desa la imatge del kdump al sistema de " +"fitxers local.\n" +" Directori on s'han de desar els abocaments - El camí on s'han de " +"desar les imatges del kdump.\n" +" Podeu seleccionar el directori on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump " +"mitjançant un diàleg si premeu Navega\n" " " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 @@ -823,14 +886,18 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." +" " msgstr "" "FTP - Desa la imatge del kdump mitjançant FTP.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor FTP.\n" -" Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la connexió.\n" -" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" +" Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la " +"connexió.\n" +" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del " +"kdump.\n" " Habilita l'FTP anònim habilita la connexió anònima al servidor.\n" -" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ftp. Contrasenya per a la connexió ftp. " +" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ftp. Contrasenya per a la " +"connexió ftp. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 @@ -842,7 +909,8 @@ " User Name for SSH connection. \n" " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgstr "" -"SFTP - Desa la imatge de kdump a través de SSH i \"dd\" a la màquina de destinació.\n" +"SFTP - Desa la imatge de kdump a través de SSH i \"dd\" a la " +"màquina de destinació.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor.\n" " Port - El número de port per a la connexió.\n" " Directori al servidor - El camí per desar les imatges del kdump.\n" @@ -873,7 +941,8 @@ "by default." msgstr "" "La tria entre SSH i SFTP depèn\n" -"de detalls de configuració del servidor. Els servidors SLE tenen suport per a ambdós\n" +"de detalls de configuració del servidor. Els servidors SLE tenen suport per " +"a ambdós\n" "per defecte." #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 @@ -885,7 +954,8 @@ msgstr "" "NFS - Desa la imatge del kdump a l'NFS.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor nfs.\n" -" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump. " +" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del " +"kdump. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 @@ -900,9 +970,12 @@ "CIFS - Desa la imatge del kdump mitjançant CIFS.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor.\n" " Compartició exportada - El nom de compartició del Windows.\n" -" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" -" Utilitza l'autenticació habilita la connexió autenticada al servidor.\n" -" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió. Contrasenya per a la connexió. " +" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del " +"kdump.\n" +" Utilitza l'autenticació habilita la connexió autenticada al " +"servidor.\n" +" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió. Contrasenya per a la " +"connexió. " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 @@ -911,7 +984,8 @@ " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" -"Nucli del kdump personalitzat L'usuari pot introduir el nucli personalitzat.\n" +"Nucli del kdump personalitzat L'usuari pot introduir el nucli " +"personalitzat.\n" " L'esquema de denominació és:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz]\n" " Introduïu només cadena_nucli. " @@ -933,7 +1007,8 @@ " is set. \n" msgstr "" "Addició a la línia d'ordres del Kdump\n" -" Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia d'ordres predeterminada. \n" +" Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia " +"d'ordres predeterminada. \n" " La cadena s'afegirà si definiu l'opció Línia d'ordres del Kdump.\n" " \n" @@ -951,11 +1026,14 @@ msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." +" " msgstr "" "Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles - \n" -" Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles. Si el nombre de fitxers d'abocament supera el \n" -" Nombre d'abocaments antics, se suprimeixen els abocaments més vells. " +" Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles. Si el nombre de " +"fitxers d'abocament supera el \n" +" Nombre d'abocaments antics, se suprimeixen els abocaments més " +"vells. " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 @@ -974,48 +1052,68 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 -msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "El Servidor SMTP usat per enviar un correu de notificació després d'un abocament." +msgid "" +"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgstr "" +"El Servidor SMTP usat per enviar un correu de notificació després " +"d'un abocament." #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " +"plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"El nom d'usuari per a l'autenticació SMTP quan el servidor SMTP està\n" -" definit. És opcional. Si no especifiqueu el nom d'usuari i la contrasenya, es farà servir SMTP pla.\n" +"El nom d'usuari per a l'autenticació SMTP quan el servidor " +"SMTP està\n" +" definit. És opcional. Si no especifiqueu el nom d'usuari i la contrasenya, " +"es farà servir SMTP pla.\n" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " +"This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " +"will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"La contrasenya per a l'autenticació SMTP quan s'ha definit el servidor SMTP. Això és\n" -" opcional. Si no especifiqueu un nom d'usuari i una contrasenya, es farà servir SMTP pla.\n" +"La contrasenya per a l'autenticació SMTP quan s'ha definit el " +"servidor SMTP. Això és\n" +" opcional. Si no especifiqueu un nom d'usuari i una contrasenya, es farà " +"servir SMTP pla.\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "Notificació a especifica l'adreça electrònica a on s'enviarà un missatge de notificació quan s'hagi desat un abocament.\n" +msgid "" +"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " +"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "" +"Notificació a especifica l'adreça electrònica a on s'enviarà un " +"missatge de notificació quan s'hagi desat un abocament.\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " +"to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"Notificació CC especifica una llista separada per espais d'adreces electròniques\n" -" a les quals enviar un missatge electrònic a través de cc si s'ha desat un abocament.\n" +"Notificació CC especifica una llista separada per espais d'adreces " +"electròniques\n" +" a les quals enviar un missatge electrònic a través de cc si s'ha desat un " +"abocament.\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " +"number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" -"Nombre d'abocaments antics especifica quants abocaments antics es guarden. Si el nombre de fitxers \n" +"Nombre d'abocaments antics especifica quants abocaments antics es " +"guarden. Si el nombre de fitxers \n" "d'abocament el supera se suprimeixen els abocaments més vells. " #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -1034,7 +1132,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interrupció de l'inici:</big> \n" -"per cancel·lar la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.\n" +"per cancel·lar la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.</" +"p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 @@ -1077,7 +1176,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Addicció d'un Kdump:</big> \n" "Escolliu un kdump de la llista dels detectats.\n" -"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre kdump, seleccioneu Un altre (no detectat).\n" +"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre kdump, seleccioneu Un altre (no detectat)</" +"b>.\n" "Després premeu Configura.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -1088,7 +1188,8 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edició o supressió</big> \n" -"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu canviar\n" +"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu " +"canviar\n" "la configuració.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -1168,32 +1269,32 @@ #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205 msgid "Use Aut&hentication" -msgstr "&Utilitza l'autenticació" +msgstr "&Usa l'autenticació" #. Function validates options in #. "Saving Target for Kdump Image" #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661 msgid "You need to specify \"Directory for Saving Dumps\"" -msgstr "Heu d'especificar el \"Directori on s'han de desar els abocaments\"" +msgstr "Heu d'especificar el directori on s'han de desar els abocaments" #. install cifs-mount package #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 msgid "You need to specify \"Server Name\"" -msgstr "Heu d'especificar el \"Nom del servidor\"" +msgstr "Heu d'especificar el nom del servidor" #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 msgid "You need to specify \"Directory on Server\"" -msgstr "Heu d'especificar el \"Directori al servidor\"" +msgstr "Heu d'especificar el \"directori al servidor\"" #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753 msgid "You need to specify \"User Name\"" -msgstr "Heu d'especificar el \"Nom d'usuari\"" +msgstr "Heu d'especificar el nom d'usuari" #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 msgid "You need to specify \"Exported Share\"" -msgstr "Heu d'especificar el \"Recurs compartit exportat\"" +msgstr "Heu d'especificar el recurs compartit exportat" #. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]=""; #. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]=""; @@ -1208,6 +1309,8 @@ #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "" +"L'opció del nucli inclou alguns intervals o valors redundants. S'ha de " +"reescriure?" #. T: Checkbox label #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 @@ -1222,7 +1325,7 @@ "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" -"Error actualitzant initrd mentre es cridava '%{cmd}'.\n" +"Error actualitzant initrd mentre es cridava \"%{cmd}\".\n" "Vegeu %{log} per a més detalls." #. Kdump read dialog caption @@ -1239,12 +1342,12 @@ #. Progress stage 3/4 #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." -msgstr "Ñlegint les opcions d'arrencada del nucli..." +msgstr "Llegint les opcions d'arrencada del nucli..." #. Progress stage 4/4 #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Calculant els límits de memòria..." #. Progress step 2/4 #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 @@ -1254,7 +1357,7 @@ #. Progress finished 3/4 #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Llegint la memòria disponible i calibrant-ne l'ús..." #. Error message #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 @@ -1327,7 +1430,7 @@ #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valor(s) de l'opció crashkernel: %1" #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 msgid "Dump format: %1" @@ -1344,8 +1447,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 -msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." -msgstr "Atenció! Podria no haver-hi prou espai. Calen %{required}, però només hi ha %{available} disponibles." +msgid "" +"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " +"only %{available} are available." +msgstr "" +"Atenció! Podria no haver-hi prou espai. Calen %{required}, però només hi ha " +"%{available} disponibles." #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 @@ -1356,8 +1463,10 @@ "No es pot usar l'abocament de maquinari assistit.\n" "No té suport en aquest maquinari." -#~ msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." -#~ msgstr "L'opció del nucli \"crashkernel\" inclou \"ranges\". Se sobreescriuran." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'opció del nucli \"crashkernel\" inclou \"ranges\". Se sobreescriuran." #~ msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" #~ msgstr "Memòria total del sistema (en MB):" @@ -1377,8 +1486,12 @@ #~ msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" #~ msgstr "Valor de l'opció crashkernel: %1" -#~ msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" -#~ msgstr "La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer (sistema de fitxers local, ftp, ssh, nfd, cifs" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, " +#~ "ssh, nfs, cifs" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer " +#~ "(sistema de fitxers local, ftp, ssh, nfd, cifs" #~ msgid "SSH (scp)" #~ msgstr "SSH (scp)" @@ -1393,9 +1506,12 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "SSH - Desa la imatge del kdump mitjançant SSH.\n" #~ " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor.\n" -#~ " Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la connexió.\n" -#~ " Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" -#~ " Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ssh. Contrasenya per a la connexió SSH. \n" +#~ " Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la " +#~ "connexió.\n" +#~ " Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges " +#~ "del kdump.\n" +#~ " Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ssh. " +#~ "Contrasenya per a la connexió SSH. \n" #~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." #~ msgstr "El paquet de les kexec-tools no està disponible." @@ -1409,8 +1525,10 @@ #~ " ELF Format - Create dumpfile in the ELF format " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Format d'abocament \n" -#~ " Format comprimit - Comprimiu cada pàgina de dades de l'abocament individualment.\n" -#~ " Format ELF - Creeu un fitxer d'abocament en el format ELF " +#~ " Format comprimit - Comprimiu cada pàgina de dades de " +#~ "l'abocament individualment.\n" +#~ " Format ELF - Creeu un fitxer d'abocament en el format ELF </" +#~ "p>" #~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added" #~ msgstr "No s'admet aquesta arquitectura; no s'ha afegit \"crashkernel\"" @@ -1424,11 +1542,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Kdump Command Line Append\n" -#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" +#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command " +#~ "line string. \n" #~ " The string will be appended if the Kdump Command Line\n" #~ " is set. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Addició a la línia d'ordres del Kdump\n" -#~ " Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia d'ordres predeterminada. \n" -#~ " La cadena s'afegirà si definiu l'opció Línia d'ordres del Kdump.\n" +#~ " Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia " +#~ "d'ordres predeterminada. \n" +#~ " La cadena s'afegirà si definiu l'opció Línia d'ordres del Kdump</" +#~ "i>.\n" #~ " \n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92884 - trunk/yast/sk/po
by galko＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: galko Date: 2015-09-29 17:06:16 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92884 Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/autoinst.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/bootloader.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/crowbar.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/kdump.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/registration.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/security.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/storage.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/vpn.sk.po Log: sk merging Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/autoinst.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/autoinst.sk.po 2015-09-29 14:46:31 UTC (rev 92883) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/autoinst.sk.po 2015-09-29 15:06:16 UTC (rev 92884) @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-14 09:08+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 14:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Môže to chvíľu trvať" @@ -51,12 +51,12 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. We will have to set default entries which are defined -#. in the import call of ServicesManager +#. Import users configuration from the profile +#. #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 #: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" @@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified locati" +"on." msgstr "" "Pomocou tohto dialógu skopírujte obsah súboru a zadajte koncovú\n" "cestu na inštalovanom systéme. YaST skopíruje tento súbor do zadaného " @@ -163,10 +163,10 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a sy" +"mbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit p" +"attern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" "Pre ochranu kopírovaných súborov môžete nastaviť ich vlastníka a " @@ -246,10 +246,10 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in" +" the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web se" +"rver\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" "Pre veľa aplikácií a služieb môžete pripraviť konfiguračný súbor,\n" @@ -308,8 +308,8 @@ "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed " -"YaST packages in <software/> section." +"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaS" +"T packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" "Tieto sekcie profilu AutoYaST nemôžu byť spracovaný na tomto systéme:\n" "\n" @@ -524,93 +524,105 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." msgstr "" "Prosím čakajte, kým sa systém pripraví pre automatickú inštaláciu." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Vykonať predinštalačné používateľské skripty" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Konfigurácia všeobecných nastavení" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Vyberte si jazyk" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Vytvoriť plán oddielov" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "Konfigurovať správcu štartu" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registrácia" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Konfigurovať výber Software" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "Konfigurovať predvolený cieľ systemd" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +msgid "Configure users and groups" +msgstr "Konfigurovať používateľov a skupiny" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "Vykonávam predinštalačné používateľské skripty..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "Konfigurujem všeobecné nastavenia..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Nastavenie jazyka..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Vytváram plán oddielov..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "Konfigurujem Správcu štartu..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Registrovanie systému..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "Konfigurácia výberu Software" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Konfigurovanie predvoleného cieľa systemd..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 +msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." +msgstr "Importovanie konfigurácie používateľov a skupín..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Pripravujem systém pre automatickú inštaláciu" -#. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 +#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a +#. network configuration is available. So this will be written +#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the +#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc +#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "Manipulácia s prídavnými produktmi..." #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Nastavujem jazyk..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -619,7 +631,7 @@ "Skúste to znovu.\n" #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -706,8 +718,8 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to" +" add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -742,11 +754,14 @@ "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" +"to " +"mount\n" "\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" +"can " +"be\n" "\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"possib" +"le.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Pripojiť v /etc/fstab pomocou:\n" @@ -761,7 +776,8 @@ msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" "\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"ma" +"kes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " @@ -1413,8 +1429,8 @@ #. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current sy" +"stem?" msgstr "" "Naozaj chcete použiť nastavenia modulu '%1' do svojho súčasného systému?" @@ -1431,8 +1447,8 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system" +"?" msgstr "Naozaj chcete použiť nastavenia profilu do svojho súčasného systému?" #. EXIT @@ -1486,8 +1502,7 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "Nastavenia" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Vybrať priečinok" @@ -1572,8 +1587,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning" +"\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Súbor Kickstart bol naimportovaný.\n" @@ -1612,7 +1627,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "Kontrolujem XML s RNG overením..." @@ -1622,7 +1637,7 @@ msgstr "Sekcia %1:" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "Kontrolujem XML s RNC overením..." @@ -1707,8 +1722,8 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without i" +"nterruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1721,8 +1736,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in ma" +"nual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1871,8 +1886,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and" +"\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1908,8 +1923,8 @@ msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections" +".\n" msgstr "" "Tento nástroj vytvorí nový referenčný profil načítaním\n" "informácií z tohto systému. Vyberte zdroje, ktoré sa majú\n" @@ -1922,8 +1937,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system." +"\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Tabuľka vpravo zobrazuje oddiely, ktoré sa na cieľovom systéme vytvoria.\n" @@ -1964,8 +1979,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are" +"\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Ak nie je definovaný žiadny oddiel a zadaný disk obsahuje\n" @@ -1985,11 +2000,11 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partit" +"ions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to crea" +"te a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additi" +"onally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather" +" than size in MBytes." msgstr "" "V predvolenom nastavení AutoYaST vytvorí rozšírený oddiel a pridá všetky nové " "oddiely ako logické zariadenia. Ale je možné, aby AutoYaST vytvoril niektorý " @@ -2008,8 +2023,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID part" +"itions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2187,8 +2202,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " -"or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl o" +"r \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2204,12 +2219,12 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, w" +"hich\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an in" +"stallation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too." +"\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2228,8 +2243,8 @@ "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" "All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box " "as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that migh" +"t help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2357,10 +2372,10 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" +"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error" +" message is:\n" msgstr "" "XML analyzátor hlási chybu pri spracovaní profilu autoyast. Chybový výstup " "je:\n" @@ -2442,8 +2457,8 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those" +" available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " "data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" @@ -2682,8 +2697,8 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" +"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.l" +"og" msgstr "" "Pri inštalácii vzoru zlyhalo vytvorenie obrazu. Prosím skontrolujte " "/tmp/ay_image.log" @@ -2694,8 +2709,8 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" +"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.l" +"og" msgstr "" "Pri inštalácii balíka zlyhalo vytvorenie obrazu. Prosím skontrolujte " "/tmp/ay_image.log" @@ -2759,8 +2774,8 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different Auto" +"YaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" "Teraz môžete urobiť zmeny v ISO obraze v %1, ako pridávanie súboru AutoYaST " @@ -2807,8 +2822,8 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." +"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the aut" +"oyast profile." msgstr "" "Pokus o vyriešenie závislostí balíkov zlyhal. Skontrolujte prosím položku " "'Software' vo vašom profile autoyast." @@ -2816,8 +2831,8 @@ #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" +"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard dis" +"k. %1MB missing" msgstr "" "Plán konfigurácie oddielov vo Vašom XML profile nesadne na pevný disk. Chýba %" "1MB" @@ -2858,14 +2873,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "Zbieram konfiguračné dáta..." #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "Šifrovaný profil AutoYaST. Zadajte heslo dvakrát." @@ -2873,14 +2888,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "Nebolo možné zapísať sekciu %1 do súboru %2" #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "Šifrovaný profil AutoYaST. Zadajte správne heslo." @@ -2898,4 +2913,3 @@ msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" - Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/bootloader.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/bootloader.sk.po 2015-09-29 14:46:31 UTC (rev 92883) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/bootloader.sk.po 2015-09-29 15:06:16 UTC (rev 92884) @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 20:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 15:20+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -93,13 +93,17 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code" +" will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active eve" +"n\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "Nastaviť aktívny príznak v tabuľke oddielov pre štartovací oddiel \n" -"pre aktiváciu oddielu, ktorý obsahuje správcu štartu. Všeobecný MBR kód potom\n" -"naštartuje aktívny oddiel. Staršie BIOS systémy vyžadujú aktívny jeden oddiel, aj keď je správca\n" +"pre aktiváciu oddielu, ktorý obsahuje správcu štartu. Všeobecný MBR kód " +"potom\n" +"naštartuje aktívny oddiel. Staršie BIOS systémy vyžadujú aktívny jeden " +"oddiel, aj keď je správca\n" "štartu nainštalovaný v MBR." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -120,10 +124,12 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded" +".\n" msgstr "" "Časový limit v sekundách \n" -"Určuje aký čas bude správca štartu čakať, kým sa načíta štandardné jadro.\n" +"Určuje aký čas bude správca štartu čakať, kým sa načíta štandardné jadro." +"\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -144,51 +150,67 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of you" +"r disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"Zapísať všeobecný štartovací kód do MBR nahradí master boot record vášho disku všeobecným kódom (kód nezávislý na platforme, ktorý spôsobí\n" +"Zapísať všeobecný štartovací kód do MBR nahradí master boot record " +"vášho disku všeobecným kódom (kód nezávislý na platforme, ktorý spôsobí\n" "štart z aktívneho oddielu)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the othe" +"r is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Naštartovať zo štartovacieho oddielu je jedna z odporúčaných možností, ďalšia je\n" +"Naštartovať zo štartovacieho oddielu je jedna z odporúčaných " +"možností, ďalšia je\n" "Naštartovať z koreňového oddielu." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another " +"operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"Štartovať z Master Boot Record nie je odporúčané, ak máte na počítači\n" +"Štartovať z Master Boot Record nie je odporúčané, ak máte na " +"počítači\n" "nainštalovaný iný operačný systém" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is" +" a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partit" +"ion and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is need" +"ed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Štartovať z koreňového oddielu je odporúčaná možnosť keď je k dispozícii vhodný\n" -"oddiel. Vyberte Nastaviť aktívny príznak v tabuľke oddielov pre štartovací oddiel a Zapísať všeobecný štartovací kód do MBR\n" -"v Možnosti správcu štartu pre aktualizáciu master boot record ak je to potrebné, alebo konfigurovať iného správcu štartu\n" +"Štartovať z koreňového oddielu je odporúčaná možnosť keď je k " +"dispozícii vhodný\n" +"oddiel. Vyberte Nastaviť aktívny príznak v tabuľke oddielov pre štartovací " +"oddiel a Zapísať všeobecný štartovací kód do MBR\n" +"v Možnosti správcu štartu pre aktualizáciu master boot record ak je to " +"potrebné, alebo konfigurovať iného správcu štartu\n" "pre spustenie tejto sekcie." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partiti" +"on is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"Štartovať z rozšíreného oddielu by mala byť vybraná, ak je váš koreňový oddiel \n" +"Štartovať z rozšíreného oddielu by mala byť vybraná, ak je váš " +"koreňový oddiel \n" "na logickom oddiele a chýba oddiel /boot" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "Vlastný štartovací oddiel umožňuje vybrať oddiel pre štart." +msgid "" +"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "" +"Vlastný štartovací oddiel umožňuje vybrať oddiel pre štart." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" @@ -201,44 +223,63 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</cod" +"e>) for details." msgstr "" "Použiť sériovú konzolu vám umožňuje definovať parametre, ktoré sa\n" -"použijú pre sériovú konzolu. Podrobnosti nájdete v dokumentácii pre grub (<code>info grub2</code>)." +"použijú pre sériovú konzolu. Podrobnosti nájdete v dokumentácii pre grub (<" +"code>info grub2</code>)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a se" +"rial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code" +"> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you" +"\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Definícia terminálu \n" -"Definuje typ terminálu, ktorý chcete použiť. Pre sériový terminál (napr. sériová konzola),\n" +"Definuje typ terminálu, ktorý chcete použiť. Pre sériový terminál (napr. " +"sériová konzola),\n" "musíte zadať <code>serial</code>. Môžete tiež pridať <code>console</code>\n" -"do príkazu ako napr. <code>serial console</code>. V tomto prípade bude terminál,\n" +"do príkazu ako napr. <code>serial console</code>. V tomto prípade bude " +"terminál,\n" "v ktorom stlačíte ľubovoľný kláves, vybraný ako GRUB terminál." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section number" +"s\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"Sekcia záložných konfigurácií pri zlyhaní štandardnej obsahuje zoznam čísiel sekcií, ktoré sa použijú\n" +"Sekcia záložných konfigurácií pri zlyhaní štandardnej obsahuje " +"zoznam čísiel sekcií, ktoré sa použijú\n" "pre štart, v prípade že je nie je štandardná sekcia spustiteľná." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "Výberom Skryť ponuku pri štarte bude skrytá ponuka štartu systému." +msgstr "" +"Výberom Skryť ponuku pri štarte bude skrytá ponuka štartu systému.<" +"/p>" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. I" +"f Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is " +"not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way G" +"RUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in R" +"etype Password." msgstr "" "Chrániť správcu štartu heslom \n" -"Počas štartu systému vyžaduje zmena alebo dokonca spustenie ľubovoľnej položky heslo. Ak je zaškrtnuté Chrániť iba pred úpravou položky, potom nie je obmedzené spustenie ľubovoľnej položky, ale úprava položky vyžaduje heslo (, čo je spôsob, akým sa správa GRUB 1). YaST bude akceptovať iba heslo, ak ho zopakujete v Zopakujte heslo." +"Počas štartu systému vyžaduje zmena alebo dokonca spustenie ľubovoľnej " +"položky heslo. Ak je zaškrtnuté Chrániť iba pred úpravou položky, " +"potom nie je obmedzené spustenie ľubovoľnej položky, ale úprava položky " +"vyžaduje heslo (, čo je spôsob, akým sa správa GRUB 1). YaST bude " +"akceptovať iba heslo, ak ho zopakujete v Zopakujte heslo." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 @@ -375,7 +416,7 @@ msgstr "Povoliť red&undanciu pre MD pole" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Voľby kódu štartu systému" @@ -427,42 +468,52 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Voliteľný parameter príkazového riadku jadra umožňuje definovať ďalšie parametre predané jadru." +msgid "" +"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional pa" +"rameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Voliteľný parameter príkazového riadku jadra umožňuje definovať " +"ďalšie parametre predané jadru." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." -msgstr "Režim Vga definuje aký režim VGA sa nastaví pre konzolu počas štartu." +msgid "" +"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console</" +"i> to when booting." +msgstr "" +"Režim Vga definuje aký režim VGA sa nastaví pre konzolu " +"počas štartu." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "Preskúmať cudzí OS prostriedkami os-prober pre spustenie inej cudzej distribúcie " +msgid "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other fore" +"ign distribution " +msgstr "" +"Preskúmať cudzí OS prostriedkami os-prober pre spustenie inej " +"cudzej distribúcie " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "Ochranný príznak MBR je nastavenie iba pre expertov, ktoré je potrebné na exotickom hardvéri. Podrobnosti nájdete v Ochranný MBR na diskoch GPT. Nedotýkajte sa, ak si nie ste istí." +msgid "" +"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on " +"exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if " +"you are not sure." +msgstr "" +"Ochranný príznak MBR je nastavenie iba pre expertov, ktoré je " +"potrebné na exotickom hardvéri. Podrobnosti nájdete v Ochranný MBR na " +"diskoch GPT. Nedotýkajte sa, ak si nie ste istí." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " -msgstr "Distribútor určuje meno distribútora jadra použitého na vytvorenie názvu položky štartu. " - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "V&oliteľný parameter príkazového riadku jadra" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42 -msgid "D&istributor" -msgstr "Distribútor" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "&Režim VGA" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "Preskúmať cudzí OS" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgstr "Ochranný príznak MBR" @@ -538,7 +589,8 @@ #. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now #: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "Nepodporovaný správcu štartu %s'. Prispôsobte podľa toho svoj profil AutoYaST." +msgstr "" +"Nepodporovaný správcu štartu %s'. Prispôsobte podľa toho svoj profil AutoYaST." #. file open popup caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 @@ -548,9 +600,10 @@ #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "Oddiel disku pre /boot je typu NFS. Správca štartu nemôže byť nainštalovaný." +msgstr "" +"Oddiel disku pre /boot je typu NFS. Správca štartu nemôže byť nainštalovaný." #. dialog caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 @@ -664,12 +717,14 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current " +"\n" "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Pomocou tlačidla Ostatné, môžete\n" -"ručne upraviť konfiguračné súbory správcu štartu, vymazať aktuálnu konfiguráciu a navrhnúť novú, začať\n" +"ručne upraviť konfiguračné súbory správcu štartu, vymazať aktuálnu " +"konfiguráciu a navrhnúť novú, začať\n" "s prázdnou konfiguráciou, alebo znovu načítať konfiguráciu\n" "uloženú na disku. %1" @@ -696,7 +751,8 @@ msgid "" " Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" "selected section." -msgstr "Stlačte Upraviť ak chcete zobraziť vlastnosti vybranej sekcie." +msgstr "" +"Stlačte Upraviť ak chcete zobraziť vlastnosti vybranej sekcie." #. help 3/4 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 @@ -754,16 +810,19 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</b" +">\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- V štartovacom sektore oddielu <tt>/boot</tt>, alebo <tt>/</tt> (root). \n" +"- V štartovacom sektore oddielu <tt>/boot</tt>, alebo <tt>/</tt> " +"(root). \n" "Toto je odporúčaná možnosť, kedykoľvek je vhodný\n" "oddiel. Buď nastaviť Aktivovať oddiel so správcom štartu a\n" -"Nahradiť MBR so všeobecným kódom v Podrobnosti inštalácie správcu štartu\n" +"Nahradiť MBR so všeobecným kódom v Podrobnosti inštalácie správcu " +"štartu\n" "pre aktualizáciu master boot record\n" "ak je to potrebné, alebo nastaviť iného správcu štartu\n" "pre štart &product;." @@ -811,7 +870,8 @@ "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." msgstr "" "Podrobnosti inštalácie správcu štartu \n" -"Ak chcete nastaviť pokročilé možnosti inštalácie správcu štartu (ako je mapovanie\n" +"Ak chcete nastaviť pokročilé možnosti inštalácie správcu štartu (ako je " +"mapovanie\n" "zariadení), kliknite na Podrobnosti inštalácie správcu štartu." #. help text 1/1 @@ -856,7 +916,8 @@ "name must be unique." msgstr "" "<big>Názov sekcie</big> \n" -"Použite Názov sekcie, ak chcete zadať názov sekcie správcu štartu. Názov\n" +"Použite Názov sekcie, ak chcete zadať názov sekcie správcu štartu. " +"Názov\n" "sekcie musí byť unikátny." #. help text 1/5 @@ -875,7 +936,8 @@ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" "selected section." msgstr "" -"Vyberte Klonovať vybranú sekciu ak chcete klonovať aktuálne vybranú\n" +"Vyberte Klonovať vybranú sekciu ak chcete klonovať aktuálne " +"vybranú\n" "sekciu. Potom upravte možnosti, ktorými sa má odlišovať od\n" "vybranej sekcie." @@ -894,7 +956,8 @@ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Vyberte Xen sekcia, ak chcete pridať nové linuxové jadro, alebo iný obraz,\n" +"Vyberte Xen sekcia, ak chcete pridať nové linuxové jadro, alebo iný " +"obraz,\n" "ale naštartovať ho v Xen prostredí." #. help text 5/5 @@ -904,22 +967,25 @@ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" -"Vyberte Iný systém (reťazový štart) ak chcete pridať sekciu, ktorá \n" +"Vyberte Iný systém (reťazový štart) ak chcete pridať sekciu, ktorá " +"\n" "načíta a spustí štartovací sektor diskového oddielu. Toto sa používa pre\n" "štart iného operačného systému." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the d" +"isk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Vyberte Sekcia ponuky ak chcete pridať sekciu, ktorá \n" -"načíta konfiguračný súbor (zoznam štartovacích sekcií) z oddielu disku. Toto sa používa pre\n" +"načíta konfiguračný súbor (zoznam štartovacích sekcií) z oddielu disku. Toto " +"sa používa pre\n" "štart iného operačného systému." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "Poradie pevných diskov: %1" @@ -1041,8 +1107,11 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "Kvôli rozdeleniu diskových oddielov nemôže byť správca štartu správne nainštalovaný." +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "" +"Kvôli rozdeleniu diskových oddielov nemôže byť správca štartu správne " +"nainštalovaný." #. Represents dialog for modification of device map #: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 @@ -1112,49 +1181,86 @@ msgstr "Š&tart systému" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "Pre inštaláciu nebol vybraný žiadny správca štartu. Váš systém asi nebude možné naštartovať." +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable" +"." +msgstr "" +"Pre inštaláciu nebol vybraný žiadny správca štartu. Váš systém asi nebude " +"možné naštartovať." #. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "Kvôli rozdeleniu diskových oddielov nemôže správca štartu byť nainštalovaný správne" +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "" +"Kvôli rozdeleniu diskových oddielov nemôže správca štartu byť nainštalovaný " +"správne" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Inštalovať kód štartu systému do MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">neinštalovať</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Inštalovať kód štartu systému do MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">" +"neinštalovať</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Neinštalovať kód štartu systému do MBR zakázaný (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">inštalovať</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Neinštalovať kód štartu systému do MBR zakázaný (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">" +"inštalovať</a>" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Inštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">neinštalovať</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"inst" +"all</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Inštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">" +"neinštalovať</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Neinštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">inštalovať</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">" +"insta" +"ll</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Neinštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">" +"inštalovať</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Inštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">neinštalovať</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"instal" +"l</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Inštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">" +"neinštalovať</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Neinštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">inštalovať</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">" +"install" +"</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Neinštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">" +"inštalovať</a>)" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Varovanie: Nie je vybrané žiadne umiestnenie pre stage1 správcu štartu. Ak neviete, čo robíte, prosím, vyberte vyššie uvedené umiestnenie." +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you a" +"re doing please select above location." +msgstr "" +"Varovanie: Nie je vybrané žiadne umiestnenie pre stage1 správcu štartu. Ak " +"neviete, čo robíte, prosím, vyberte vyššie uvedené umiestnenie." #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Zmeniť umiestnenie: %s" @@ -1162,22 +1268,22 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Typ správcu štartu: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:263 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (rozšírené)" #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:271 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:278 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Stavové umiestnenie: %1" @@ -1197,8 +1303,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "Štart systému z MBR nefunguje spoločne so súborovým systémom btrfs a popisom disku GPT bez oddielu bios_grub. Aby ste vyriešili tento problém, vytvorte bios_grub oddiel alebo použite akýkoľvek rozšírený súborový systém pre oddiel štartu systému alebo neinštalujte stage1 na MBR." +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label " +"without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or u" +"se any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"Štart systému z MBR nefunguje spoločne so súborovým systémom btrfs a popisom " +"disku GPT bez oddielu bios_grub. Aby ste vyriešili tento problém, vytvorte " +"bios_grub oddiel alebo použite akýkoľvek rozšírený súborový systém pre oddiel " +"štartu systému alebo neinštalujte stage1 na MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 @@ -1207,80 +1320,104 @@ #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Štartovacie zariadenie je na softvérom RAID1. Vybrať iné umiestnenie správcu štartu, napr. Master Boot Record" +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. M" +"aster Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"Štartovacie zariadenie je na softvérom RAID1. Vybrať iné umiestnenie správcu " +"štartu, napr. Master Boot Record" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "Chýba rozšírený oddiel pre štart systému. Nie je možné nainštalovať kód štartu systému." +msgstr "" +"Chýba rozšírený oddiel pre štart systému. Nie je možné nainštalovať kód " +"štartu systému." +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 +msgid "" +"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes co" +"uld refuse to boot." +msgstr "" +"Príznak aktivácie nie je nastavený inštalátorom. Pokiaľ nie je nastavený " +"vôbec, niektoré systémy BIOS by mohli odmietnuť naštartovať." + +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 +msgid "" +"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains " +"boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgstr "" +"Inštalátor nebude modifikovať MBR disku. Ak už obsahuje štartovací kód, BIOS " +"nebude môcť spustiť disk." + #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Kontrola správcu štartu" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Čítanie rozdelenia diskov" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Načítanie nastavenia správcu štartu" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Kontrolujem správcu štartu..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Načítavam rozdelenie diskov..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Načítavam nastavenie správcu štartu..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Inicializujem nastavenie správcu štartu" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Vytvoriť initrd" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Uložiť konfiguračné súbory správcu štartu" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Inštalovať správcu štartu" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Vytváram initrd..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Ukladám konfiguračné súbory správcu štartu..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Inštalujem správcu štartu..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Ukladám nastavenie správcu štartu" + Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/crowbar.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/crowbar.sk.po 2015-09-29 14:46:31 UTC (rev 92883) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/crowbar.sk.po 2015-09-29 15:06:16 UTC (rev 92884) @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-28 16:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 15:43+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -31,12 +31,12 @@ #. target platform name #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 msgid "SLES 11 SP3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SLES 11 SP3" #. target platform name #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 msgid "SLES 12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SLES 12" #. combobox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106 @@ -47,12 +47,16 @@ msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" -" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought " +"to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also poss" +"ible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for" +" SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle" +"s11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" @@ -79,8 +83,10 @@ #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.\n" -"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list." +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy." +"\n" +"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as sp" +"ace-separated list." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -129,9 +135,8 @@ #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:285 -#, fuzzy msgid "VLAN &ID" -msgstr "VLAN" +msgstr "VLAN &ID" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:295 @@ -389,7 +394,8 @@ #. label (hint for user) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 -msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." +msgid "" +"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." msgstr "" #. tab header @@ -405,9 +411,8 @@ #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 -#, fuzzy msgid "Net&works" -msgstr "Sieť" +msgstr "&Siete" #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 @@ -418,7 +423,7 @@ #. popup message %1 is FQDN #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 msgid "" -"The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" +"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" @@ -464,7 +469,7 @@ #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"See the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\n" +"See the product deployment guide for details on the network\n" "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -518,3 +523,4 @@ #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenie..." + Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/kdump.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/kdump.sk.po 2015-09-29 14:46:31 UTC (rev 92883) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/kdump.sk.po 2015-09-29 15:06:16 UTC (rev 92884) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-29 14:03+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 15:48+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -19,9 +19,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the kdump module #: src/clients/kdump.rb:59 -#, fuzzy msgid "Configuration of kdump" -msgstr "Konfigurácia mailov" +msgstr "Konfigurácia kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 @@ -51,17 +50,23 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " +"\"kernel_string\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." +msgid "" +"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " +"kdump kernel." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +msgid "" +"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " +"line string." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -92,7 +97,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." +msgid "" +"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " +"password (plain text file)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -137,7 +144,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgid "" +"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " +"sftp, nfs, cifs" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -183,7 +192,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only " +"\"kernel_string\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -194,7 +205,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" +msgid "" +"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " +"or s are allowed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -231,9 +244,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 -#, fuzzy msgid "Kdump is disabled" -msgstr "SCPM je zakázané" +msgstr "Kdump je zakázané" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 @@ -283,9 +295,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 -#, fuzzy msgid "port: %1" -msgstr "Hostiteľ: %1" +msgstr "port: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text @@ -355,9 +366,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 -#, fuzzy msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1" -msgstr "v úrovni %1" +msgstr "Kdump SMTP Server: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 @@ -441,7 +451,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:810 -msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgid "" +"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message @@ -530,9 +541,8 @@ #. menubutton entry #: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84 -#, fuzzy msgid "&Kdump" -msgstr "&Zakázané" +msgstr "&Kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 @@ -546,9 +556,8 @@ msgstr "Povoliť &uspatie" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:59 -#, fuzzy msgid "&Disable Kdump" -msgstr "&Zakázané" +msgstr "&Zakázať Kdump" #. "handle" : HandleEnableDisalbeKdump, #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:79 @@ -640,7 +649,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 msgid "SFTP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SFTP" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" @@ -800,7 +809,8 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is " +"added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" @@ -819,7 +829,12 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " +"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a " +"firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition " +"rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump " +"data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when " +"the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -837,8 +852,10 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. " +"\n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. " +"\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -846,7 +863,8 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " +"dumps. " msgstr "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 @@ -854,7 +872,8 @@ msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " +"Browse\n" " " msgstr "" @@ -866,7 +885,8 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection.<" +"br>" msgstr "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 @@ -953,7 +973,8 @@ msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<" +"br>" msgstr "" #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 @@ -968,39 +989,48 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 -msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgid "" +"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." msgstr "" #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " +"plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " +"This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will " +"be used.\n" msgstr "" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgid "" +"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " +"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " +"to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved." +"\n" msgstr "" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " +"number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" @@ -1357,7 +1387,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 -msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." +msgid "" +"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only " +"%{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware @@ -1366,3 +1398,4 @@ "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" + Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses.sk.po 2015-09-29 14:46:31 UTC (rev 92883) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses.sk.po 2015-09-29 15:06:16 UTC (rev 92884) @@ -1,25 +1,21 @@ -# Slovak message file for YaST2 (@memory@). -# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. -# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 SuSE Linux AG. -# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. -# Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>, 2003 -# Milan Hromada <mhromada(a)elas.sk>, 2000. +# Copyright (C) YEAR SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # +# Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-04-24 13:15+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <ra100(a)atlas.sk>\n" -"Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:11+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 1 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 2 : 0;\n" -"X-Poedit-Language: Slovak\n" -"X-Poedit-Country: SLOVAKIA\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. label for text field showing the selected dir #: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:84 src/NCAskForFile.cc:126 @@ -88,17 +84,3 @@ msgid "Group" msgstr "Skupina" -#~ msgid "Press F1 for Help" -#~ msgstr "Stlačením F1 zobrazíte Pomocníka" - -#~ msgid "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this dialog." -#~ msgstr "Opätovným stlačením F1 získate ďalšiu pomoc alebo pomocou ESC tento dialóg zavriete." - -#~ msgid "Press F1 or ESC to close this dialog." -#~ msgstr "Stlačením F1 alebo ESC tento dialóg zavriete." - -#~ msgid "Text Mode Navigation" -#~ msgstr "Klávesy navigácie v textovom režime" - -#~ msgid "Function key bindings:" -#~ msgstr "Funkčné klávesy:" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/registration.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/registration.sk.po 2015-09-29 14:46:31 UTC (rev 92883) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/registration.sk.po 2015-09-29 15:06:16 UTC (rev 92884) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-30 09:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ #. popup heading (in bold) #: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 -#, fuzzy msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Lokálny registračný server" @@ -329,9 +328,8 @@ #. %s are error details #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 -#, fuzzy msgid "Details: %s" -msgstr "Detaily..." +msgstr "Detaily: %s" #. progress label #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222 @@ -539,7 +537,9 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot " +"provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " +"extension or module." msgstr "" #. part of the UI - labels in the dialog @@ -562,9 +562,8 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77 -#, fuzzy msgid "Details" -msgstr "Detaily..." +msgstr "Detaily" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget @@ -586,12 +585,16 @@ #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 -msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgid "" +"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " +"registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 -msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgid "" +"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" #. dialog title @@ -603,8 +606,11 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 #, fuzzy -msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "Tu môžete vidieť všetky prídavné produkty, ktoré sú nainštalované vo Vašom systéme." +msgid "" +"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" +"Tu môžete vidieť všetky prídavné produkty, ktoré sú nainštalované vo Vašom " +"systéme." #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 @@ -618,7 +624,9 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +msgid "" +"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered " +"again." msgstr "" #. @return [String] the main dialog label @@ -628,7 +636,9 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgid "" +"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together " +"with the base product." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 @@ -704,18 +714,29 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " +"database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." -msgstr "Registrácia produktu vloží Váš produkt do databáze Novellu a zapne získavanie on-line aktualizácií a technickú podporu. Ak chcete automaticky zaregistrovať počas inštalácie, použite Spustiť registráciu produktu. Pre zjednodušenie procedúry pridajte informácie o Vašom systéme voľbami Profil hardvéru a Nepovinné informácie." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " +"Registration." +msgstr "" +"Registrácia produktu vloží Váš produkt do databáze Novellu a zapne " +"získavanie on-line aktualizácií a technickú podporu. Ak chcete automaticky " +"zaregistrovať počas inštalácie, použite Spustiť registráciu produktu. " +"Pre zjednodušenie procedúry pridajte informácie o Vašom systéme voľbami " +"Profil hardvéru a Nepovinné informácie." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " +"of the server\n" "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "Ak Vaša sieť nasadí vlastný SMT server, nastavte prosím URL SMT servera a umiestnenie SMT certifikátu v Nastavenia SMT servera. Pre ďalšiu pomoc pozrite SMT manuál." +msgstr "" +"Ak Vaša sieť nasadí vlastný SMT server, nastavte prosím URL SMT servera a " +"umiestnenie SMT certifikátu v Nastavenia SMT servera. Pre ďalšiu pomoc " +"pozrite SMT manuál." #. the UI defition for the global registration status #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term @@ -728,9 +749,8 @@ #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131 -#, fuzzy msgid "&E-mail Address" -msgstr "&Emailová adresa:" +msgstr "&Emailová adresa" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 #, fuzzy @@ -739,9 +759,8 @@ #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 -#, fuzzy msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "Nastavenia SMT servera" +msgstr "Nastavenia servera" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132 #, fuzzy @@ -810,7 +829,9 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgid "" +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " +"updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration @@ -875,27 +896,38 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "" +"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " +"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgid "" +"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " +"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " +"issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." +msgid "" +"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " +"certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgid "" +"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " +"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." +msgid "" +"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security " +"risk." msgstr "" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid @@ -924,7 +956,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories." +msgid "" +"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " +"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " +"in the selected repositories." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label @@ -940,7 +975,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 msgid "URL: %s" -msgstr "" +msgstr "URL: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 @@ -991,7 +1026,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64 -msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgid "" +"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " +"may offer several possible migration to new products." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) @@ -1001,7 +1038,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:69 -msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." +msgid "" +"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories " +"later." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check button label @@ -1032,7 +1071,9 @@ #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 -msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgid "" +"ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server " +"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "" #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... @@ -1078,11 +1119,15 @@ msgstr "Váš systém je pripravený na používanie." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgid "" +"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " +"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgid "" +"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." msgstr "" #. button label @@ -1123,3 +1168,4 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Použiť lokálny registračný server" + Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/security.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/security.sk.po 2015-09-29 14:46:31 UTC (rev 92883) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/security.sk.po 2015-09-29 15:06:16 UTC (rev 92884) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-30 09:10+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 14:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'level workstation' option #: src/clients/security.rb:94 msgid "Workstation security level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bezpečnostná úroveň pracovnej stanice" #. command line help text for 'level roaming' option #: src/clients/security.rb:100 @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" -msgstr "Vždy generovať správu syslog pre skripty cronu" +msgstr "Vždy generovať správu syslog pre cron skripty" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" @@ -150,50 +150,44 @@ msgstr "Spustiť DHCP démona ako používateľ dhcp" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 -#, fuzzy msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" -msgstr "Zakázať vzdialené prihlásenie roota v správcovi obrazovky" +msgstr "Vzdialené prihlásenie správcu systému v správcovi obrazovky" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 -#, fuzzy msgid "Remote access to the X server" -msgstr "Vypnúť vzdialený prístup k X serveru" +msgstr "Vzdialený prístup k X serveru" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "Vzdialený prístup k systému pre doručenie pošty" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 -#, fuzzy msgid "Restart services on update" -msgstr "Reštart služieb" +msgstr "Reštartovať služby pri aktualizácii" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 -#, fuzzy msgid "Stop services on removal" -msgstr "Zakázať reštart služby pri odstránení" +msgstr "Zastaviť služby pri odstránení" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "Povoliť TCP syncookies" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 -#, fuzzy msgid "IPv4 forwarding" -msgstr "IP presmerovanie:" +msgstr "IPv4 presmerovanie" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 -#, fuzzy msgid "IPv6 forwarding" -msgstr "IP presmerovanie:" +msgstr "IPv6 presmerovanie" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "Enable basic system services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povoliť základné systémové služby" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 msgid "Disable extra services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zakázať extra služby" #. handle the special cases at first #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 @@ -411,21 +405,27 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " +"user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication " +"in all cases.\n" msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" -"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " +"include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " +"default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "" msgstr "" "<BIG>Konfigurácia lokálneho zabezpečenia</BIG>\n" -"Pomocou preddefinovaných nastavení môžete zmeniť lokálne zabezpečenie napr. štartu systému, prihlásenie, heslo, vytváranie používateľov a práva súborov. Tieto preddefinované nastavenia je možné upraviť podľa potreby." +"Pomocou preddefinovaných nastavení môžete zmeniť lokálne zabezpečenie " +"napr. štartu systému, prihlásenie, heslo, vytváranie používateľov a práva " +"súborov. Tieto preddefinované nastavenia je možné upraviť podľa potreby." #. Main dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 @@ -470,9 +470,12 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " +"prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " +"to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>" +")." msgstr "" "Počet sekúnd čakania po neúspešnom pokuse o prihlásenie:\n" "Doporučuje sa, aby sa po tomto pokuse počkalo pár sekúnd a tým\n" @@ -482,18 +485,19 @@ #. Login dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:113 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " +"usual).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Zaznamenávať úspešné pokusy o prihlásenie:\n" -"Hodí sa zaznamenávať aj úspešné pokusy. Pomôže vás to varovať\n" -"pred neautorizovaným prístupom do systému (napríklad používateľ\n" -"prihlasujúci sa z iného miesta než obvykle).\n" -"" +"Zaznamenávať úspešné pokusy o prihlásenie:" +"Zaznamenávanie úspešných\n" +"pokusov prihlásenia je užitočné. Môže vás to varovať pred neautorizovaným\n" +"prístupom do systému (napr. používateľ prihlasujúci sa z iného miesta než " +"obvykle).\n" +"\n" #. Login dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 @@ -520,7 +524,8 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " +"word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" "Kontrolovať nové heslá: Je múdre vyberať heslá, ktoré nie\n" @@ -532,7 +537,8 @@ msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " +"new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" @@ -540,17 +546,20 @@ "Minimálny počet znakov v hesle zníži počet rozličných\n" "tried znakov (malé, veľké písmená, číslice) použitých v novom\n" "hesle. Pre podrobnosti pozrite manuálovú stránku pam_cracklib.\n" -"Táto voľba môže byť upravená iba keď je nastavené Skontrolovať nové heslá." +"Táto voľba môže byť upravená iba keď je nastavené Skontrolovať nové heslá<" +"/b>." #. Password dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " +"reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" "Počet zapamätaných hesiel:\n" -"Sem zadajte počet používateľských hesiel, ktoré sa majú pamätať, aby systém zabránil ich znovu použitiu používateľom.\n" +"Sem zadajte počet používateľských hesiel, ktoré sa majú pamätať, aby systém " +"zabránil ich znovu použitiu používateľom.\n" "Zadaním 0 sa nebudú heslá pamätať vôbec." #. Password dialog help 5a/8 @@ -560,15 +569,16 @@ #. Password dialog help 5b/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " +"need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" -"DES, štandardná metóda pre Linux, funguje všade, ale\n" -"obmedzuje heslá na maximálne 8 znakov. Ak potrebujete nastavenie, ktoré\n" -"je dobre kompatibilné, použite toto." +"DES, linuxová predvolená metóda, funguje vo všetkých sieťových " +"prostrediach,\n" +"ale obmedzuje heslá na maximálne 8 znakov. Ak potrebujete kompatibilitu\n" +"s inými systémami, použite túto metódu." #. Password dialog help 5c/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 @@ -581,7 +591,9 @@ #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgid "" +"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms " +"is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 7/8 @@ -597,7 +609,8 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " +"the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" "Počet dní pre varovanie pred vypršaním platnosti hesla:\n" @@ -612,7 +625,8 @@ "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" "<big>Bezpečnosť používateľov</big>\n" -"V tejto ponuke môžete meniť rôzne nastavenia pre vytváranie používateľov." +"V tejto ponuke môžete meniť rôzne nastavenia pre vytváranie používateľov.<" +"/p>" #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 @@ -636,23 +650,28 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.<" +"/p>" msgstr "" "<big>Iné bezpečnostné nastavenia</big>\n" -"V tejto ponuke môžete meniť rôzne iné nastavenia týkajúce sa miestnej bezpečnosti." +"V tejto ponuke môžete meniť rôzne iné nastavenia týkajúce sa miestnej " +"bezpečnosti." #. Misc dialog help 2/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in " +"/etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" "Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " +"accidentally\n" "or by intruders.\n" "With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " +"only\n" "be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" @@ -661,7 +680,7 @@ "Práva k súborom: Nastavenie práv k niektorým\n" "systémovým súborom používajú nastavenie v /etc/permissions.secure\n" "alebo /etc/permissions.easy. Ktorý súbor sa použije, závisí na\n" -"tomto nastavení. Spustene SuSEconfig nastaví tieto správa\n" +"tomto nastavení. Spustenie SuSEconfig nastaví tieto správa\n" "podľa súboru /etc/permissions.*, čo opraví práva súborom,\n" "ktoré ich nemajú nastavené správne, nech sa to už stalo\n" "náhodnou alebo to spôsobil útočník.\n" @@ -672,22 +691,25 @@ "/var/log/messages, čitateľné len pre používateľa root. Niektoré programy\n" "bude možné spustiť len pod týmto používateľom, alebo používateľmi na to\n" "určenými, nie pre bežných používateľov.\n" -"Najbezpečnejšia voľba je Paranoidné. Pri tejto voľbe musíte rozhodnúť,\n" +"Najbezpečnejšia voľba je Paranoidné. Pri tejto voľbe musíte " +"rozhodnúť,\n" "ktorí používatelia budú môcť spúšťať X aplikácie, a setuid programy.\n" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " +"(locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody" +"\n" " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "Používateľ spúšťajúci updatedb: Program updatedb sa\n" "spúšťa pravidelne každý deň. Prechádza celý systém súborov\n" "a vytvára databázu (locatedb), kde je umiestnenie každého súboru.\n" -"V databázi môžete hľadať pomocou programu \"locate\". Tu môžete\n" +"V databáze môžete hľadať pomocou programu \"locate\". Tu môžete\n" "nastaviť, pod ktorým používateľom sa tento program bude spúšťať:\n" "nobody (menej súborov), alebo root (všetky súbory)." @@ -708,7 +730,8 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " +"directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" @@ -723,9 +746,11 @@ msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs " +"in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your " +"system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" "Niektoré systémy to obchádzajú tým, že do cesty pridávajú\n" @@ -751,43 +776,56 @@ "\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." msgstr "" -"\"nie\": používateľ \"root\" musí pre spustenie programu z aktuálneho priečinku\n" +"\"nie\": používateľ \"root\" musí pre spustenie programu z aktuálneho " +"priečinku\n" "použiť predponu \"./\". Napríklad: \"./configure\"." #. Misc dialog help 14/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " +"during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" "Povoliť magické klávesy SysRq Ak zapnete túto voľbu,\n" "v prípade pádu systému budete môcť ovládať niektoré jeho časti (napr.\n" -"pri ladení jadra). Detaily nájdete v súbore /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" +"pri ladení jadra). Detaily nájdete v súbore " +"/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." -msgstr "Prehľad zabezpečenia Toto je prehľad najdôležitejších bezpečnostných nastavení." +msgid "" +"Security Overview This overview shows the most important " +"security settings." +msgstr "" +"Prehľad zabezpečenia Prehľad ukazuje najdôležitejšie " +"bezpečnostné nastavenia." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 -#, fuzzy -msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." -msgstr "Pre zmenu aktuálnej hodnoty kliknite na odkaz priradený k voľbe." +msgid "" +"To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." +msgstr "" +"Pre zmenu aktuálnej hodnoty kliknite na odkaz priradený k voľbe." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 -#, fuzzy -msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." -msgstr "Značka v stĺpci Stav zebezpečenia znamená, že aktuálna hodnota voľby je bezpečná." +msgid "" +" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current " +"value of the option is secure." +msgstr "" +"Zaškrtávacia značka v stĺpci Stav zabezpečenia znamená, že aktuálna " +"hodnota voľby je bezpečná." #. an error message (rich text) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." -msgstr "Aktuálna hodnota sa nedala prečítať. Služba nie pravdepodobne nainštalovaná, alebo v systéme chýba voľba." +msgid "" +"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " +"installed or the option is missing on the system." +msgstr "" +"Aktuálnu hodnotu nebolo možné prečítať. Služba nie pravdepodobne " +"nainštalovaná, alebo v systéme chýba voľba." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 #, fuzzy @@ -795,61 +833,136 @@ "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " +"the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " +"to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " +"that\n" "are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option." -msgstr "Správca obrazovky poskytuje obrazovku grafického prihlásenia a ak je nastavený, môže byť prístupný cez sieť pomocou X servera bežiacom na inom počítači.Okná, ktoré budú zobrazené, budú prenášať svoje dáta cez sieť. Ak táto sieť nie je plne dôveryhodná, sieťový prenos môže byť odpočúvaný útočníkom získavajúcim prístup nie len ku grafickému obsahu obrazovky, ale tiež k používateľským menám a heslám.Ak nepotrebujete XDCMP pre vzdialené grafické prihlásenie, vypnite túto voľbu." +msgstr "" +"Správca obrazovky poskytuje obrazovku grafického prihlásenia a ak je " +"nastavený, môže byť prístupný cez sieť pomocou X servera bežiacom na inom " +"počítači.Okná, ktoré budú zobrazené, budú prenášať svoje dáta cez " +"sieť. Ak táto sieť nie je plne dôveryhodná, sieťový prenos môže byť " +"odpočúvaný útočníkom získavajúcim prístup nie len ku grafickému obsahu " +"obrazovky, ale tiež k používateľským menám a heslám.Ak nepotrebujete <" +"EM>XDCMP pre vzdialené grafické prihlásenie, vypnite túto voľbu." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" -"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " +"is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to " +"create\n" "correct log messages." -msgstr "Počas štartu je systémový čas nastavený podľa hardvérových hodín počítača. Preto je potrebné nastaviť správne hardvérové hodiny pred tým, ako sa systém vypne.Zhodný systémový čas je dôležitý preto, aby bol systém schopný vytvárať správne záznamy." +msgstr "" +"Počas štartu je systémový čas nastavený podľa hardvérových hodín počítača. " +"Preto je potrebné nastaviť správne hardvérové hodiny pred tým, ako sa systém " +"vypne.Zhodný systémový čas je dôležitý preto, aby bol systém schopný " +"vytvárať správne záznamy." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 #, fuzzy -msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." -msgstr "Nefunkčnosti v systéme sa zvyčajne poznajú podľa ich neobvyklého správania. Záznamy systémového logu (syslog) o udalostiach, ktoré sa opakovane stávajú sú dôležité pre nájdenie príčiny problémov a neprítomnosť jediného záznamu môže povedať viac, ako neprítomnosť celého záznamu.Z tohoto hľadiska sú systémové záznamy užitočné iba keď sú prítomné." +msgid "" +"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " +"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " +"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " +"tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog " +"messages of system events are only useful if they are present." +msgstr "" +"Nefunkčnosti v systéme sa zvyčajne poznajú podľa ich neobvyklého " +"správania. Záznamy systémového logu (syslog) o udalostiach, ktoré sa " +"opakovane stávajú sú dôležité pre nájdenie príčiny problémov a neprítomnosť " +"jediného záznamu môže povedať viac, ako neprítomnosť celého záznamu.Z " +"tohoto hľadiska sú systémové záznamy užitočné iba keď sú prítomné." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 #, fuzzy -msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." -msgstr "Akcie prostredia chroot sú používané k obmedzeniu procesu iba na tie súbory, ktoré proces vyžaduje tým, že sú umiestnené v oddelenom podpriečinku a spustením procesu so zmenenými právami roota (chroot) nastavenými iba pre daný priečinok." +msgid "" +"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that " +"it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process " +"with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgstr "" +"Akcie prostredia chroot sú používané k obmedzeniu procesu iba na tie " +"súbory, ktoré proces vyžaduje tým, že sú umiestnené v oddelenom podpriečinku " +"a spustením procesu so zmenenými právami roota (chroot) nastavenými iba pre " +"daný priečinok." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 #, fuzzy -msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." -msgstr "Démon klienta DHCP by mal bežať ako používateľ dhcpd a to z dôvodu minimalizácie možnej hrozby, ak budú nájdené zraniteľné miesta v kóde programu.Prosím všimnite si, že dhcpd nesmie bežať ako root, alebo s možnosťou CAP_SYS_CHROOT" +msgid "" +"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a " +"possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " +"program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with " +"the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement " +"to be effective." +msgstr "" +"Démon klienta DHCP by mal bežať ako používateľ dhcpd a to z " +"dôvodu minimalizácie možnej hrozby, ak budú nájdené zraniteľné miesta v kóde " +"programu.Prosím všimnite si, že dhcpd nesmie bežať ako root, " +"alebo s možnosťou CAP_SYS_CHROOT" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." -msgstr "Administrátori by sa mali starať, aby sa neprihlasovali ako root do sedenia X Window, aby minimalizovali použitie práv roota.Táto voľba nepomáha proti ľahostajným správcom, ale bude predchádzať možnosti prihlásenia útočníka ako root prostredníctvom grafického správcu zobrazenia keď sa im podarí získať príslušné heslo." +msgid "" +"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window " +"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does " +"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " +"able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or " +"otherwise acquire the password." +msgstr "" +"Administrátori by nemali prihlasovať ako root do sedenia X " +"Window, aby minimalizovali použitie práv správcu systému.Táto možnosť " +"nepomáha proti ľahostajným správcom, ale mohla by zabrániť útočníkom, aby " +"mali možnosť prihlásenia ako root prostredníctvom správcu obrazovky, " +"keď sa im podarí získať príslušné heslo." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " +"connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " +"a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " +"the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " +"therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." -msgstr "Klienti X Window, napr. programy, ktoré na Vašej obrazovke otvárajú okno, sa pripojujú k X serveru bežiacom na fyzickom stroji. Programy môžu tiež bežať na inom systéme a môžu zobrazovať svoj obsah na X serveri prostredníctvom sieťového pripojenia.Ak to povolíte, X server bude načúvať na porte 6000 plus číslo displeja. Pokiaľ je sieťový prenos nešifrovaný a teda predmet sieťového odpočúvania a pokiaľ je iný port držaný otvorený programom - tu X serverem - je otvorený priestor pre útoky, bezpečné nastavenie je toto zakázať.Pre zobrazenie klienta X Window prostredníctvom siete je doporučené použitie zabezpečeného príkazového riadku (secure shell, ssh), ktorý dovoľuje klientom X Window, aby se pripojili k X serveru prostredníctvom šifrovaného SSH pripojenia." +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display " +"X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (" +"ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " +"through the encrypted ssh connection." +msgstr "" +"Klienti X Window, napr. programy, ktoré na Vašej obrazovke otvárajú okno, " +"sa pripojujú k X serveru bežiacom na fyzickom stroji. Programy môžu tiež " +"bežať na inom systéme a môžu zobrazovať svoj obsah na X serveri " +"prostredníctvom sieťového pripojenia.Ak to povolíte, X server bude " +"načúvať na porte 6000 plus číslo displeja. Pokiaľ je sieťový prenos " +"nešifrovaný a teda predmet sieťového odpočúvania a pokiaľ je iný port držaný " +"otvorený programom - tu X serverem - je otvorený priestor pre útoky, bezpečné " +"nastavenie je toto zakázať.Pre zobrazenie klienta X Window " +"prostredníctvom siete je doporučené použitie zabezpečeného príkazového riadku " +"(secure shell, ssh), ktorý dovoľuje klientom X Window, aby se " +"pripojili k X serveru prostredníctvom šifrovaného SSH pripojenia." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." -msgstr "Systém pre doručenia pošty vždy štartuje. Hoci štandardne nie je viditeľný mimo systém, pretože nenačúva na SMTP porte 25.Ak nechcete doručovať poštu do systému cez SMTP protokol, zakážte túto voľbu" +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " +"expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " +"network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through " +"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +msgstr "" +"Systém pre doručenia pošty vždy štartuje. Hoci štandardne nie je viditeľný " +"mimo systém, pretože nenačúva na SMTP porte 25.Ak nechcete doručovať " +"poštu do systému cez SMTP protokol, zakážte túto voľbu" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 #, fuzzy @@ -862,7 +975,13 @@ "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." -msgstr "Ak balík, ktorý obsahuje službu ktorá je aktuálne aktualizovaná, služba je reštartnutá po jeho inštalácii.Vo väčšine prípadov je to zmysluplné a bezpečné vzhľadom k tomu, že veľa služieb potrebuje svoje binárne, alebo konfiguračné súbory prístupné v systéme súborov. Tieto služby by mali pokračovať do zastavenia služieb, napr. bežiaci démoni sú zabitý Toto nastavenie by malo byť zmenené iba keď sú pre to špecifické dôvody." +msgstr "" +"Ak balík, ktorý obsahuje službu ktorá je aktuálne aktualizovaná, služba je " +"reštartnutá po jeho inštalácii.Vo väčšine prípadov je to zmysluplné a " +"bezpečné vzhľadom k tomu, že veľa služieb potrebuje svoje binárne, alebo " +"konfiguračné súbory prístupné v systéme súborov. Tieto služby by mali " +"pokračovať do zastavenia služieb, napr. bežiaci démoni sú zabitý Toto " +"nastavenie by malo byť zmenené iba keď sú pre to špecifické dôvody." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 #, fuzzy @@ -875,16 +994,49 @@ "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." -msgstr "Ak balík, ktorý obsahuje službu ktorá beží a odinštalováva sa, služba je zastavená pred jeho odinštalovaním.Vo väčšine prípadov je to zmysluplné a bezpečné vzhľadom k tomu, že veľa služieb potrebuje svoje binárne, alebo konfiguračné súbory prístupné v systéme súborov. Tieto služby by mali pokračovať do zastavenia služieb, napr. bežiaci démoni sú zabitý Toto nastavenie by malo byť zmenené iba keď sú pre to špecifické dôvody." +msgstr "" +"Ak balík, ktorý obsahuje službu ktorá beží a odinštalováva sa, služba je " +"zastavená pred jeho odinštalovaním.Vo väčšine prípadov je to " +"zmysluplné a bezpečné vzhľadom k tomu, že veľa služieb potrebuje svoje " +"binárne, alebo konfiguračné súbory prístupné v systéme súborov. Tieto služby " +"by mali pokračovať do zastavenia služieb, napr. bežiaci démoni sú zabitý " +"Toto nastavenie by malo byť zmenené iba keď sú pre to špecifické dôvody.<" +"/P>" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 #, fuzzy -msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." -msgstr "Systém môže byť zahltený množstvom pokusov o spojenie, takže mu dôjde pamäť, čo vedie k ohrozeniu DoS (odoprenie služieb, Denial of Services).Použitie syncookies je metóda pomáhajúca v takých situáciách, ale v nastavení s veľkým množstvom oprávnených snáh o spojenie z jedného zdroja môže voľba Povolené priniesť problémy s TCP pripojením zakázaným pri veľkých záťažiach.Stále pre väčšinu prostredia sú syncookies prvou líniou obrany proti záplave SYN DoS útokov, takže bezpečné nastavenie je Povolené." +msgid "" +"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " +"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " +"vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " +"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " +"connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause " +"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most " +"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " +"attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." +msgstr "" +"Systém môže byť zahltený množstvom pokusov o spojenie, takže mu dôjde " +"pamäť, čo vedie k ohrozeniu DoS (odoprenie služieb, Denial of Services).<" +"P>Použitie syncookies je metóda pomáhajúca v takých situáciách, ale v " +"nastavení s veľkým množstvom oprávnených snáh o spojenie z jedného zdroja " +"môže voľba Povolené priniesť problémy s TCP pripojením zakázaným pri " +"veľkých záťažiach.Stále pre väčšinu prostredia sú syncookies prvou " +"líniou obrany proti záplave SYN DoS útokov, takže bezpečné nastavenie je " +"Povolené." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 -msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." -msgstr "Preposielanie IP znamená preniesť sieťové pakety, ktoré boli prijaté, ale nie sú určené pre nejaké z nastavených systémových sieťových rozhraní, napr. adresu sieťového rozhrania.Ak systém preposiela sieťový prenos na vrstve ISO/OSI 3, hovorí sa mu router. Ak nepotrebujete túto routovaciu funkciu, vypnite túto voľbu." +msgid "" +"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " +"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " +"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards " +"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need " +"that routing functionality, then disable this option." +msgstr "" +"Preposielanie IP znamená preniesť sieťové pakety, ktoré boli prijaté, ale " +"nie sú určené pre nejaké z nastavených systémových sieťových rozhraní, napr. " +"adresu sieťového rozhrania.Ak systém preposiela sieťový prenos na " +"vrstve ISO/OSI 3, hovorí sa mu router. Ak nepotrebujete túto routovaciu " +"funkciu, vypnite túto voľbu." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." @@ -895,26 +1047,44 @@ msgstr "Toto nastavenie sa týka iba IPv6." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 -msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." -msgstr "Magické klávesy SysRq povoľujú niektoré ovládanie v systéme dokonca pri páde systému (napr. počas ladenia jadra), alebo ak systém neodpovedá." +msgid "" +"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " +"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgstr "" +"Magické klávesy SysRq povoľujú niektoré ovládanie v systéme dokonca pri " +"páde systému (napr. počas ladenia jadra), alebo ak systém neodpovedá." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 -msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." -msgstr "V systéme sú preddefinované súbory /etc/permissions.*, v ktorých sú nastavené súborové práva. Najviac obmedzujúce práva sú definované v súboroch s koncovkou 'secure', alebo 'paranoid'." +msgid "" +"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " +"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." +msgstr "" +"V systéme sú preddefinované súbory /etc/permissions.*, v ktorých sú " +"nastavené súborové práva. Najviac obmedzujúce práva sú definované v súboroch " +"s koncovkou 'secure', alebo 'paranoid'." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 #, fuzzy -msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." -msgstr "Základné systémové služby musia byť povolené pre poskytnutie systémovej konzistencie a spustenie služby súvisiacej s bezpečnosťou." +msgid "" +"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to " +"run the security-related services." +msgstr "" +"Základné systémové služby musia byť povolené pre poskytnutie systémovej " +"konzistencie a spustenie služby súvisiacej s bezpečnosťou." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 -msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." -msgstr "Každá spustená služba je potenciálny cieľ bezpečnostného útoku. Preto sa odporúča vypnúť všetky služby, ktoré nie sú systémom použité." +msgid "" +"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " +"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " +"the system." +msgstr "" +"Každá spustená služba je potenciálny cieľ bezpečnostného útoku. Preto sa " +"odporúča vypnúť všetky služby, ktoré nie sú systémom použité." #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 msgid "Workstation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pracovná stanica" #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 @@ -929,12 +1099,12 @@ #. RadioButton label #: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 msgid "&Workstation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Pracovná stanica" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 msgid "&Roaming Device" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cestujúce zariadenie" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 @@ -1168,9 +1338,8 @@ #. Progress stage 4/4 #: src/modules/Security.rb:669 -#, fuzzy msgid "Update system settings" -msgstr "Uloženie systémových nastavení" +msgstr "Aktualizovať systémové nastavenia" #. Progress step 1/5 #: src/modules/Security.rb:673 @@ -1189,9 +1358,8 @@ #. Progress step 4/5 #: src/modules/Security.rb:679 -#, fuzzy msgid "Updating system settings..." -msgstr "Ukladám systémové nastavenia..." +msgstr "Aktualizácia systémových nastavení..." #. Progress step 5/5 #: src/modules/Security.rb:681 @@ -1207,3 +1375,5 @@ #: src/modules/Security.rb:795 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "Aktuálna úroveň zabezpečenia: %1" + + Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/storage.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/storage.sk.po 2015-09-29 14:46:31 UTC (rev 92883) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/storage.sk.po 2015-09-29 15:06:16 UTC (rev 92884) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-30 09:15+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:36+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -30,7 +30,8 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Tento program použite iba ak máte skúsenosti s rozdelením pevných diskov na oddiely.\n" +"Tento program použite iba ak máte skúsenosti s rozdelením pevných diskov na " +"oddiely.\n" "\n" "Nikdy nemeňte ich rozdelenie v prípade, že sa niektorá ich časť používa,\n" "ak úplne neviete, čo presne robíte. Inak nebude nová tabuľka rozdelenia\n" @@ -644,7 +645,10 @@ "the disk is too small. \n" "To install Linux, select more partitions to \n" "remove or select a larger disk." -msgstr "Príliš málo oddielov alebo príliš malých oddielov je označených na odstránenie. Pre inštaláciu systému Linux musíte označiť viac oddielov alebo väčšie." +msgstr "" +"Príliš málo oddielov alebo príliš malých oddielov je označených na " +"odstránenie. Pre inštaláciu systému Linux musíte označiť viac oddielov alebo " +"väčšie." #. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection #. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) @@ -669,8 +673,11 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "Nebol nájdený žiaden disk. Skúste použiť pre inštaláciu aktualizačné (update) CD, ak ho máte." +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "" +"Nebol nájdený žiaden disk. Skúste použiť pre inštaláciu aktualizačné (update) " +"CD, ak ho máte." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -1236,7 +1243,8 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point " +"\"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1368,15 +1376,18 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Vybraný rozšírený oddiel obsahuje oddiely, ktoré sú momentálne\n" "pripojené:\n" "%1\n" -"Dôrazne doporučujeme ich odpojenie pred odstránením tohto rozšíreného oddielu.\n" +"Dôrazne doporučujeme ich odpojenie pred odstránením tohto rozšíreného " +"oddielu.\n" "Ak neviete presne, čo robíte, použite Zrušiť.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1564,7 +1575,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1591,9 +1603,8 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 -#, fuzzy msgid "&UUID" -msgstr "ID" +msgstr "&UUID" #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:526 @@ -1641,7 +1652,6 @@ #. button text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1057 -#, fuzzy msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "&Voľby..." @@ -1806,7 +1816,8 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Vybrané zariadenie obsahuje oddiely, ktoré sú momentálne pripojené:\n" @@ -1981,7 +1992,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or " +"/var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" @@ -1994,7 +2006,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -2012,7 +2025,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2069,7 +2083,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" @@ -2206,13 +2221,15 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"Systém súborov FAT používaný pre systémový bod pripojenia (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" +"Systém súborov FAT používaný pre systémový bod pripojenia (/, /usr, /opt, " +"/var, /home).\n" "To nie je možné." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 #, fuzzy -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "Neplatné znaky v bode pripojenia. Nepoužívajte znaky \"`'!\"%#\"." #. error popup text @@ -2596,9 +2613,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 -#, fuzzy msgid "Edit" -msgstr "&Upraviť" +msgstr "Upraviť" #. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry #. disabled, see bnc #832196 @@ -2674,9 +2690,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 -#, fuzzy msgid "Delete..." -msgstr "Odstrániť" +msgstr "Vymazať..." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 @@ -2692,7 +2707,8 @@ msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" -msgstr "Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." +msgstr "" +"Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 @@ -2700,13 +2716,13 @@ msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" -msgstr "Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." +msgstr "" +"Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 -#, fuzzy msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" -msgstr "Zariadenie: %1" +msgstr "Btrfs zariadenie: %1" #. push button text #. push button text @@ -2776,7 +2792,8 @@ msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." -msgstr "Najskôr si vyberte typ oddielu a či má sa má naformátovať alebo nie." +msgstr "" +"Najskôr si vyberte typ oddielu a či má sa má naformátovať alebo nie." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 @@ -3036,9 +3053,8 @@ #. label for log view #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 -#, fuzzy msgid "Output of %1" -msgstr "Výstup '%1' (v daný moment)" +msgstr "Výstup %1" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 @@ -3123,9 +3139,8 @@ #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 -#, fuzzy msgid "Add RAID" -msgstr "Pridať RAI&D" +msgstr "Pridať RAID" #. dialog title #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 @@ -3569,9 +3584,8 @@ #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 -#, fuzzy msgid "Hard Disks" -msgstr "Pevný disk" +msgstr "Pevné disky" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 #, fuzzy @@ -3695,7 +3709,8 @@ "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.\n" msgstr "" -"<BIG>Pozor:</BIG> YaST prehľadal váš disk a našiel starý systém Linux s definovanými\n" +"<BIG>Pozor:</BIG> YaST prehľadal váš disk a našiel starý systém " +"Linux s definovanými\n" "bodmi pripojenia. Vpravo je ich zoznam.\n" #. help text, richtext format @@ -3733,9 +3748,8 @@ #. pushbutton label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 -#, fuzzy msgid "Import" -msgstr "&Importovať" +msgstr "Import" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 @@ -3838,12 +3852,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:490 #, fuzzy msgid "No changes to storage settings." -msgstr "V tomto dialógu môžete zmeniť rôzne nastavenia pre pridávanie používateľov." +msgstr "" +"V tomto dialógu môžete zmeniť rôzne nastavenia pre pridávanie " +"používateľov." #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:493 #, fuzzy msgid "Storage settings:" -msgstr "V tomto dialógu môžete zmeniť rôzne nastavenia pre pridávanie používateľov." +msgstr "" +"V tomto dialógu môžete zmeniť rôzne nastavenia pre pridávanie " +"používateľov." #. heading #. tree node label @@ -3874,7 +3892,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -4203,7 +4222,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" @@ -4253,7 +4273,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" @@ -4261,14 +4282,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool." msgstr "" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool" +"." msgstr "" #. heading for frame @@ -4330,7 +4353,8 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" @@ -4456,7 +4480,8 @@ msgid "" "This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group." -msgstr "Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." +msgstr "" +"Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 @@ -4464,7 +4489,8 @@ msgid "" "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." -msgstr "Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." +msgstr "" +"Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 @@ -4519,7 +4545,7 @@ #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 msgid "Btrfs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Btrfs" #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 @@ -4582,7 +4608,9 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 #, fuzzy -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." msgstr "Nastavenie bude prístupná v neskoršej fáze inštalácie." #. heading @@ -4619,7 +4647,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Táto úroveň zvyšuje výkon disku.\n" "Neobsahuje ŽIADNU redundanciu dát. Ak sa niektorý z diskov\n" @@ -4629,21 +4658,26 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on " +"all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: Táto úroveň má najlepšiu redundanciu. Dá sa použiť\n" "s dvoma alebo viacerými diskmi. Udržiava presnú kópiu všetkých dát\n" "na všetkých diskoch. Ak funguje aspoň jeden disk, dáta sa nestratia.\n" -"Oddiely použité pre tento typ RAID by mali mať približne rovnakú veľkosť.\n" +"Oddiely použité pre tento typ RAID by mali mať približne rovnakú veľkosť." +"\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: Táto úroveň kombinuje správu väčšieho počtu diskov\n" "a stále udržiava redundanciu. Dá sa použiť pre tri a viac diskov.\n" @@ -4663,8 +4697,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5)." +"\n" msgstr "" "Pridanie oddielov do RAID.Podľa typu RAID\n" "je použiteľná veľkosť súčet týchto diskov (RAID 0),\n" @@ -4736,12 +4772,15 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Chunk veľkosť: Je to najmenší nedeliteľný kus dát,\n" "ktorý je možné zapísať na zariadenie. Rozumná veľkosť pre RAID 5 je 128KB.\n" -"Pre RAID 0 to je 32KB. Pre RAID 1 nemá táto veľkosť veľký vplyv na výkon.\n" +"Pre RAID 0 to je 32KB. Pre RAID 1 nemá táto veľkosť veľký vplyv na výkon." +"\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 #, fuzzy @@ -4753,7 +4792,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Algoritmus parity: Tento algoritmus používa RAID 5.\n" "Vľavo symetrický poskytuje maximálny výkon na normálnych diskoch\n" @@ -5050,9 +5090,11 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path" +"\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " +"and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5070,7 +5112,9 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5137,7 +5181,8 @@ msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.\n" -msgstr "Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." +msgstr "" +"Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 @@ -5339,7 +5384,8 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" @@ -5347,9 +5393,12 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the " +"\n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" @@ -5387,12 +5436,16 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1" +") and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" @@ -5431,7 +5484,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" @@ -5452,7 +5506,8 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Priorita odkladacieho priestoru:\n" -"Zadajte prioritu odkladacieho priestoru. Vyššie číslo znamená vyššiu prioritu.\n" +"Zadajte prioritu odkladacieho priestoru. Vyššie číslo znamená vyššiu " +"prioritu.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 @@ -5465,11 +5520,13 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Pripojiť iba pre čítanie:\n" -"Na daný súborový systém nebude možné zapisovať. Štandardne je voľba vypnutá.\n" +"Na daný súborový systém nebude možné zapisovať. Štandardne je voľba vypnutá.<" +"/p>\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 @@ -5485,7 +5542,8 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Bez času prístupu:\n" -"Časy prístupu sa nezaktualizujú pri čítaní súboru. Štandardne nie je povolené." +"Časy prístupu sa nezaktualizujú pri čítaní súboru. Štandardne nie je " +"povolené." #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 @@ -5500,7 +5558,8 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Môže pripojiť používateľ\n" -"Systém súborov môže pripojiť normálny používateľ. Štandardne nie je povolené.\n" +"Systém súborov môže pripojiť normálny používateľ. Štandardne nie je " +"povolené.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5514,13 +5573,16 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point><" +"/tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Nepripojiť pri štarte systému:\n" "Systém súborov sa pri štarte systému automaticky nepripojí.\n" "V súbore /etc/fstab je vytvorená položka a súborový systém sa pripojí\n" -"s voľbami nastavenými v /etc/fstab až po zadaní príkazu <tt>mount <bod-pripojenia></tt>\n" +"s voľbami nastavenými v /etc/fstab až po zadaní príkazu <tt>mount " +"<bod-pripojenia></tt>\n" "(<bod-pripojenia> je priečinok, kam sa systém súborov pripojí).\n" "Štandardne je táto voľba vypnutá.\n" @@ -5554,8 +5616,10 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "Režim žurnálu dát:\n" "Určuje režim žurnálu pre dátové súbory.\n" @@ -5601,18 +5665,22 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 #, fuzzy -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." msgstr "Neplatné znaky v bode pripojenia. Nepoužívajte znaky \"`'!\"%#\"." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of " +"/etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Doplňujúca vlastná voľba\n" -"Sem zadajte ľubovoľnú platnú voľbu príkazu mount pre štvrtú položku v súbore /etc/fstab.\n" +"Sem zadajte ľubovoľnú platnú voľbu príkazu mount pre štvrtú položku v súbore " +"/etc/fstab.\n" "Viaceré voľby oddeľte čiarkami.\n" #. label text @@ -5638,10 +5706,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.\n" msgstr "" "Kódová stránka pre krátke mená FAT:\n" -"Táto kódová stránka sa používa pre prevod krátkych mien na systéme súborov FAT.\n" +"Táto kódová stránka sa používa pre prevod krátkych mien na systéme súborov " +"FAT.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5652,7 +5722,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2." msgstr "" "Počet FAT:\n" "Zadajte počet tabuliek FAT v systéme súborov. Štandardne je to 2." @@ -5668,10 +5739,14 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for " +"the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Veľkosť FAT:\n" -"Určuje typ tabuliek FAT (12, 16 alebo 32 bitov). Ak použijete automatické určenie, YaST sa pokúsi automaticky vybrať najvhodnejšiu hodnotu podľa veľkosti systému súborov.\n" +"Určuje typ tabuliek FAT (12, 16 alebo 32 bitov). Ak použijete automatické " +"určenie, YaST sa pokúsi automaticky vybrať najvhodnejšiu hodnotu podľa " +"veľkosti systému súborov.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5683,7 +5758,9 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 #, fuzzy msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "Minimálna veľkosť pre \"Položky koreňového adresára\" je 112. Prosím, skúste to znovu." +msgstr "" +"Minimálna veľkosť pre \"Položky koreňového adresára\" je 112. Prosím, skúste " +"to znovu." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 @@ -5706,10 +5783,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in " +"directories.\n" msgstr "" "Hash funkcia:\n" -"Určuje meno hashovacej funkcie, ktorá sa používa pre triedenie mien súborov v adresároch." +"Určuje meno hashovacej funkcie, ktorá sa používa pre triedenie mien súborov v " +"adresároch." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5722,10 +5801,15 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Revízia systému súborov:\n" -"Táto voľba definuje použitý formát reiserfs. '3.5' je pre spätnú kompatibilitu s jadrami verzie 2.2.x. '3.6' je novšia, ale je ju možné používať iba s jadrami od verzie 2.4.\n" +"Táto voľba definuje použitý formát reiserfs. '3.5' je pre spätnú " +"kompatibilitu s jadrami verzie 2.2.x. '3.6' je novšia, ale je ju možné " +"používať iba s jadrami od verzie 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5739,10 +5823,13 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Veľkosť bloku:\n" -"Zadajte veľkosť bloku v bajtoch. Platné hodnoty sú 512, 1024, 2048 a 4096 bajtov. Ak použijete automatické nastavenie, použije sa 4096.\n" +"Zadajte veľkosť bloku v bajtoch. Platné hodnoty sú 512, 1024, 2048 a 4096 " +"bajtov. Ak použijete automatické nastavenie, použije sa 4096.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5771,10 +5858,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Percentuálna časť pre inode:\n" -"Určuje maximálnu percentuálnu časť systému súborov, ktorá môže byť alokovaná pre inode.\n" +"Určuje maximálnu percentuálnu časť systému súborov, ktorá môže byť alokovaná " +"pre inode.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5787,7 +5876,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5818,7 +5908,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate " +"size.\n" msgstr "" "Veľkosť záznamu\n" "Nastavuje veľkosť záznamu log (v megabajtoch). Ak nastavené na automatické,\n" @@ -5863,10 +5954,14 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Veľkosť bloku:\n" -"Zadajte veľkosť bloku v bajtoch. Platné hodnoty sú 1024, 2048 a 4096 bajtov. Ak použijete automatické nastavenie, veľkosť bloku sa určí podľa veľkosti systému súborov a očakávaného\n" +"Zadajte veľkosť bloku v bajtoch. Platné hodnoty sú 1024, 2048 a 4096 bajtov. " +"Ak použijete automatické nastavenie, veľkosť bloku sa určí podľa veľkosti " +"systému súborov a očakávaného\n" "využitia tohto systému.\n" #. label text @@ -5889,8 +5984,11 @@ "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bajtov na inode\n" -"Zadajte pomer bajtov pre inode. YaST vytvorí inode pre každých <bajtov-na-inode> miesta na disku. Väčší pomer znamená menej vytvorených inode uzlov.\n" -"Všeobecne sa dá povedať, že táto hodnota by nemala byť menšia než veľkosť bloku, pretože by sa vytvorilo príliš veľa inode. Po vytvorení\n" +"Zadajte pomer bajtov pre inode. YaST vytvorí inode pre každých " +"<bajtov-na-inode> miesta na disku. Väčší pomer znamená menej " +"vytvorených inode uzlov.\n" +"Všeobecne sa dá povedať, že táto hodnota by nemala byť menšia než veľkosť " +"bloku, pretože by sa vytvorilo príliš veľa inode. Po vytvorení\n" "systému súborov nie je možné zvýšiť počet uzlov inode, takže zadajte\n" "rozumnú hodnotu.\n" @@ -5914,8 +6012,15 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 #, fuzzy -msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "Percentuálna časť blokov rezervovaných pre roota: Zadajte časť blokov, ktoré sa majú rezervovať pre administrátora. Táto hodnota je štandardne 5%." +msgid "" +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1." +msgstr "" +"Percentuálna časť blokov rezervovaných pre roota: Zadajte časť " +"blokov, ktoré sa majú rezervovať pre administrátora. Táto hodnota je " +"štandardne 5%." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -5952,7 +6057,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" @@ -6019,7 +6125,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Stlačením \"Expert\" môžete v expertom nástroji pre rozdelenie diskuprenastaviť tabuľku oddielov na rozumné hodnoty. Vyberte\n" +"Stlačením \"Expert\" môžete v expertom nástroji pre rozdelenie " +"diskuprenastaviť tabuľku oddielov na rozumné hodnoty. Vyberte\n" "\"Odstrániť tabuľku oddielov a meno disku\", ale tým zničíte\n" "dáta na všetkých oddieloch tohto disku.\n" @@ -6186,7 +6293,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223 -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249 @@ -6521,7 +6629,8 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" @@ -6897,7 +7006,9 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text @@ -7035,3 +7146,4 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Zdroj dát pre ukladanie informácií o používateľoch" + Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/vpn.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/vpn.sk.po 2015-09-29 14:46:31 UTC (rev 92883) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/vpn.sk.po 2015-09-29 15:06:16 UTC (rev 92884) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-01 12:15+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pár certifikát/kľúč pre brány" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Certificate" @@ -102,11 +102,11 @@ #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 msgid "Gateway certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Certifikát brány" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 msgid "Path to certificate file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cesta k súbor certifikátu" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 @@ -153,15 +153,15 @@ #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 msgid "Gateway - Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Brána - Certifikát" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Brána - Mobilní klienti" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 msgid "Gateway - Windows clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Brána - Windows klienti" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 msgid "Client - PSK" @@ -238,8 +238,11 @@ #. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" -"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible " +"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) " +"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth " +"will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen VPN connection. @@ -322,7 +325,7 @@ #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 msgid "Client" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klient" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 msgid "The scenario is" @@ -370,7 +373,7 @@ #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 msgid "VPN gateway IP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IP brány VPN" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" @@ -485,7 +488,8 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" -"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the " +"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr "" @@ -515,3 +519,4 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "" +

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92883 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-29 16:46:31 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92883 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po Log: crowbar.ca.po: done (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po 2015-09-29 14:32:56 UTC (rev 92882) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po 2015-09-29 14:46:31 UTC (rev 92883) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-15 10:22+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:46+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.4\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" #. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module #: src/clients/crowbar.rb:51 msgid "Configuration of crowbar" -msgstr "Configuració de Crowbar" +msgstr "Configuració del Crowbar" #. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 @@ -48,24 +48,34 @@ msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" -" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's " +"enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also " +"possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " +"for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" +"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu editar la ubicació dels vostres repositoris d'actualització.\n" +"Aquí podeu editar la ubicació dels vostres repositoris " +"d'actualització.\n" "\n" -"Si els repositoris estan desats al servidor SMT o al servidor SUSE Manager, n'hi ha prou amb introduir l'URL del servidor i els camins\n" -" als repositoris s'emplenaran automàticament.També és possible usar camins personalitzats. Alguns exemples de l'aspecte podria tenir un URL:\n" +"Si els repositoris estan desats al servidor SMT o al servidor SUSE Manager, " +"n'hi ha prou amb introduir l'URL del servidor i els camins\n" +" als repositoris s'emplenaran automàticament.També és " +"possible usar camins personalitzats. Alguns exemples de l'aspecte podria " +"tenir un URL:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " +"for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" +"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "Per a una descripció detallada, mireu la guia de desplegament.\n" "" @@ -78,7 +88,9 @@ #. help text #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158 msgid "Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators." -msgstr "Gestioneu noms d'usuari i contrasenyes per a administradors de Crowbar." +msgstr "" +"Gestioneu noms d'usuari i contrasenyes per a administradors de Crowbar.</" +"p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194 @@ -88,11 +100,15 @@ #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.\n" -"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list." +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.</" +"p>\n" +"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as " +"space-separated list." msgstr "" -"Aquí, definiu un mode de xarxa amb una política de vinculació rellevant.\n" -"També podeu especificar noms d'interfície per a conductes de la xarxa bastió com a llista separada per espais." +"Aquí, definiu un mode de xarxa amb una política de vinculació</" +"b> rellevant.\n" +"També podeu especificar noms d'interfície per a conductes de la xarxa " +"bastió com a llista separada per espais." #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206 @@ -102,7 +118,7 @@ #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:215 msgid "P&hysical interfaces mapping for bastion network" -msgstr "Interfícies físiques mapant per a xarxa de bastió" +msgstr "Mapatge d'interfícies &físiques per a xarxa de bastió" #. help text for conduit if list #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:224 @@ -213,7 +229,7 @@ "Repository '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." msgstr "" -"El repositori %1 ja existeix.\n" +"El repositori \"%1\" ja existeix.\n" "Trieu un nom diferent." #. text entry label @@ -302,7 +318,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" -msgstr "El format de la interfície '%1' no és vàlid." +msgstr "El format de la interfície \"%1\" no és vàlid." #. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 @@ -315,7 +331,7 @@ "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" -"La màscara de subxarxa '%1' no és vàlida.\n" +"La màscara de subxarxa \"%1\" no és vàlida.\n" "%2" #. error popup @@ -325,7 +341,7 @@ "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" -"L'adreça IP '%1' no és vàlida.\n" +"L'adreça IP \"%\"' no és vàlida.\n" "%2" #. error popup @@ -334,18 +350,18 @@ "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" -"L'adreça del router '%1' no és vàlida.\n" +"L'adreça del router \"%1\" no és vàlida.\n" "%2" #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." -msgstr "L'adreça del router '%1' no és part de la xarxa '%2'." +msgstr "L'adreça del router \"%1\" no és part de la xarxa \"%2\"." #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." -msgstr "L'adreça IP '%1' no forma part de la xarxa '%2'." +msgstr "L'adreça IP \"%1\" no forma part de la xarxa \"%2\"." #. popup message #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 @@ -353,7 +369,7 @@ "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." msgstr "" -"Alguns abasts d'adreces no són parts de la xarxa '%1'.\n" +"Alguns abasts d'adreces no són parts de la xarxa \"%1\".\n" "Adapteu-los-hi usant el botó \"Edita l'abast\"." #. inputfield label @@ -368,7 +384,7 @@ #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." -msgstr "L'adreça '%1' no és part de la xarxa '%2'." +msgstr "L'adreça \"%1\" no és part de la xarxa \"%2\"." #. error message #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 @@ -378,7 +394,7 @@ #. error message #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." -msgstr "Els abasts '%1' i '%2' se sobreposen." +msgstr "Els abasts \"%1\" i \"%2\" se sobreposen." #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 @@ -387,8 +403,11 @@ #. label (hint for user) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 -msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." -msgstr "Si no hi ha cap usuari, s'usarà l'usuari 'crowbar' amb la contrasenya per defecte." +msgid "" +"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." +msgstr "" +"Si no hi ha cap usuari, s'usarà l'usuari 'crowbar' amb la contrasenya per " +"defecte." #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 @@ -417,6 +436,10 @@ "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" msgstr "" +"El servidor d'administració Crowbar s'ha desplegat. Canviar la xarxa ara\n" +"no és possible.\n" +"\n" +"Podeu consultar l'UI del web de Crowbar a http://%1:3000/" #. default dialog caption #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 @@ -458,6 +481,10 @@ "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" "" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Vegeu la guia de desplegament del producte per als detalls sobre\n" +"la configuració de la xarxa i sobre l'ús d'aquest mòdul del YaST.\n" +"" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:87 @@ -528,24 +555,30 @@ #~ "" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" +#~ "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<ul>\n" -#~ "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -#~ "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +#~ "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</" +#~ "i> for SMT server\n" +#~ "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-" +#~ "x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aquí podeu editar la ubicació dels vostres Repositoris d'actualització.\n" +#~ "Aquí podeu editar la ubicació dels vostres Repositoris " +#~ "d'actualització.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Alguns exemples d'URL:\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<ul>\n" -#~ "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ per al servidor SMT\n" -#~ "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… per al servidor SUSE Manager.\n" +#~ "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</" +#~ "i> per al servidor SMT\n" +#~ "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-" +#~ "x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/ per al servidor SUSE Manager.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Per a una descripció detallada, consulteu la Guia de desplegament.\n" #~ ""

1 0

Jump to page: